Skip to main content

Full text of "Manual of the Public Instruction Act and regulations of the Council of Public Instruction of Nova Scotia [microform]"

See other formats




{/ J 


*<'/ W 





M 112.5 



i-4 III 1.6 


.^ ''W 










WIftSTIR K.Y. t4S0O 

(7161 873-4503 












Collection de 

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
original copy available for filming. Features of this 
copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
which may alter any of the images in the 
reproduction, or which may significantly change 
the usual method of filming, are checked below. 

Coloured covers/ 
Couverture de coulaur 

I I Covers damaged/ 

Couverture endommagda 

Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul^e 

Cover title missing/ 

Le titre de couverture manque 

Coloured maps/ 

Cartes giographiques en couleur 

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bisue ou noire) 

I I Coloured plates and/ar illustrations/ 



Planches et/ou illustrations on couleur 

Bound with other material/ 
ReliA avec d'autres documents 

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
along interior margin/ 

Lareliure serr^e peut causer de Tombre ou de la 
distorsion le long de la marge intdrieure 

Blank leaves added restoration may 
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
have been omitted from filming/ 
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties 
lors duns restauration apparaissent dans le taxta, 
mais, lorsque cela italt possible, ces pages n'ont 
pas 4td filmies. 

Additional comments:/ 
Commentaires supplAmentaires; 

L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
qu'il lui a 6X6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
une linage reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
modification dans la mithode normale de filmage 
sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. 

I 1 Coloured pages/ 

Pages de couleur 

Pages damaged/ 
Pages endommagdes 

Pages restored and/oi 

Pages restaur^es et/ou pelliculies 

Pages discoloured, stained or foxe< 
Pages d^colories, tachet^es ou piqu^es 

Pages detached/ 
Pages ditachdes 


Quality of prir 

Quality inigale de I'impression 

Includes supplementary mateirit 
Comprend du matdriel suppl^mentaire 

Only edition available/ 
Seula Mition disponible 

r~n Pages damaged/ 

I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 

Fyj Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 

I I Pages detached/ 

r~~\ Showthrough/ 

I I Quality of print varies/ 

I I Includes supplementary material/ 

I I Only edition available/ 


Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
ensure the best possible image/ 
Les pages totalament ou partiellement 
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
etc., ont iti filmics & nouveau de faqon d 
obtenir la meilleure image possible. 

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 

Ce document est film^ au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 


















t du 

The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
to the generosity of: 

Seminary of Quebec 

The images appearing here are the best quality 
possible considering the condition and legibility 
of the original copy and in keeping with the 
filming contract specifications. 

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
beginning with the front cover and ending on 
the last page with a printed cr illustrated impres- 
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
other original copies are filmed beginning on th4 
first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
sion, and endin{i on the last page with a printed 
or illustrated impression. 

The last record<<d frame on each microfiche 
shall contain the symbol —^(meaning "CON- 
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
whichever applies. 

L' xemplaire filmd fut reproduit grdce d la 
( lArosJtA de: 

Simincire de Quebec 

Les images suivantes ont 4t6 reproduites avec le 
plus grand soin. compte te iu de la condition et 
de la netteti de i'exemplaire film6, et en 
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
papier est imprfmie sont filmis en commen^ant 
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
derniire page qui comporte une ampreinte 
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par la second 
plat, seloR le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
originaux sont filmAs en commenpant par la 
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte 
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
la derniire page qui comporte une telle 

Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
derniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
cas: ie symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le 
symbole V signifie "FIN". 

Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
required. The following diagrams illustrate the 

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent fttre 
filmis A des taux de reduction diffirents. 
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour itre 
reproduit en un seul clichi, il est fifmi A partir 
de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, 
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
d'images nicessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
illustrent la m^thode. 






32 X 
















Commissioner of Piibli'J Wokks and Mines, Quern's Printer. 



' Halifax, September, 1900. 

The Council of Public Instruction has directed the publication of a revised 
Manual of the Educational Statutes and Regulations, comprising "The 
Public Instruction Act," and such portion of "The Towns' lucubration 
Act as relate to the management of schools in incorporated Towns, together 
with the Comments and Regulations of the Council of Public Instruction. 

The Public Scliools of the Province of Nova Scotia are to be conducted 
agreeably to the provision? herein published. 



Superintendent of Education, 
and Secretary C. P. I. 



CHAPTER 52. R. «., 1900. 



This Chapter may be cited as "The Education short title. 


u^'c n" ^!"*^ Chapter, unless the context otherwise requires interprotatfon. 
the tollownig expressions shall be construed in the manner 
in this section mentioned, — 

" Council " means Council of Public Instruction ; •• counoii." 

" Superintendent " means the Superintendent of Educa- •• superinten- 
tion ; Ho^f*^ 


" District board " means Board of District School Com- " District 
missioners ; Board." 

"District" means any locality for which a district •• District- 
board IS appointed ; 

" Trustees " means the trustees of a school section • " Triistees.-' 

" Teacher " means a person, whether male or female, " Teacher." 
holding a legal certificate of qualification for teach- 
ing a public scliool ; 

" Municipality " means any locality under the jurisdic- "Municipality, 
tion of a municipal ccJuncil ; 

"School section" or "section" means a locality the "-school 
. public school or schools of which are managed by a ^ secMo'n'.- 
board of trustees or commissioners ; 

" Border-section " means a section embracino- portions " border 
of two or more municipalities ; ' section." 

"Ratepayer" means a person assessed and rated upon " Ratepayer." 
the municipal rate-roll ; 

" Secretary " means secretary of trustees. -secretary." 


3. All schools eshiblished under the provisions of this Schoou to be 
Chapter shall he free schools, and every person over five ['en ol^'flvf""" 
years ot age resident in a school section shall have the right 
to attend the school in that section. 



Chap. 52. 

Cotincil of public 

Powers of 

To direct 

To appoint prin 
cipal, &c., to 
Normal school. 

To rejculate 
Normal school. 

To divide pro- 
vince and ap- 
point in«pectors. 

To grant and 
cancel teachers' 
licenses and 
classify teachers 

To establish dis' 
tricts and ap- 
|>oini: Commis- 

To alter and 



To fix time of 
meeting of 
district boards. 

To determine 

To regulate 

To prescribe 
form of school 

To prescribe 
text books, 
courses of study, 


4. The members of the Executive Council shall consti- 
tute the Council of Public Instruction, five of whom shall 
form a quorum. 1895, c. 1, s. 1. * 

5. The Council of Public Instruction shall have 
power : — 

(1.) To direct, in all cases not specifically provided for hy 
statute, the expenditure of such sums of money as are from 
time to time appropriated by the legislature for educational 
purposes, and to prepare and publish regulations under 
which moneys may be drawn and expended. 
• (2.) To appoint a principal of the Normal and Model 
Schools, and also such assistant teachers as are found neces- 
sary, and to fix the salaries. 

^ (3.) To make regulations for the conduct of the Normal 
School, prescribing the conditions of admission and gradu- 
ation of students. 

(4.) To divide the province into inspectorial divisions, 
and upon the recommendation of the Superintendent of 
Education to appoint an Inspector of Schools for each of 
such divisions, to make regulations for their direction, and 
to make such provisions for their payment as from time 
to time are deemed proper. 

(5.) To classify teachers and to grant and cancel teachers' 

(6.) To divide the province into districts, and to 
appoint the commissioners for each district, and to deter- 
mine the place of meeting of the district boards. 

(7.) To make alterations in the boundaries of any dis- 
tricts, and to consolidate two or more districts. 

(8.) To fix the time of the annual meeting of each 
district board, and to call special meetings of any board 
when deemed necessary. 

(9.) To determine all cases of appeal from the decisions 
of district boards and trustees, and make such orders 
thereon as are right. 

(10.) To regulate the time in session, holidays and vaca- 
tions, of all public schools. 

(11.) To prescribe the form of school registers for ah 
public schools. 

(12.) To prescribe text books, courses of study, and 
apparatus for all public schools, proper books for school 
libraries, and plans for school houses ; and also text books 
to be used for instruction required by this Chapter to be 
given as to the nature and effects upon the human system, 
of alcoholic liquors and narcotics. 


all consti- 

lom shall 


lall have 

ded for hy 

are from 


)ns under 

nd Model 
md neces- 

e Normal 
id gradu- 

sndent of 
r each of 
:tion, and 
:'om time 


and to 
to deter- 
any dis- 

of each 
ly board 

h orders 

nd vaca- 

s for ali 

idy, and 
>r school 
xt books 
ber to be 
1 system, 


(13.) To make regulations for constructing, locating anH C hap. 52. 
controlling county academies, and to authorize the payment '^"'^.'^'"^'^ 

r • • 1 J ^ . 1 *^ J county 

01 provmcial grants to the same. academioa. 

(14.) To receive the recommendation of any inspector To arrange for 
for separate apartments or buildings in any section for the Sw.*' Sed 
different sexes or different colors of pupils, and to make such ''"''"'• 
decisions thereon as it deems proper, subject to this provision, 
that colored pupils shall not be excluded from instruction' 
in the public school in the section or ward in which they reside. 

(15.) To appoint qualified persons to constitute a pro- tq appoint 
vincial board of examiners, who shall examine and report reTamiLerf^ 
upon the written exercises at the annual examination of 
pupils who have pursued a high school course of study at 
the county academies, high schools, or elsewhere, the results 
of such examinations to be used as evidence of soholarship 
in the case of applications to the Council for licenses (o 
teach; to prescribe the mode in which examinations shall 
be conducted, to designate the times and stations at which 
candidates shall present themselves for examination ; and to 
make such further arrangements as are deemed necessary ; 
to fix the remuneration of the examiners so appointed, and 
of the person, appointed to conduct the examination at 
each station. 

(16.) To appoint a lecturer on agriculture in connection To appoint 
with the Provincial Normal School, and to define particu- ScuHur". 
larly the duties of such lecturer. 

(17.) To make regulations as to the outfit and manage- To regulate 
ment of schools in charge of teachers holding an agricul- nie^^nt of 
tural diploma, and claiming the special grant provided for "'■'"'°"- 
suci schools. 

(-0.) To distribute annually, under such regulations as to distribute 
It sees fit, a sum not exceeding $250, as prizes or scholar- SerTSg 
ships, for competition among the teachers who attend the *=""''"" '" 
course conducted by the lecturer on agriculture in connec- "'''' 

tion with the Provincial Normal School. 

(19.) To make regulations as to granting special aid to to regulate 
poor sections, and as to the sections which shall receive suchrpooJ^aections 
special aid. 

(20.) To make any provisions, not inconsistent with this to make gen.rai 
Chapter, that are necessary to meet exigencies occurrincr '"■"^'^''^'"'• 
under its operation. 1895, c. 1, s. 2. 


0. The duties oi the Superintendent shall be as follows •— Duties of 
(1.) To have, subject to the Council, general supervision '"'"■""'"''"*• 
over and direction of the inspectors, the Normal School, 
model schools, county academies, high and common schools! 




_Chap^^ and any other educational institutions reoeivinj? aid from 
the province. 

(2 ) To enforce the provisions of this Chapter and the 
regulations of the Council. 

(3.) To promote the establishment and cfficienev of 
county academies. 

(4.) To hold public meetings and institutes of teachers 

(5.) i" inquire and report respecting the qualifications 
ot teachers and management of schools. 

^f) .To infixed, as often as possible, all the county 
academies, and, when directed by the Council, any school 
receiving provincial aid. 

(7.) To prepare printed instructions and blank forms for 
all purposes required by this Chapter, and to furnish them 
gratuitously to the inspectors, district boards, trustees and 

(8.) To make annually for the information of the legis- 
lature a report on the state of the academies and schools 
sul^ect to his inspection and supervision, accompanied by 
lull statistical tables and detailed accounts of the expendi- 
ture of the moneys appropriated under this Chapter. 

(9.) To collect as far as possible the statistics of all 
educational institutions in the province, and to offer such 
suggestions on educational subjects as he deems proper. 

(10.) To apportion annually as hereinafter provided 
with the assistance of the inspectors, the municipal fund 
among trustees, and to pay the provincial grants to 
teachers semi-annually, in accordance with the provisions of 
this Chapter. 1895, c. 1, s. 4. 


ExiM.„,_d,nBi..„ 7. The division of the province into districts and the 
coutiuueu. present districts boards, are hereby continued until altered 
by the Council. 

8. Every district board shall consist of not less than seven 

commissioners of schools, appointed by the Council, for such 

district and shall be a body corporate, under the name of 

Ihe iioard of School Commissioners for the District of 

— — ." 1895, c. 1, s. 3 (17), part. 

».--(l.) Every district board shall meet annually on the 
day appointed by the Council, and shall elect a chairman at 
each regular meeting, who shall call a special raeetina when 
requn-ed ' two members of the board, or when directed by 
the Council. In case of a special meeting the chairman 
shall notify the inspector of the same, and if the inspector 
IS unable to attend, the board shall appoint a secretary pro 
tempore, who shall record the proceedings of the meeting, 
and preserve such record for the inspector, and transact any 

Meetiiigs of 



ig aid from 

ter and the 

fficiency of 

of teachera, 
lalifi cations 

the county 
any school 

k forms for 
I'nish them 
istees and 

the legis- 
nd schools 
ipanied by 
e expendi- 

tics of all 
)ffer such 

ipal fund 
grants to 
)visions of 

i and the 
iil altered 

lan seven 
, for such 
J name of 
istrict of 

ly on the 
lirman at 
ing when 
rected by 
itary pro 
sact any 


When no meet- 
in);, Council to 
perform duties 
of board. 

Powers of board. 

other necessary business as directed by the board. In case Chap. 52. 
of the absence of the chairman, the commissioners may 
appoint a chairman pro tern-pore. 

(2.) Three members of the board shall constitute aQ""'""'- 
quorum. 1895, c. 1, s. (1 

10. If when a meeting of a district board has been duly 
called, no quorum attends, the Council shall, on the recom- 
mendation of the inspector, perform the duties and exeroise 
the powers which should have been performed and exer- 
cised by such district board at such meeting. 1895, c. 1, 
s. 8 (17), part. 

11. Every district board shall have power, — 
(a) to make alterations in the existing boundaries of 

sections, and to create new sections, either where 
none previously existed, or by uniting or sub- 
dividing existing sections, provided that in no case 
shall any creation of a new section, sub-division of 
an old section, or union of two or more sections, 
take effect until the same is ratified by the Council ; 
{h) to annex to any incorporated town for school 
purposes territory lying beyond the limits of the 
town and not forming part of any other school 
section ; 
(c) to have in all cases of alteration of the boundaries 
of sections,the sub-division of old sections and creation 
of new sections, due regard to regulations made by 
the Council and the number of children in each 
section and the ability of such section to support an 
efficient school ; 
{d) to number consecutively the school sections 

within the district ; 
(e) to declare upon the inspector's report or other 
reliable information, the school house, or the houses 
or buildings used as school houses, or the appur- 
tenances or grounds thereof, unfit for school purposes, 
and every such declaration shall be forwarded to the 
trustees "of the section, and the condemnation shall, 
unless otherwise specified, take effect at the com- 
mencement of the next ensuing school year ; 
(/) to appoint trustees or a trustee for any section in 

the special cases provided for in this Chapter ; 
{g)^ to determine, subject to the ratification of the 
Council, that portion of the boundary of a border 
section which lies within the district. 1895, c. 1, s. 7, 
5, part; 1898, c. 41, s. 1. 
12. Every district board may take by conveyance, ^oawi may ac- 
devise or bequest, and hold, any real or personal property in&T mTust 
trust for the purpose of erecting and keeping in repair a ^f^""^ p"'" 

Chap. 52. 

Board inaj an 

Special afd to 
poor eections. 

Tower «( boa;xi 


«r r«!f 'Vk'P^^^ ^^^'•^*°' ^"^ «^^" J^*^^" no control over 
of^f r. ^ 1 ''^ T- •'°"'^' °^" ^^^^^'^ *« '^g^in''*^ the trustees 
fKDreLd W fl'''^'^" ^'' ^'^^ in'^abitants. other than is 
expressed by the conveyance or AviJl. 1895, c. 1, s. 8 

comuiHlT^Z district board shall have power to appoint a. 
the imposed upon it as to the appointment of trustees. 

h ustees y ""^ T'' ^ ^ '^^^ *'^^ <^^"««ted by the 

:nnornL • 7 ^ ^^«»' , ^"^ such committee when so 
uppointe^ 1.S hereby authori>.ed to perform such duties 

d.-flrinin^'"''?' .'^^•''^'"i^* board shall at its annual meeting 
dotennine what sections under its supervision are entitled 

veaT T8<rf *'iP'''';n'''^^°"' dunngthe follov:ing school 

rower of U..., ^^^^ ^^^ f ' ^^ ^ ' «• .^^ P^^'t- 

uLl^rr"! n u V ." *^"y district board makes any alteration in 
o..darie,, ... the bouiidaries of a sectiou, sub-divides a section ox unite 

ord°.,w"'°'T''^^'''''. 'K'^'^'y ^'''^•" ^"n« ^ t""'^ '"'Ike such' 
oide oi ordei-s as ,t deems proper respecting the con- 
ti uance and constitution of the board or'^boards of school 
of T'lo? '"•'^Pr^l^f Jhe rights, property and liabilities. 

union Iru^" ""^"u^i ^y^'^' alteration.'^sub-division or 
union, and generally to order and direct all things which 
b come necessary to give effect to such alteration .!^b- 
division or union. 1805, c. 1, s. 11 

Bection, to VaWeVakl^Mrt^iil ^i^'i"''^' alteration. sub-divisioii or union shall 
year. beginning of the next ensui>^g school 

HlSf,- ^'^'^^^'*'^, of the next annual school meeting after such 
alteration, svb-division or union shall be given bv the 

iBiandBand ^^™ es tor the iiew sect.onor sections. 1H>95, c. 1, ss. 7, 12. 

Zi&. "^^"^schooi ... ,y""^-;r"^.^r'^ may exempt from the sectional 

nm,rfi ; '''; ''■''""•>' -''■ '" Pa»'t. P^^i-Hons dwelling 

t . Z- ''''^"' one-<,uarter i..iles froufthe nchool houH^ 

•o 1.' " '." '1'f' ^^'^y. •■^'•'^''^•' ''' '^" '^'a»dH too .listant 

ve •-..;"';'"''"!'' ^^ P",""''^ '':^^'''' ^" attend school ; and 

•vt..v .sucli board may also make sucli amunrements as it 

t:^XT'^\y'^r^'t --i'ools on such ;^a;:i" am i 

Whmj rinlon of 

Ax\t',',\g sec- 
tloiir, coniir.'ied. 


,.,f«H,,,.'''i,\:.''''T'™' '-f '•"'7 '""tHet into «.cti<.n« «, „„„ 


may sue and 
control over 
the trustees 
fier than is 
1, s. 8. 

to appoint a 
' to perform 
t of trustees 
icted by the 
se when so 
uich duties 

lal meeting 
ire entitled 
ving school 

Iteration in 
n or unites 
make such 
'^ the con- 
Ls of school 
1 liabilities, 
•division or 
mgH which 
ation, sub- 
union shall 
li'^g school 

after such 
m by the 
(i of three 
l,ss. 7,12. 
e sectional 
liool liouse 
oo distant 
;hool ; and 
u'uls as it 
ds, and in 
hs in the 

\H as now 
I' district. 


19. An annual meeting of persons liable to pay school Chap. 52. 
rates and poll tax shall be held in every section, and shall Annual school 
be called the annual school meeting. meetinif. 

20. The school or schools of every section shall be Trustees, 
managed by trustees, who shall be elected at the annual 
school meeting. 


21.— n.) Except as in this section otherwise provided Date of annual 
the regular annual school ?ueeting of every school section'"''""' ".*etin)t. 
shall be held in the school Jiouse of the section on the last 
Monday m June, at the hour of eight o'clock in the evening. 
(2.) The Council may in the case of any inspectorial 
division, county or school section, fix an earlier day and 
m another hour for the holding of such meeting. 

(3.) If the school house is unsuitable for holding such 
I meeting, any other suitable place in the section may be 
designated therefor by the trustees or, if there are no 
i trustees, by the inspector. 

(4.) Notice of every such meeting, signed by the 
secretary or by the trustees, or if there are no trustees, by 
the inspector, shall be posted up in not less than three 
public places in the section foi ^of less than five days 
before the day fixed for the meeting. 

{5.) Except in the case of a section in respect to which 
an earlier date than the last Monday in June has been 
fixed for holding such meeting by the Council, or in 
respect to which a place other than tlie school house has 
been designated for lujlding the meeting, no such meeting 
nor any election made nor business tran.s«icted thereat shall 
be held invalid becnu«e of any irregularity or failure in 
the posting of sucli notices. 1895, c. 1, s. ()8, 

2Srf. The business of the annual school meetino- sh.tll be S"*'"""* "» 

as fellows • ^ antiual mhool; 

■ iiicetinj,,', 

(«) to elect a trustee or trustees ; 

{l>) to determine the amount >\hicli shall be raised by 
trie section to su])plement the sums provided l)v the 
province and the mnnioijwility for the supportof public 
schools in the section for the ensuing school year; 

(0 to dett'iinine Mhether any and what amount shall 
be raised Cor the puirluise' of land for school sites, 
for the nurehasi' or l)uilding of scIkk)] houses, for 
the puicliase or improvement of school grounds, for 
school lil)raries, or for g«'neral school |)ui}M)ses ; 

id) to decide, unh'KH t!?!' 

,,,-V tviv !itiv-nM% .IpjIIIClUie, 

whether the nrovisioi.s of this Chapter as to com- 
pulsory attendance shall apply to the section ; 

•Chap. 52. 


(0 to consider any subject deemed of importance to 
the educational interests of the section. 1895 
c. 1, ss. 1() (part), 64 (part), 70. 

.nSr"" °' 2 (^-^ ^^''*' ratepayers, male and Temale, of tlie 
section present at any school meeting shall elect from their 
own number or otherwise a chairman to preside over the 
Power, of Chair. ''''',7?%V '] ''^f'^^'^^'^^y ^^ record its proceedings. 
■•"»"• y-'. ,V)^, chairman shall decide all (luestions of order 

and .shall take the votes of ratepayers only, except as in 
this Chapter provided in the case of the election 
ot trastees ; he shall not vote except in case of a tie, when 
he shall have the ctisting vote. 1895, c. 1, s. 04, part. 
t^on''of.''!Sin- ^t~^H ^^ '"^>' person who offers to 'vote at an annual 
cation. or other school meeting is challenged as not qualiled the 

chairman presiding at such meeting shall require the 
per.sou so ottering to make the following declaration : 

Ido declare and attirm that I am a ratepayer of this 

schoo section ; that I have paid all sectional .school rates 

lor wluch I have been rated up to the close of the scliool 

year which ended on the .'ilst of July last, and that I am 

* legally (jualihed to vote at this meeting." 

Every person who makes such declaration sliall be per- 
mitted to vote on all questions proposed at such meetino- • 
but ,t any per.son refuses to make .such declaration his vo'te 
shall he rejected. 

deoiaratim!". '"'" (^;) Eveiy persoii who wilfully makes a false declaration 
ot his right to vote shall be liable to a penalty of not loss 
than hve nor more than ten dollars, to be recovered by the 
trastees of the section, for its use, as a private debt. 

I \ ^('"« section shall not apply to per.sons who otter to 
vote at the election of trustees as poll tax payers under the 
provisions ot the next succeeding .section. 1895, c. 1, .s. ()5 

25.— (I.) On depositing with the secretary of trustees 
previous to or at any .school meeting the sum of one dollar 
any per.son who is liable to pay the poll t^ix, and has pai.i 
all poll ta.xes previously imposed, including that of the 
current year, though not rated in respect to real or ijer.sonal 
property, shall l)e (|ualitted to vote in the election of a 
trustee or trustees at such meeting, and at any other meet- 
ing held tor tlu. election of truster's within a year from 
sucii deposit, unless the denosit has been refun.ied. 

(2.) Money .so <leix)site(l shall b(j refun<led on demand in 
every ca.H.> where no!nt is authorized by sucli 
m.M.ting; otherwise it shall be retained as payment of the 
IX)11 tax ot the depositor. 1895, c. I, s. 40. 
-Auditor,. 26. 'I'lie ratepayers present ftt' each annual meeting 

shall apiMMiit two comnetent nermmK f<. .u.f «« ..,.,^;f-^,.o (^y^. 
the eiLsuing year. The auditors .shall, at least three days 

Poll tax payors 

Poll tax payers 
■<|iialifled to vote. 

importance to 
ection. 1895, 

nale, of tlie 

3ct from tlieir 

side over the 


ions of order, 

, except as in 

t the election 

f a tie, when 

4, part. 

at an annual 

qualiled, the 

require the 
ration : 
)ayer of this 

school rates 
of the school 
id that I am 

sliall be per- 
ich meetini;r; 
tion his vote 

B declaration 
'■ of not less 
vered by the 

who otter to 
rs under the 
>, c. 1, s, 05. 
i of trustees 
fone dollar, 
LTid has paid 
that of the 
I or [)ers()nal 
lection of a 
other meet- 
a year from 

1 demand in 
d by such 
nent of the 

lal meetinj; 

L'-'ditovii^ for 

three days 



before the next annual meeting, receive from the board of (Jhap. 52, 

trustees or their secretary all the accounts, vouchers, agree- '' — ' 

ments, and other documents connected with the year's 
business, and shall examine into and decide upon the lecral- 
ity and correctness thereof, and report thereon in writing to 
such ensuing annual meeting. If the auditors, or eithe'r of 
I them, object to the legality or correctness of the trustees" 
accounts, the matters in dispute shall be decided by the 
annual meeting. 1895, c. 1, s. 67. 

5iT. If the annual meeting fails to appoint auditors for when meetinir 
the ensumg year, the next ensuing annual meeting may iudCra'.''''""'' 
■ appoint auditors to examine the accounts of the preceding 
^ year, and report thereon either before the close of the ' 
? annual meeting or at an adjourned meeting held for that 
purpose. 1895, c. 1, s. 08. 

'^ • ''^^TS^'} ^r^'^'!*"y'«»^o» the annual school meeting When annual 
IS not held at the time fixed by this Chapter, or by the f,"®^*''"^ ''*"""' 
Council under the provisions of this Chapter, the trustee or P^"P«''^t'''''e. 
trustees remaining in office shall give notice to the inspector 
of schools for the division within which the section is 
] situated of the failure to hold the annual meeting at such 
time. Such notice shall be given if possible within a fort- 
night of such time. 
; (2.)^ The inspector of schools, on receipt of such notice, 
I shall fix a time at which a special annual meeting shall bo 
' held ; notice of such special annual meeting shall bo given in 
the manner provided in the case of regular annual m°etings. 
(3.) If there are no trustees in a section the inspector°of 
schools may, on the requisition of seven ratepayers, call a 
special annual meeting under the foregoing provisions and 
limitations. 1895, c. 1, s. 69. 


«».— (1.) The trustees of any section may at any time,spe,.iai»ho.,i 
and when requested by a majority of the ratepayers of the '"'"'"»'• 
section shall, call a special school meeting of ratepayers for 
the purpose of voting money, or acumg to any amount 
previously voted, fo.- any purpose authorized by this Chajiter. 

(2.) The trustees may call special school meetings for 
the consideration of subjects deemed of importance to the 
educational interests of the section. Notice of all special 
school meetings shall be given in all cases in the manner 
prescribed for annual school meetings. 1895, c. 1, s. 31. 

30 The notice of every special school meeting, except aoi,jectof .nedii. 
special annual meeting, shall distinctly sj. cify the (jbj.ctiutiTuotL ' 
or objects of said meeting, and it shall not be lawful tu 
transact thereat any business not referred to in said 
notice. 18P5, c. 1, s. 70. 



Chap. 52. 


Board of 

Whc may be 
elected triutees, 

Kffc.fB of dig. 

TrusteeB in new 

not to Invnijdale 
election, uniSsH 
ubjfctfon taken. 

31.— (1.) Except in incorporated towns, every school 
section shall have a board of three trustees, and no section 
shall have more tlian one beard. The powers and duties 
exercised by and imposed upon trustees by this Chapter shall 
in incorporated towns be exercised and discharged by con- 
luissioners of schools appointed for such towns as provided 
in " Ihe Towns' Incorporation Act " 

(2.) The trustees of every school section shall be a body 
corporate under the name of "The Trustees of School 
bection No in the district (or districts) of 

»«.— (^I.; One of the tiustees may be chosen from the 
poll tax payers qualified to vote in the election of trustees • 
the remaining trustees shall be ratepayers of the section. 

(2.) Xo district school commissioner, inspector of school 
or licensed teacher employed in the section, shall be eligible 
tor the office of trustee of schools. 1895, c. 1, s. 17. 

(3.) No person shall be qualified to be elected'a trustee who, 
(«) has ceased to reside in the section, or 
{b) has been continuously absent from the section for 
more than six .ionths, or 

(c) is insolvent, or 

(d) is permanently disabled from transacting busi- 
ness. 1895, c. 15, ss. 17, 18. 

tl.l.— (1.) Any trustee who becomes disqualified under 
any of the provisions of the next preceding section shall 
thereupon and thereby vacate his office. 

(2.) If any person so disqualified is elected trustee, his 
election shall be void. 

(3.) Any person who acts as tvustee after he becomes so 
disqualified shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding 
twenty dollars. 1895, c. 1, s. 18. ° 

. • — (!•) At the first annual school meeting in every new 
section, and at the annual meeting in every section in which 
there are three trustees to be elected, three trustees shall be 
elected of whom the firs^ trustee elected shall hold office for 
three years, the second for two years, and the third for one year. 

(2.) Trustees elected at any annual school meeting after 
the first, except those elected to fill occasional vaclincies. 
shall hold office for three years; retiring trustees shall be 
eligible f)r re-election. 1895, c. 1, s. 16, part. 

11^. No irregularity in the mode of electing a trustee shall 
mviiikiHic tlu! election, unless formal objection is taken thereto 
by u qualified voter before the adjournment of the meeting, 
if the person so elected possesses the qualifications required 
by this Chapter for the office of trustee. 1895, c. 1, s. 1(5. 


lany an 

of any 


-of the 


■I 3*7.- 


' trustee; 



in the 



fschool 1 




the ann 

I (2.) 

as piaci 

^ in the r 

'^such m( 

• of trust 



Isent in 

1 18!>5, c. 

I liable tc 
I the sect 
J and ap] 
Said to tl 
1 (2.) 
I failure t 
I notified 
under t 
4 ierred 
N. 28, m 
I 40. 
I caused 

every school 
id no section 
'3 and duties 
Chapter shall 
rged by co n- 
I as provided 

all be a body 
33 of School 

, part. 

sen fi-om the 
of trustees ; 
e section. 
;or of schools, 
1 be eligible 
s. 17. 
I trustee who, 

e section for 

lacting busi- 

ilified under 
section shall 

1 trustee, his 

; becomes so | 
; exceeding 

in every new 
on in which 
tees shall be 
old office for 
for one year, 
eeting after 

I vacancios, 
3es shall be 

trustee shall 
fiken thereto 
ihe meeting, 
)ns required 
c. 1, 8. 1<5. 


s 36. No election of a trustee shall be declared or held to 
he invalid by reason of any non-compliance with the 
|)rovision8 of this Chapter as to the time or place at which 
jany annual or special school meeting is held, nor by reason 
bf any irregularity in the calling of such meeting, if it 
.appears to the tribunal having cognizance of the question 
<)f the validity of such election that such non-compliance or 
irregularity did not affect the result of the election. 

3*7.— (1.) When the annual meeting fails to elect three 
trustees, or to fill the annual vacancy occurring in the 
* trusteeship, or vacancies from other causes then existing, 
the district board for the district in which the section Ts 
situated, may, upon the written requisition of five ratepayers 
in the section, accompanied by a certificate from the 
inspector of schools that to the best of his knowledge and 
belief, founded on an inspection of the minutes of the 
.Kchool meeting or of the copy forwarded to him by the 
trustees, or if necessary on personal in(iuiry, that the alleged 
vacancy or vacancies actually exist, appoint a trustee"^ or 
trustees, who shall hold oflice in all respects as if elected at 
like annual school meeting. 

I (2.) The board of trustees thus appointed shall as soon 
'as practicable call a meeting of the ratepayers of the section 
. in the manner provided for calling the annual meeting, and 
<such meeting shall transact all business, except the election 
} of trustees, recjuired of the annual meeting, and in the same 
I manner. 1895, c. 1, s. 18. 

5 38. No trustee shall resign his office without the 
|.sent in writing of his co-trustees and of the 
1895, c. I, s. 23, part. 

39.— (1.) Every trustee who refuses to act shall be 

liable to a penalty of twenty dollars, to be recovered by the 

I inspector, a district school commissioner, or any ratepayer in 

nhe section, and such penalty shall be paid to the inspector 

and applied by the district board of the district as special 

"id to the erection of school houses. 

(2.) The following among other things shall constitute n 
lehLstil to act under this section: Continued refusal or 
failure to attend the meetings of the board of trustees when 

Chap. 52. 

.•>» to time, 8tc., 
not to affec 

District board 
may appoint 
trustees when 
none elected. 

Mcfctlnir to be 
culled in such 



Kesig^nation of 

Penalty for re- 
(iminK to uct. 

I notified; failure or refusal to 

issue the notices retpiired 

I under this Chapter: and failure or refusal genera/ly to 
I perform the duties or exercise the powers imposed or cvin- 

on trustees after a written re< i -st 1 



4 f erred 

I addressed to hiin by his co-trustees or tne inspector of 
schools to perform or exercise the same. 1895 c 1 
;«. 23, jmrt. ' " ' 

I 40. Any occasional vacancy in the board of trustees 
I caused by death, removal from the section, continued 

vaconcT, how 





Chap. o2^ absence for more than six months, insolvency, permanent 
disabihty for business, refusal to act, or resignation, or 
acceptance of an official position which disqualifies the 
person holding the same from holding the office of trustee, 
shall be tilled at an annual meeting or at a special school 
meeting called by the remaining trustee or trustees. The 
person elected to fill an occasional vacancy shall hold office 
only for the unexpired term of the person whose place he 
IS chosen to fill. 1895, c. 1, s. 18. 

co-operation for 41. The trustccs of any scctiou in which an academic 
mstitution other than a coimty academy is established, may 
co-operate with an equal number of persons chosen by the 
governing body of such institution in order that the section 
inay secure the educational advantages supplied by such 
institution ; such combined board of trustees shall manage 
the school or scliools of the section in accordnnce with tlie 
provisions of this chapter. 1895, c. 1, s. 19. 

42. The trustees of any section, with the permission of 
the inspector of schools, may, in their discretion, admit to 
school privileges pupils from other sections; and if the 
trustees deem it proper, they may exact from such pupils 
a reasonable tuition fee. 1895, c. 1, s. 20. 

43. The trustees in the several sections may eflect 
insurance on school houses. 1895, c. 1, s. 22. 

44. When it is decided at any school meetincr to 
change the site of a school house, or to dispose of scliool 
lands by sale or exchange, the trustees may, with the con- 
currence of the inspector dispose of such lands and purchase 
or accept (,ther lands or sites in lieu thereof. 1895, e. 1, s. 25. 

45. In any section haying more than one department 
in its schools under one roof, or under separate roofs, the 
trustees, with the aid of the principal teacl\er or supervisor, 
shall regulate from time to time the distribution of the 
pupils among the several departments, accordiiur to their 
attainments. 1895, c. 1, s. 2(5. * 

46. — (1.) Tiie trustees may suspend or dismiss from 

.their employ any teacher for gross neglect of duty or 

immorality, and upon any such suspension or dismissal they 

shiill immediately forward a written statement of the facts 

to tlie inspector and to the Superintendent. 

(2.) _ The trustees by their unanimous resolution, approved 
by the inspector, may dismiss from their employ any teacher 
for incompetency, and upon any sucli disinisstil, a state- 
ment of the facts shall immediately lie forwarded by the 
trustees to the Siiperintendent. 

{'I) Any suspension or dismissal under this section, shall 
be subject to an appeal bv tlie teaelicr to the Council 
which may reverse or vary the action of the trustees. 

Admission of 
pupils from 
other swctioiis. 

Trustees may 

Disposal of 
school land. 



Suspension or 
dismissal of 
teacher by trus 

^ missed 
, thereuj 
Uo the 
7 to the t 

the tri 
sucii JU( 


charge : 
{ ages of 

of age 

' regulatii 
I be as n 
^ for ever 


i ^^ 

I if necess 

than ten 


50. ' 


houses ii 



refuses t 

the trust 


notice sti 

owner w 

notice to 

of compe 

(2.) I 

trustees c 

after the 

vcipality \ 

jre([uest ii 

11895, c. 1 

f 52.— (: 

■with the 

l>ai(l to tl 

^ school sit( 

i (2.) S 

them, sha 


!y, permanent 
esignation, or 
squalifies the 
fice of trustee, 
special school 
rustees. The 
ill hold office 
hose place he 

an academic 
ablished, may 
hosen by the 
at the section 
•lied by such 
■shall manage 
nee with the 

)ermission of 

ion, admit to 

; and if the 

such pupils 

1 may effect 

meetintj to 
xse of school 
dth the con- 
md purchase 
^95,c. T,s. 25. 

te roofs, the 
'' supervisor, 
ition of the 
intr to their 

ismiss from 
of duty or 

smissal they 
of the facts 

3n, approved 
any teacher 
sal, a strt te- 
nded by the 

section, shall 
:he Council, 


(4.) In the event of any teacher being suspejided or dis- Chap 52 
nntissed under this section, the pay of such teacher slJl ^^^^^^^•- 
thereupon cease, unless it is otherwise ordered upon app^'al 
■ to the Councd, but the teacher shall be paid ratably up 
V to the time of tne suspension or dismissal. 1900 c 89 s 1 
the t,.n J^'" 7^ person has recovered a judgment against J«d,n.ent 
tHe tiustees of any school section in their corporate '**^'*"'-* '*""°"' 
capacity, the trustees of such, section shall rate on the 
ratepayers of s^^ld section a sufficient sum to pay such 
judgment, and shall collect the same and pay it over to 
such judgment creditor. 1895, c. 1, s 32 

clifrw farl^\'T^^^' shall provide school privileges free of Dut,- of tn^.e.. 
Charge tor all persons resident m the section between fh,.^°>''r''''«'*"'°'' 
?ages of five and fifteen years, and for all over Sn ye^'"^'""- 
of age who wish to attend school. The school accom- 
modations slian be provided in accordance with the 
j regulations of the Council, so that generally there shall 
,^ be as neariy as possible at least one room and one teacher 
t tor every htty pupis, with sufficient accommodations for 
I pr^rly graded departments of schools. 1893, ., 1 s 24 (5) 
I 49. The trustees may lease or rent lands or buiMin^s F'-'-^^rV'^'J' 
|i nec^ssaiy, tor school purposes for a period of not j^ '^^ ''""'""^• 
t than ten months, or if the inspector consents thereto for a 

shorter period. 1892, c. 1, s. 24 (3). 
; 50 The trustees shall, suoject to the approval of theT'"«tees to de- 
.inspector for the division, determine the sites of school Srhote.°^ 
houses in the section. 1895, c. 1, s. 24 (4), part. 

oi.— (1.) it the owner of any land selected bv the Where owner of 

iSse^'t^'^iy''^''^ ^^ f'^' '''T'^''' ^' ^ «^l^o^ siteS>^!l^^^r 
|ietusc8 to sell the same, or dei^ands therefor a price which ho"„' "^'^ ="-^'"-''- 
I the trustees deem unreasonable, ihe trustees may enter iiUo 
|possessionofsuch land, and may serve upon the owner a 
I notice stahng the name of one arbitrator and requiriiiu- such 
I owiier within ten days from the date of the service of such 
■notice to name another arbitrator to determine the amount 
';0f compensation to be paid for such land. 

tvnffi ^l .T""^' °''-"''''" "^'^^lects or refuses to notify the 
. rustees oi the appointment of an arbitrator within ten days 
latter the service of such notice, the war<leii of the nmni- 
.cpahty within which such school site is situated shall, oX 

i 8% c T :X'\T^ ')' ""P'^'^^' 'Woint such arbitrator^ 
io.!o, c. I, H. J4 (4), part. 

wiufth;.^inlnr/' ^7 ,f ^'^"trators so appointed, together Awam. how 
1;, f I P ''^''''/'"f ^et^'^''»'ne the compensatioirto be"'*'^«- 
Slllj'^i^'' '''^"'' ■ ^^'^ ^''^"'^ '"^'^ "^^ «^ «"^'^ J^"i^l *»« '^ 

ll.-?"^ i^'i^'' aH)itratorsond the inspector, or any two of 
|them, shall make an award in writing dehning the bound- 



<:!hap. 52. 

'On payment.&c, 
of award, pro- 
perty to vest in 
trusteed, &c. 

Trustees to 
select >lesii$n of 
school house. 

Duties of trus- 
tees, &c. 

Hold school 

'Employ teachers. 

Give notice of 
-openings of 

Visit schools. 

£xpel pupils. 

Provide for 
health of schools. 

■Give notice of 

aries of the land so taken as a school site and stating the 
amount determined upon as compensation therefor, and 
such award shall be final. 1895, c 1, s. 24, (4) part. 

53. Upon payment or tender to the owner of the amount 
of compensation so determined and the registration of such 
award in the registry of deeds for the registration district 
in which the land is situated, such land shall vest in the 
trustees for the use of the section as a school site. 1895, 
e. 1, s. 24 (4), part. 

54. The trustees shall, subject to the approval of the 
inspector, select the design of the school building to be 
erected, and shall, subject to directions given by any school 
meeting, make all arrangements for the construction 

55. It shall be the duty of the trustees of every school 
section : — 

('/) to take possession of and hold as a corporation all 
the school proi)erty of the section which was or 
may be purchased for or given to it for the use or 
support of conunon or high schools; provided 
always that they shall not interfere with any private 
rights or the rights of any religious denomination ; 

(b) to contract with and employ a licensed teacher or 
teachers for the section, and where necessary licensed 
(or unlicensed) assistants, for a period not less than 
one year ; provided, however, that for special cause, 
with the consent of the inspector, trustees may 
employ a teacher for a shorter period ; 

(c) to have the school or schools open during the 
prescribed teaching days of the school year, and to 
notify as they deem proper the inhabitants of the 
section of the opening or re-opening thereof ; 

(d) to visit the school or schools of the section at 
least four times in each year-, and to be present, 
when practicable, at the annual examinations and 
the visitations of the inspector ; 

(e) to expel from school any pupil who is persistently 
disobedient to the teacher, or whose conduct is such 
as is likely to injuriously afi'ect the character 
of other pupils, or to suspend any such pupil until 
there are indications of reform ; 

(/) to adopt efficient measures for the heating and 
ventilation of the school houses, the providing of 
proper out-houses, and for the general cleanliness of 
the school premises, and the preservation of the 
health of the school; 

(y) to give the prescribed notice of all animal and 
special school meetings retjuired to be held under the 
provisions of this Chapter ; 



■ i the se 

'$ contaii 



" expenc 


. state o 

I in the 
; duly ce 
^ inspect! 
f (2.). 
J make a 
I in whic 
• as the 
^ return t 
I number 
: the tots 


.; annual s 

I shall fui 

I secretai'j 

i correct n 

^s. 24(1), 

59. 'i 

Her Maj( 

of the ' 

_uiuount 1 

;Ulie faithf 

Sbotid sha] 

-1«!)5, c. 1 

1 60. T 

consent i 

-1, H. 85. 

61. T 
^'eiatinij' t( 
tiieeting, a 

i stating the 
;herefor, and 
t) part. 

)f the amount 
'ation of such 
ation district 
1 vest in the 
I site. 1895, 

proval of the 

lilding to be 

y any school 


every school 

)rporation all 
tiich was or 
r the use or 
s ; provided 
I any private 
inomination ; 
;d teacher or 
sary licensed 
lot less than 
pecial cause, 
fustees may 

during the 
year, and to 
tants of the 
:eof ; 
e section at 

be present, 
nations and 


iuct is such 

B character 

pupil until 

heating and 
•roviding of 
eanliness of 
;ion of the 

annual and 
d under the 


Chap 52. 

Forward copy of 
minutes to in- 

Annual report. 

Return of state 
of school. 

return in border 


^''■>ft!;r ll?""^ ^, *''J ■rP"'^'™- ^^-'thin o»e week 
■ittei the annual school meetinir of the section 

a copy o the minutes o£ the metting, duly s'S 
■ district. 1895, c. 1, s. 28 (10.) ^ ^ '''^''^^ 


H.uount to be t^;ed bv fi;!"'\ T^ ' ^''' ^^^^^» ^^^^ 
■l«!)5,c. 1 8 8^! ^ ^ ^''' ^'■"'^"^^•'^ '^'^^' the inspector. 

k-Ol^lt In VS^'of f hi ♦^'"f ''' '"f-^ '''^^"' with theReaignationof 

a, s. 85. ^^"'^"'^' ot the trustees and inspector. 1895, c. '"'"■'**''^- 
|neetin,, «nd shall forward such a^,!;^^ ':!;X''' "-"an 




Chap. 52. vouchers and papers relating to the financial affairs of the 
section, to the auditors, who, after due examination of the 
same, shall report thereon at such annual meeting. 1895, 
c. 1, s. 71. 
Duties of «,ore. 62. It shall be the duty of the secretary, under the 
direction of a majority of the trustees, — 

(a) to keep the accounts and records of the trustees, 

and to collect and disburse all school moneys, 
(6) to keep the school house or houses and grounds 
in good repair, and furnish the same with comfort- 
able furniture, fuel, prescribed school books, maps 
and apparatus, and to provide proper outhouses, 
(c) to promptly supply to the teacher or teachers 
copies of the school register prescribed by the Council, 
and carefully preserve the old registers, 
{d) to keep an accurate record of any books, maps or 
apparatus at any time procured for the use of the 
(e) to present the teacher with a copy of the inventory 
c " the school property under his charge, and i»enew 
the same, particularly when a change of teacher 
(/) to take due care of the school library of the section, 
and to see that the same is managed in conformity 
with the regulations of the Council, and 
(g) generally to transact any business directed by a 
majority of the trustees, a record being first made in 
the minute book. 1895, c. 1, s. 3(1 

powers o( 


63. The trustees shall have power, when authorized by 
a school meeting, to borrow money for the purchase or 
improvement of grounds for school purposes, or for the 
purchase or building of school houses ; and all such amounts, 
so borrowed, shall be repaid with interest at a rate not 
exceeding five per cent., by such number of equal yearly 
instalments, not exceeding twelve, as is determined by such 
meeting; and the money so borrowed shall be a charge 
upon the ratable property in the school section. 1895, c. 
1, s. 21, part. 

Debentures. 64. The trustees may issue debentures, with interest 

coupons attached, in the form in the first schedule to this 
Chapter, for any money so borrowed, and such debentures 
shall be signed by the trustees or any two of them, and 
shall be countersigned by the secretary. 

be «tod' for." *° ®^- '^^\® trustees shall annually provide by rate upon the 
school section an amount sufficient for the payment of such 
debentures and interest coupons as they respectively become 


the r 


the f 


c. 1, s 


the C( 
the lej 
in cor 
of lic€ 
time 1 

For CI 

1900, c. 

from tl 

tion p 


ment g 

ture, a 



grant as 

of class . 

and the 

I principa 


affairs of the 
nation of the 
eting. 1895, 

y, under the 

the trustees, 

and grounds 
rith comfort- 
books, maps 

or teachers 
^ the Council, 

loks, maps or 
le use 01 the 

he inventory 
i, and i>ene\v 
e of teacher 

tf the section, 
1 conformity 

irected by a 
first made in 

uthorized by 
purchase or 
or for the 
jch amounts, 
t a rate not 
i(jual yearly 
ined by such 
be a charge 
on. 1895, c. 

nth interest 
idule to this 
!i debentures 
I them, and 

ate upon the 
nent of such 
ively become 


the repayment ot any money so borrowed. "-^P*"^^"^'' ^^^ other security. 


f l,f 7V^^-^ Salaries of teachers shall be provided for from = 

the follownig sources, that is to sav ^'"*[?'» °f'«»''h 

/,.\ 4.\ ... ''" ""•J) — erg, how pro- 

(a) the provincial treasury, ^'"^^d, 

(b) tlie municipal school fund, 
^ (c) sectional school rates 

(l')~ Provincial Aid. . 

taught and to the followin^L^P Ir I ° ^"^^^^y^^ed days 

which such teachers are Lployed^rai;!-!'" ^^'^""^'^ "^ 
For Class D, in any public school ^ q^ 

" B, " « 1' 90 

" ii A • . 1 20 

A, in a superior common school of prescribed 

,^ status T ^n 

I ;; ;; A,inahighschool'of p;e;c;-ibed;tatus::;; 180 
A, when principal of the high school ^f 
prescribed status in a section havino- 
' 1900, c. 43, s. 1. ^^'^ *•'''" d-^P^rtments 'T 210 

. iv^n\htZ,oTarS 'ir ^■''' ^ ^''^° ^^^« graduated Graduates o, 
J uui Liie sciiool ot agriculture in the conrw „f i„of... •*«oi oi 

I tion prescribed by the Council imli^ fT"*'"™""" 

I eH.p oyed in a public school S the aLom-iJ:"''-'^ 
tu^e' TZ" Tt\''"'^ °' i-trS n"^' ,f aS: 



Chap. 52. to inspect such schools and classify the same as "fair'^ 

" good," or " superior." 1900, c. 43, s. 2. 
Aseiiiant teach- 70. — (1.) Assistant teachers, if provided with separate 
era. how paid, ^lass rooms and regularly employed at least four hours in 
each day, shall receive two-third's of the amount granted 
to principal teachers of the same class, 

(2.) Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to- 
authorize the payment of any public funds to any unlicensed 
teacher, or to any school on account of the services of an 
unlicensed teacher. 1895, c. 1, s. 40 ; 1900, c. 43, s. 4 

*l* me' wo"'"^' '^^' ^^^P ^^^ trustees or commissioners of any school 
fnYSion in. section provide a department for manual training in any 
of the mechanical or domestic arts, with adequate 
equipment for at least twelve pupils at the same time, 
and have employed a teacher certified by the Council 
to be competent to give practical instruction therein, and 
have caused such instruction to le given free for one session 
of two hours each week to the residents of the section,, 
and have in these and in all other respects efficiently 
conducted the public schools of the section in accordance 
with law. then the Council may pay out oi" the provincial 
treasury to such trustees or commissioners, in semi-annual 
instalments or otherwise, as determined by the Council, a 
sum of fifteen cents for each two-hour lesson to each 
pupil, provided that the whole amount so paid out of 
the provincial treasury to such trustees or commissioner* 
shall not, in any year, exceed six hundred dollars. 1900. 
c. 43, s. 12. 

Municipal school 
fund, hew rated. 

(^.) — Municipal School Fund. 

72. The clerk of every municipality shall add to 
the sum annually voted for general municipal pur- 
poses at the annual meeting of the Council a sum 
sufficient, after deducting the estimated costs of collec- 
tion and probable loss, to yield an amount equal to thirty 
cents for every inhabitant of the municipality, accord;;;./ to 
the census taken next prc^ceding the making up of tii > 
collector's rolls for the municipality, and the sum so added 
shall form and be a portion of the amount to be rated upon 
the municipality. The amount so raised shall be paid 
annually, for the support of schools, by the treasurer upon 
the order of the Superintendent, and shall be called the 
municipal !,c!,'« 1 fund. 1895, c. 1, s. 42. 

t?gt^„oticeo' "73. T:. .1 -k of dvery municipality shall immediately 

?S"* *" "P^" making uu the collector's rolls in each year, notify the 

Superintendent and the inspector for the inspectorial 

division in which such municipality u comprised, of the 




lie as " fair,'" 

ivith separate 
our hours iu 
Dunt granted 

jonatrued to- 
ny unlicensed 
ervices of an 
:. 43, s. 4 

I any school 
ining in any 
bh adequate 

same time, 

the Council 

therein, and 

)r one session 

the section,, 
ts efficiently 
1 accordance 
he provincial 

le Council, a 
son to each 
paid out of 
)llars. 1900, 

lall add to 
aicipal pur- 
ncil a sum 
ts of collec- 
iial to thirty 
accord.: ! t • 
ig up of 1/ . 
jni so :\,'tded 
B rated upon 
lall be paid 
jasurer upon 
e called the 


ir, notify the 


rised, of the 


amount provided by municipal assessment for the supnortCnAP ^o 
of schools during the ensuing year. 1895, c. i;;y"PP°^<^2![^£i52_ 

fund in anvTuX^-n«rr^'°^ ^^^^H*" *^" municipal "school Advance o„ ac- 

lunci in any municipality, may be advanced froni the nro-^r"' °' •'""'* 

eirdn';Zr^Ln^h''"rK"'^'P^'^*^ for a period ^not ""^'""■ 
exceeUing four months, and the municipality shall renav tn 

conducted in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter 
to be applied to he payment of teachers' salaries. ^ ' 
ihl ' .!P '"'"''^''l '''^'^^^" «^^" be entitled to participate 
therein at the rale of twenty-five dollars per year for everv 
icensed ea^her employed, and the balance of such fund 
shall le distributed amonff the school sections accordinrto 
the average number of pupils in attendance at scK n 
such sections respectively, and the length of time such 
schools hav-e been in operation during thf school Tear but 

^neel™°c1 tr'^" t'\ ''^^^^^^ ^"^ adSitniraliow! 
tunrZ ?^ ^ r^ '^^°°^ °" ^«co"°t of its havinff been 

^;7e:rim%'\V^^^^ -™^--^ 4s in 

Supl7tendprff"i!f ?f ^^^^^ Vrovmons of this Chapter, the Poor sections. 
superintendent sha 1 allow to the trustees in any section 'p^"'*' ^"^ '<>• 
entitled to special ad as a poor section, one-third more from 
the municipal school fund than the allowance to Xr se^ 

re^elVe'oneSrm'^P^^' li ^"^^ P°°^ sectionrshall 
receive one-third more from the provincial grant. 

(2.) JNo section employing a teacher holding a license 
higher than that of class ofso called, shall be enti led to 
receive the special aid provided for poor sectioL in rtpec? 
to provincial grant to teachers. respect 

(3.) No county shall be entitled to receive as special 
provincial aid to teachers employed in poor sections more 

gra'ntt'sucrtr'h'^"'^" anJually.^and ifihe ^'ial 
grant to such teachers in any county for any half 

Sn't^'to ' ,^"%^"°^'^ -«d^fi% dollars, the ^spec^ 
grant to each of such teachers shall be reduced «ro 
ra^a, so that the total amount of such special aid shall nnf 
exceed three hundred dollars for suct^earl 1895.c fs. 10 
(3.)~Sectional School Rates. 

^hVmrt'lrT^TA ^^^"i^d^t^y a section over and above Kurthe, su.s 
xne sums provided out of the provincial treamirv on^ 'o"" ""pport of 
niunic pal school fund fnr fi-o o.,i^ V j treasury and schools to be de- 
a publiLchonroVo";ho;i du^fn^^^^^^^^^ maintenance of^rUn. 

tl^e following olyecttthltTslo^-'^" ''''' ^"^'"^^^"^ 



Chap. 52. 

Colltction of the 

Persons tempor 
rily absent. 

Property in 
towns oi noii- 
residente to he 
rated for section 
where they 

(a) the purchase or iniprovenaent of school sites or 

{b) the purchase, erection, furnishing^, cleaning or 
repairing of school houses and outbuildings, 

(c) r nt of buildings or lands, 

{d) insurance on school property, 

(e) the purchase of fuel, prescribed school books,, 
books for the school library, maps and apparatus 

(/) reoaynient of mcuey bor'-owed by the section and 
interest f.hereon, 

{g) teachers' salaries, 

{h) compensation to and repayment of expenses in- 
curred by the trustees, for or in the discharge of 
the duties imposed upon them by the provisions of 
this Chapter, as to compulsory attendance at school,, 

{{) any other expenditure necessary in providing an 

efficient scnool or schools, in accordance with the 

provisions of this Chapter, 

shall be determined by a majority of the ratepayers present 

at a regularly called school meeting. 1895, c. 1,8. 44, part. 

"^S.— (1.) Any amount so determined shall be a charge 

on the section, and shall be collected as follows: 

(rt) every male person between the ages of twenty- 
one and sixty years, residing in such section at the 
time of the holding of such school meeting, shall pay 
the sum of one dollar as a poll tax, but no person 
shall be liable to pay mote than one poll tax in any school yeai'; 
(6) the r3mainder of "the sum authorized to be 
collected shall he rated on the income and on the 
real and personal property . situate within the county, 
of the residents of the section. 1895, c. 1, s. 44, part. 
(2 ) The expression, '• residents of the section,'" includes 
persons temporarily absent from the county or province, ii> 
the carrying on of any kind of business or employment,' or 
teinporarily al sent for any other cause, but who usually 
reside in the section, or whose families reside in the section, 
1895, c. 1, 8. 44, part. 

79. Property, real and personal (save that by law 
exempt from taxation), situated within the limits of the 
city of Halifax or an incorporated town, but assessed on 
the city or tov,'n assessment roll to a peKon resident in some 
other school section in the same county, shall be liable to be 
rated for the support of schools in the school section in 
which such person resides, and shall be exempt ftom taxa- 
,.irsn tor viie Support of the schoolH of such city or town. 
1895, c. 1, 8. 44, part. 

school sites or 

r, cleaning or 

school books,. 
1 apparatus, 
he section and 

f expenses in- 

} discharge of 

provisions of 

i.nce at school,, 

providing an 
mce with the 

jayers present 
.1,0. 44, part. 
II be a charge 
^s: — 

es of twenty- 
section at the 
-ing, shall pay 
3ut no person 
)11 tax in any 

jrized to be 
e and on thb 
in the county, 
. l,s. 44, part, 
iion,'" includes 
r province, in 
iployrnont, or 
who usually 
n the section. 

that by law 
limits of the 
t assessed on 
ident in some 
>e liable to be 
ol section in 
»t ffom taxa- 
lity or town. 


i ( 


80 Notwithstanding anything contained in the next 

two preceding sections, or in any statute in force in this 

province, all the real and personal property, according to 

the manicipal assessment roll, situated within the bound- 

I^ ot tlie school sections in the municipal district of 

I ^'r^*;'' ''"^ t'?^^ "fmed in the second schedule, excepting 

': dyke lands, shal be liable for sectional sHio .1 rates for the 

supp.rtot .schools in such sections, without regard to the 

place where the owners of such pronertv reside and 

such property shall not b.. liable to sectional school' rates 

tor the support ot any srhool or schools other than those 

ot such .school sections; and property owned by persons any of the said .school sections and situated 

within the county outside of such section shall be ratable 

or school purposes in the section in which it is situated. 

a-i I' ' ^ ' ' ^^^' ^ ^^' "^ ^ '• 1900, c. 40 8. 1. 

Bl Property situated in any school section and owned 

by a non-resident of the county in which such school 

ection IS «'tu iied and not otherwise liable to sectional school 

n whl if "" • ' *: 'r^'^'"^' ''^''''^ '"^^'^ •" the section 
in which it IS so situated. 189.5, c. I, s. 51. 

n.f?;T^^'' ^""^"^y ^'^''t^ h^''^ ^'y e^^ecutors, administrators 
or trustees or a-^signees at the time of the making of the 

municipal as.essment roll for any year, shall be liable to be 
lated in the section in which the original owner of .such 
estate resides or last resided. 

(2.) Property held in trust for infants shall be liable to 
assessment in the section in which such infants, or a majority 
ot them, are ,n attendance at a public .school, provido-I such 
."tt^: ^m^Vlt^r'"'' ""'"' -eh property is 

..^?' ^®;'\''"'^ personal property situated within a school 
section and be onging to a corporation, shall be subject to 
sectional school rates: and the rates .shall be payable by the 
Hger.t o the e.Ktent of the in his hands or under his 
control at the time of the demand, as if rated upon him 
pe.sonal y, ,tnd >lmll be chargeable by the agent to the 
principal. 189.') c. 1, s 57. ^ ^ > ^ne 

;»^^i"7^^ 1. V^^ "^.h"''' ^'^^^^ "P"" '—eh property shall be 
in and for th. beneht of the section in which it is situated 

firn. 'r ? l^''^P«''ty »^«''l 'T'^'y a.s.sociation, company, or 
hrm v^hether incorporated or otherwise, .shall be rated in 
and tor the beneht r.f the section wherein it is situated and 
all rates payable by the association, company, or firm "n 
y^r^i \".T'y ""^^' property, shall he paid in and for the 
beneht ot the section in which the property is situated 


Chap. 52. 

flections except 
ed from genera' 

Property of 
Idents, how 



Property held by 
executors, »c. 

Property held in 
trust for infants. 

Property of com. 

Such atigcHgnient 
to be for benetit 
of section wliere 
same s situated. 

oo« • *• *"^' portion of the ratable property of any 
a.ssocmtion. company, or firm is situated in a place no^ 


Chap. 52 


widows and un- 
married women 
exempt to cer- 
tain exteat. 

Trustees to 
furnisii list of 
residents, and 
municipal clerk 
to atflx amount 
of assessment to 

Duty of town 
clerii in such 

Trusteet to fix 

Sorretary to pre 
pare list of rate' 

embraced in any school section, such portion shall be treated 
m all respects as if situated in the section where the chie 

e'sSbfisrd """' ""' ''^ "^^^^*'*^"' --P- "or firm are 
(3.) The provisions of this section and of the next 

any such corporation, company, association or firm to 
property m the hands of. or held by the assign"; or assSees 
or liquidator or liquidators, of such corporation company 
association or tirm. 1895. c. 1. s. 59. company. 

85 Every regularly ordained "minister occupied in 
minis enal work and evei.^ unmarried woman and^widow 
shall be exempt from sectional school rates on all property 
^tni'/r^"""' «^« hundred dollars, but shall beCble i^n 
respect to any excess over that sum. 1895. c 1, s. 55 

fK? • ^'"«^'^«« shall iurnish the municipal clerk for 

the municipality in which the section or a portion of it is 
situated, with a lis. of the persons resident in the 
hairiffiw' .'^ ^' '""^^' ^"^ ^he municipal clerk 
proLw L wh h "T' "^ '^^^ P^^«°" ^he amount of 
SsnrLt r^n'f ^'^^^^ P^''^^" ^^ ^«^««««d according to the 
fist S fh. /^' ^T' ^"^' '^hall return such 

list vMth the amounts so affixed to the trustees The 
municipal clerk shall be entitled to receive fVom the 
trustees a tee of twelve cents for every list so t rn^shed 
where he number of ratepayers in the section does no 
exceed twelve, and of twenty-five cents where such number 
exceeds twelve. 1895. c. 1, s. 28 (3 ) nurauer 

.\^T J^^ city collector of the city of Halifax and the 
tjL.J r''^ incorporated town shall furnish to the 

nent o^ th/n? "'^°°'. 'f^^ '^PP^>^'"^ ^^erefor, a state- 
ment of the names and of the amount of property real or 

wThrh^n 'Lf'^ •^•^^^''^"^•^ °^' -«' -"-1 -Tt 0' 
e^ ; o^ fn "'*' ""^ ^^'! ''\y ""' *°^»' according to the last 
he^shall be" ^Trrr' '""• ^»d/«r each list to furnished 
he shall be entitled to receive a fee not exceeding twenty- 

or neXo'ts ^^ «'*>^,««'J^^«tor or town clerk who refuSs 
pen Utf of ^L nf' 'T^' .statement shall be liable to a 
penalty of five dollars, to be recovered by any person 
suing therefor. 1895. c. 1 s 44 («>) ^ ^ P 

the^dol J?^ *'.r^''' '''^'1 '''f"''"*"« ^he rate, so much on 
the do lar. on the assessed value of the property and income 
hable to be rated for sectional school 'rates as they deem 

ance tor loss and e.tpenses of collection. 

89. The secretary of trustees shall prepare a list of f 1... 
na„,os ■„ alpl„beticul order of all par,oL & '"LI,"" 
i«5o«4nons or corporations liable to pay school rati^ ami 




shall be treated 
where the chief 
any, or firm are 

d of the next 
e insolvency of 
an, or firm, to 
3ee or assignees, 
ition, company, 

r occupied in 
lan and widow, 
on all property' 
all be liable in 
c 1, s, 55. 
icipal clerk for 
portion of it is 
esident in the 
unicipal clerk 
the amount of 
^cording to the 
I return such 
trustees. The 
Bive from the 
t so furnished 
c?tion does not 
e such number 

-lifax and the 
irnish to the 
srefor, a state - 
)perty, real or 
school section 
ng to the last 
t so furnished 
eding twenty- 
c who refuses 
be liable to a 
y any person 

, so much on 
tj'arid income 
as they deem 
luiking allow- 


2 a list of the 

18. comnanjoH 
I — ' 

ool rates, and 

the amount of the rate payable by each such person, firm, Chap 52 

company, association or corporation, and such list shall be '' '~ 

revised and approved by the trustees. 1895, c. 1, s. 44, part 

au. 1 he trustees shall by writing on such list, signed bv coUector-s roii. 
them, authorize and direct the secretary to collect from the 
persons therein named the amounts set opposite their 
respective names, and such list with such authorization and 
direction shall be called the collector's roll for the section. 
l«yo, c. 1, s. 44, part. 

\x^^' J^.^ fecretary of trustees shall post up copies of Ron to be posted 
^ the collectors roll in at least three public places in the""' 
'. section as soon as possible after he receives the same from 

the trustees, and .shall file a copy ^hereof with the muni- 

cipaj clerk. 1895, c. 1, ss. 34, 35. 

rPr?i7rn.l,- "^"^'^ .U^^'P"^-^ • T^ ^P^"*^ *« ^^'^ next Ap,.a> rro,„ 

regular meeting of the municipal council from the rate as ""'• 
determined by tho trustees, and such appeals shall be heard 
and determined by the council at such meeting 

(2.) It on any such appeal it is ordered that any part of 
such rate be refunded to the appellant, such order shall be 
on the trustees of the school section appealed against, who 
shal repay the same to the person aggrieved out of any 
funds in their hands, and if there are no funds on hand 
they shall provide for the same at the next annual meeting 
or at any special meeting called for that purpose. 1895 
c. 1 , s. 44, part. ' 

am^nnf,^^ secretary of trustees shall demand the several wtary to 
amounts trom the persons so rated in the collector's roll ^o"«^''«tee. 
and in default of payment such amounts shall be collected 
under the provisions of "The Assessment Act" 1895 
c. 1 , s. 44, part. 

94 All beds, bedding, clothing, stoves, cooking utensils Property 
and the last cow of any person against whom a warrant of """"»"• 
distress or other legal process is issued to recover school 
rates, shal be exempt from seizure under s^uch warrant or 
other legal process. 1895, c. 1. s. 56. 

95.--(l.) The secretary shall be entitled to retain two^'°"""'«»'o"»' 
and one-half per cent, commission on all sums collected by'""'"^- 
him or under his direction for the purchase or erection of a 
new school house or houses, and for the purchase or 
improvement of school sites or grounds 

(2.) The secretary shall be entitled t.» retain five per 
cent. commis:iion on all sums collected by him or under his 
direction for the support of the school or schools, but where 
payment of »iny rate is voluntarily made, the .secretary 
snau. out ot^ hu commission, allow to the person making 
.«.un 1 payineiit, a discount of twu and one-half per cent, upon 



Chap^2^ (3.) A payment shall be considered to be voluntarily 
made If made within twenty days after the collector's roH 
IS made up and posted in at Lst^three public pE[n the 

undtr jy^^^^'K^^^^y «;^'i!l.t>e entitled to receive commission 
Zl H P'*7'«'ons of thi. section onlv upon the moneys 

wHh'L^ot'^or.h'" ^-^r-'^"^' ^^"^"^*^^ '" --"-- 

Tnd shall n .^ • ^ T"""^ .^^ ^"^ '^^""'^^ ««hool meeting, 
and shall not include municipa fund apportionmpnf nr 
provjncal grant of any kind. 1895, c ^ ^P^^^"""^"*^ °^ 

'"^^rF^^^^'^mUta^^^^^ ^^ '""^^^'^y ^" ^^y ^^y •''^hool rates or 

u„ab>etopay. P«^^^«;f ' /^e truscees may exempt any person wholly or 

n part from the payment thereof, without prejudice to 

uch exem"nh-o" ''""'T' «hall present a .stat^mint of all 

mettinrT89rc. ^s.^So" "^"' '" ^'^ ^"""^^ ^^^^^ 

executor, &c. ui^ ^^.^^ ' """^^"s HIS property, shall be a charge upon 
his estate, and shall be paid by his executors, administrators 
or assignees ; and in default of payment they or any of 

S thpl • '"f •' ?u '• before a justice of the peace stating 
that there is not in their possession or under their control 
belonging to such estate, sufficient money <^? otL propS 
to pay such school rates. 1895, c. 1 s 52 P^opeity 

XeS^on'^rop. ,„r^- ■ ^" '"'^^^^ "^""^ ^''^"'e b'etwJen the making of the 

:r^'rf;rS;;r3LTJ^^^ for any year and the mfking of 

••any sectional school rate according to such roll, any person 

assessed therein in respect to real or personal property 

wte"H:posed o?' T'""' ^""^ ^""^'^^^'^' l--d ToS 

ownl' n? property, and may be collected from the 

owner or person in possession of the same at the time of 

S^sXm? tr ffiT'%""^ V" """^ «^" -^"^^b person shall b 
mseited in the affidavit and warrant for collecting in the 
same manner as if such person was originally asses "d in 

^''•'•J) C. 1 , S, f5o. 
Where sectlotml OQ T.i ...,,,.. U i 

B»8«snH,„t not '"^- '» '"ly school section where sectional a^sp^^Jn^mf io 

».^'^?^^e;7l"»-J t« -PPO/t a free public school 3 hriX.fes 

of such section, after legal notice has been given in accor l! 

ance with he provisions of this Chapter, ntgloct o • X l 

to make adequate provision for such scliool, the trustees of 

e section sha 1 name the sum of money which th.3rd'.?n 

tifd 2./\? T '^"^"^b amount shall be submitted to 

he district board and be subject to their approval. If the 

board approves thereof, the trustees may levy and c^^ll c? 

the sum HO submitted and approved in il sa4 maimer as 



be voluntarily 
e collector's roll 
lie places in the 

eive commission 
pon the moneys 
1 in accordance 
school meeting, 
portionment or 

school rates or 
rson wholly or 
ut prejudice to 
itatement of all 
annual school 

dies or becomes 
a charge upon 
hey or any of 
unless they or 
e peace stating 
■ their control, 
other property 

naking of the 
the making of 
all, any person 
onal property 
eased or other- 
ites shall be a 
ited from the 
it the time of 
person shall be 
lecting in the 
ly assessed in 
the collector's 

assessment is ' 
he ratepayers | 
•en in accord- 
lect or refuse 
lie trustees of I 
;h thi^y deem I 
submitted to 
roval. If the 
y and collect | 
lie manner as 

if it had been voted for school purposes at a regular school Chap. 52. 
meeting called for the purpose. 1895, c. 1, s. 50. 

100. In any case where, owing to neglect on the part Supplementary 
iof the assessors, any city, town, or municipal assessment '"*" 

I roll, does not afford the information necessary for the 
' purposes of this Chapter, such assessors shall upon request 
of the secretary of the trustees furnish such supplementary 
lists and such further information as are necessary for the 
carrying out of the provisions of this Chapter. 1895, c 1 
s. 60. f , , 


101. The present division of the province into inspect- Existinj; divisi-n 
orial divisions is hereby continued until altered by the dLtHc^c'?."'" 

Council. tinned. 

102. It shall be the duty of the inspector of schools for duties of in- 
every inspectorial division, — spectoi. 

(a) to act as clerk of each district board within his 
division, and to examine all school returns received 
from the trustees of the various sections, and to 
prepare therefrom and transmit to the Superinten- 
dent, according to forms received from that officer, 
an abstract of the number of legally authorized 
teaching days taught by each duly licensed teacher 
in his division, together with the class of license 
held by each teacher ; he shall make special reports 
of cases of false or defective returns, and of schools 
conducted in condemned buildings ; 

(6) to prepare and forward to the Superintendent a 
statement of the apportionment of the municipal 
school fund for the year on the basis defined in this 
Chapter ; 

(c) to report to the Superintendent the names of 
teachers remiss or inefficient in the discharge of 
their duties, and of sections failing to make reason- 
able provision for the health, comfort, and progress 
of the children attending school ; 

(d) to give a bond to Her Majesty in the sum granted 
annually in his division for educational purposes, for 
the faithful discharge of the duties of his office; 

{ej to keep a correct record of the boundaries of each 
school section in his division, and to furnish from 
tune to time amended copies of the same to the 
several sections ; 

(f) to visit and inspect annually and oftener when 
required, each school ami county academy within his 
f.!V!S!on, and to report fuilyupon its condition to the 
Superintendent, in conformity with instructions 



Chap. 52. 

received from that officer ; and in case of failure to 

visit any school to indicate the fact and the cause in 

his report to the Superintendent ; 

(</) to furnish trustees and teachers such information 
as they .equii^e respecting the operation of this 
Chapter and the performance of their duties, and 
especially to assist teachers in employing improved 
methods of imparting instruction, classifying pupils 
and conducting schools ; 

(h) to appoint a convenient place within his division 
where all school returns shall be lodged, and to give 
sufficient publicity to any such appointment ; 

(V) to keep on ha«d and distribute as directed by the 
Superintendent all necessary blank forms and returns; 

(/,;) to diffuse information tending to promote the 
improvement of school houses and grounds and the 
appurtenances thereto ; 

(0 to report annually to the Superintendent all fines 
received by him under this Chapter ; 

(ra) to promote the advancement of education by 
holding public meetings as frequently as possible, 
and especially to encourage the establishment of 
schools in sections where none exist ; 

(n) to aid the Superintendent in carrying out a 
uniform system of education, and generally in giving 
effect to this Chapter and the regulations of the 
Council ; 

{,>) to transmit to the Superintendent on or before the 
first day of August in each year a statement of the 
annual distribution of the municipal school fund, and 
on or before the first day of October a general 
report of his labours, stating the condition of the 
schools in his division, and the means of improve- 
ment, the sections visited where schools did not 
exist, and the results of such visitations, and furnish- 
ing therewith such statistical information as the 
Superintendent requires. IH95, c. 1, s. 72; 1900, 
c. 4:}, s. 1). 
Proof of bound- 103. The boundaries of any school section may be 
*""' °"''°"""- proved in any court of justice by a certificate of the 
inspector of the division in which such section is situated, 
and without proof of the handwriting of such inspector. 
1895, c. 1, s. 74, 


104. No teacher shall receive under this Chapter any 
portion of the moneys gianted towards the support of 


receive school i- v •-. - - . 

moneys. couiity aaideiiiics, high or common scliools, unless sucn 

I teache 
I tion. 





failure to 
e cause in 

in of this 
uties, and 
ing pupils 

is division 

nd to give 


:ed by the 

tid returns; 

omote the 

is and the 

it all fines 

ication by 
bs possible, 
shment of 


out a 
V in giving 
ons of the 

• before the 
lent of the 
1 fund, and 

a general 
ion of the 
f improve- 
rs did not 
nd furnish- 
:ion as the 

72; 1900, 

n may be 
ate of the 
is situated, 
1 inspector. 

hapter any 

Hupport of 

anless such 

teacher holds a license from the Council of Public Instruc- Chap 52 
tion. 1895, c. 1, s. 75. '— 

105, It shall be the duty of every teacher in the public Teache. -8 duties, 
schools, — 

(a) to teach diligently and faithfully all the branches 
required to be taught in the school, and to maintain 
proper order and discipline therein, accbrding to the 
engagement entered into with the trustees, and the 
provisions of this Chapter, 

(6) to call the roll morning and afternoon, and other- 
wise keep an accurate register in the manner 
prescribed by the Council, on pain of liability to 
forfeiture of the public grants; such register shall 
be at all times open to the inspection of the trustees, 
visitors, examiners, commissioners, inspectors, and 
superintendent, and shall be handed over t() the 
secretary of trustees at the expiration of the term 
of service, 

(c) to render, when neces.sary, to the trustees, all 
pos.sible assistance in classifying the pupils of' the 
section according to -their attainments; and when 
requested by the trustees to institute examinations 
for the purpose of transferring to another depart- 
ment any pupils who are prepared, 

{d) to inculcate by precept and example, a respect for 
religion and the principles of Christian morahty, and 
for truth, justice, love of country, loyalty, humanity, 
benevolence, .sobriety, industry, frugality, chastity, 
temperance, and all other virtues, 

(e) to give assiduous attention to the health and 
comfort of the pupils, to the cleanliness, temperature 
and ventilation of the school rooms, to the {esthetic ' 
condition of the rooms, grounds and buildings, 

(/) to report promptly to the trustees the appearance 
of any infectious or contagious disease in the school, 
or insanitary conditions of out-houses or surround- 

{g) to have special care as to the use of school books 
and apparatus, registers and journals, the neatness 
and order of the desks, and to reimburse the trustees 
for any destruction of school property by the pupils 
which IS clearly chargeable to gross neglect or failure 
to enforce proper discipline on the part of the teacher, 

ih) to have during or at the end of each year a 
public^ examination of the school, of which notice 
Buiill be given to the parents and trustees and to 
school visitors resident in the section, 



Chap. 52. 

Instruction as to 
alcohol, &c. 

Inspector, &c„to 
report non-com- 

School grant 
may be witheld 
from ineffloitnt 

Grant witheld 
from section 
making false re- 
turn or usin^ 
school house. 

(i) to give notice through the pupils of school meet- 
ings advertised by the inspector or trustees, 

(k) to furnish the trustees, examiners, commissioners, 
inspector and Superintendent, any information that 
he possesses respecting anything connected with the 
school or affecting its interest or character, and 

(l) to attest the correctness of all returns under oath, 
as in the third schedule (teacher's oath). Any teacher 
making a false return shall have his license cancelled 
or suspended, as the Council decides. 1895, c. 1, s. 75. 

106. Appropriate instruction shall be regularly given 
in all the public schools as to the nature of alcoholic drinks 
and narcotics, including tobacco, and special instruction as 
to their effect upon the human system shall be given in 
connection with the subjects of physiology and hygiene. 
Such instruction shall be given orally, to pupils unable to 
read, from a suitable text-book in the hands of the teacher, 
and to all other pupils from such text-book, in the hands of 
the pupils, as is from time to time prescribed by the 
Council. 1895, c. 1, s. 75 (7). 

107. Tt shall he the duty of school officers and 
inspectors of schojls to report to the Council if the 
provisions of the next preceding section are not being com- 
plied with in any public school, and if it is shewn to the 
Council by such school officer or inspector, or by any rate- 
payer, that such provisions are not being complied with 
in any school section, it shall be deemed sufficient cause for 
withholding wholly or in part the provincial and municipal 
grants from the teacher or trustees of such school section. 
1895, c. 1, 8. 73. 

108. The Superintendent may, with the sanction of the 
Council, withhold in whole or in part the provincial 
grant from teachei-s who are remiss or inefficient in 
the discharge of their duties, and the grant from the 
municipal school fund from sections failing to make reason- 
able provision for the health, comfort and progress of the 
children attending school. 1895, c 1, s. 72 (I), part. 

109. Grants from the municipal school fund to trustees 
and provincial grants to teachers shall be withheld from 
every section making a false return, and from every section 
in which a school is conducted in a building condemned by 
the district board. 1895, c. 1, s. 90. 


Vote of uieetinu; HQ. In cverv Rchool scction in which the resolution 

as to compulsory -■■»->-■■ •'" i i i i i • f i 

attendance. has not already been adcpted, the chairman ot every annual 

. school meeting held under the provisions of this Chapter 

shall call upon the qualified voters present at such meeting 

jhool meet- 

I mission ers, 
nation that 
id with the 
r, and 

ander oath, 
iny teacher 
;e cancelled 
5, c. 1, s. 75. 
larly given 
lolic drinks 
traction as 
)e given in 
d hygiene, 
1 unable to 
;he teacher, 
be hands of 
ed by the 

flBcers and 
icil if the 
being com- 
3wn to the 
y any rate- 
plied with 
t cause for 
[ municipal 
3ol section. 

:tion of the 
efficient in 
from the 
ake reason- 
ress of the 

to trustees 
iheld from 
^ery section 
demned by 

/ery annual 

lis CiioptcF 

ch meeting 


to vote yea or nay on the resolution embraced in the fourth Chap 52 
schedule. 1«95, c. 1, s. 76. 


111.— (1.) \^hei;e a majority of the qualified voters Trustees to a«. 
present have voted in favor of the resolution embraced in l^L^l" "■""'*•" 
such schedule, it shall be ihe duty of the trustees of schools, 

(a) to ascertain through their .secretary or other 
person or persons appointed for that purpose, before 
the hrst day of August following the school nteeting 
the names and apes of all children residing in the 
section between the ages of seven and twelve years 
inclusive, and the names of their parents or o-uar- 
dians, and to preserve carefully prepared lists oi the 
same ; 

(b) to ascertain as soon as possible after the first of 
April in every year how many of the children named 
in such list have not been at school for eighty full 
days during the then current school year, and to notify 
th3 parents or guardians of such children of the 
exact number of days their children respectively 
have attended school from the first of the school 
j^ear until the first day of April. 

<c) to ascertain as soon as possible after the close of 
the school year how many of the children of the 
section have not attended school during the school 
year for one hundred and twenty full days. 
(2.) The trustees shall collect from the 'parents or Parents, &c., to 
guardians of such children the sum of two dollars for each '" "°"""*' 
child who has attended school no portion of the year and 
P'o rata in the case of each child who has attended school 
but has not reached the period of one hundred and twentv 
iull days, l'"^- - i. ss. 77, 7a 79. 

., ' . '^'■^*'" ^'1 ^36 collected in connection with t-'onectionof 

the sectional sc. ^es of the following year, and as a"""'' 

|.art thereof. Iti , ?. 80. 

sucVsnirns^nLnr'^^' «hall. ercempt from the payment of E.e,„pt.on ,..„ 
sucn sums parents or guardians who can shew that their""''* "' c^'"*'^''' 
children are being properly educated otherwise than in the"'"'''' 
public schools, or whose children are by reason of delicate 
health, or being distant over two miles from a school, or 
other suflicient cause, prevented from attendance 1895 
c. 1, s. 82. 

114. Parents or guardians who have been required by Appeal, 
the trustees to pay any sums for of 
children at school under the provisions of this Chapter 
niay, upon notice to the secretary of the time and place 
ot such appphcation, apply within ten days after their beino 
so requu-od, to any stipendiary magistrate residing in the 
section, or if there is no stipendiary magistrate in such 



Chap. 52. section to any justice of the peace, who after hearing- 
evidence in such case may remit such payment or reduce 
the amount thereof. 1895, c. 1, s. 88. 


Night school, 
when lestablish- 



115. Where it appears that in any community there 
are twenty-five or more persons of the age of fifteen years 
and upwards desirous of obtaining instruction in the 
ordinary branches of an English education, the Governor- 
in-Council may authorize the establishing of a night school 
for their benefit. 1890, c. 50, s. 1. 

116. When the Govt-rnor-in-Council authorizes the 
establishing of a night school, the Council shall make such 
regulations as are necessary for the management of such 
school 1890, c. 50, s. 2. 

117. Every teacher employed in any such night school 
shall be regularly licensed, and shall receive from the 
provincial treasury such grant as the Council from time to 
time determines. 1890, c. 50, s. 3. 


High schools and 


118. — (1.) The trustees of schools in the shire or county 
town of each county in the province may establish and 
maintain a high school or academy, which shall be open 
free of charge to qualified students from all parts of the 
county in which it is situated. 

(2.) For the purposes of this section the municipality of 
Clare shall be deemed a county, and an academy may be 
established in any school section within such municipality 
which is willing to accept the responsibility of conducting 
ana2ademy under the provisions of this Chapter. 1895, 
c. 1, s. 61. 
Powers of Coun- 119; The Couucil shall, in respect to county academies, 
prescribe the qualification of teachers, fix standards for the 
admission of students, arrange the courses of study, establish 
conditions of accommodation and outfit, and frame such 
general regulations as are deemed necessary for the efficient 
prosecution of academic studies. 1895, c. 1, s. 61 (1). 

120. — (1.) The trustees of a county academy conducted 
in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter and the 
regulations of the Council framed thereunder, shall be 
entitled to participate in the academic grant from the 
provincial treasury, which shall in no year exceed ten 
thousand dollars, in conjoint proportion to the number 
of authorized days taught by the teachers of the academic 
class (providing the salaries of the said staff, inclusive of 
the regular provincial grant, shall average not less than 
seven hundred and fifty dollars each per annum), and to 
the following scale : — 

Their share in 
provincial grant 









(2.) '. 
section si 
1895, c. ] 

a county 

ounty t 
11895, c. 1 

I 122. 
^nd magi 
fvriting, b 
|895, c. 1, 

I ^^^ ' 

f^ugust ar 

1124. ' 
eriod of i 
fefunded t 
tion of t 
,^ hool fur 
%ndent iss 
]|}' the ins( 
ii^ actual cc 



er hearing 
or reduce 

nity there 
fteen years 
on in the 
iglit school 

orizes the 
make such 
nt of such 

ght school 

Iron) the 

Dm time to 

3 or county 
ablish and 
II be open 
irts of the 

icipality of 
ly may be 
ter. 1895, 

rds for the 
y, establish 
rame such 
he efficient 

er and the 
r, shall be 

from the 
ixceed ten 
le number 
e academic 
iclusive of 
• less ihan 
m), and to 

Drov?d.?l f.r • " *'^'^''' three hundred dollars. Chap. 52. 

provided there is an average annual attendance of" 

at least htteen regularly qualified high school 
students pursuing a full course • 

nrn^-ilf.l '"'^"'^ *^'*''^''- *^'^^^ ^^^^r^d dollars, 
prov ided there is an average annual attendance of at 

n^rlj ^ JT^^''^' ^"^'^""^^ ^'^^ ««hool students 
pursuing a full course; 

^'lir^f.^'*^-''^^'*''*'""'*'^'''^**""^'-^^ ^oJ'ars, Dro- 
]V«.T.- M ' '' ^? V^^" ^"""^' attendance of at 

pursu nl l^f,T^"^^' ^'""'^""^ ^''^^ «^^^««' «t"^ents 
pursuing a rull course* 

^\l7it ''°'"'"' "'"='""•• '*" '>-''<'™l dollars, pro- 
least one hundred and twenty regularly qualifled 
1(9) ^ft r''" , r""'f °'^ P"™"g » *■"» course^ 

^^^:^:^l^:\^^^:r "' ineorporatttC 

'ouncd mav author zr .vn,; ^*u.„ „„_x-VT^®'^'^'^® establish 

'ri^^v, -1 "^ ""v^>:^i uiic pruvisions ot this Chaoter thp*"*^"""' town to 

fCouncd may author ze any other sentinn nf ff T^i'''''' 

countv to PQfakiioU 1 • "''i'^'^ flection ot the same ^''^lemy, other 

p95, c. l?s 61 (5) ""^'"*^^" '"''^ '°""^>^ academy. ru^;^H.T^- '' 


.nf iLiSr^n^f *^" legislature, ministers of religion, vi... or 
^rJf/n^K .V o "^ ^'"^P^^^O" temporarily appointed in«'»"'°'«- 
1895 c^'l'^s. 86. ^"P^^^"^^^'^-^' «hall le visiLro'schods 

iUafstJhncUhf/T", ^h^" b^^i" 0" the first day of Sehoo, ,ea. 

lugust and end the last day of July. 1895, c. 1, s. 89 

leriod of Jlo'vp?^ •''*^^°" ^''' ^^^" ^"^^hout a school for a SecUon „„ab. 

H u . . ^^^'^^' '" consequence of the iuabilitv of ,>^^ Provide school 

|ihab,tans to provide a school house, th^re sLu b^ 

|e unded to the trustees of said section, on the recommend 

It on ot the district board, the amount of the mSpaJ 

|hoo fund rated during the said two years on fh 

^habitants of the section.^ Tn no case Xlfthe Superin 

tendent issue an order for such repayment until fiirnished" 

I' the inspector with a certificate tiat a chool Cse '« 

f actual course of erection. 1895, c. 1, s. 89. 



Cha.-. 52. 



(Section 64. ) 

Pkovinck ok Nova Scotia, 
County of . 

Schwjl Section, No. 

District of 

Under the authority of Chapter 5;J of the Bevi^ed Statutes of Xova Scotia, 


The bearer is entitled to demand and receive from the trustees of the 

School Section, No. , district of , in the Province of Nova 

Scotia, Dominion of Canada, the sum of — lawful money of the 

Dominion of Canada, in - - years from the date hereof, and interes 

from the same date at the rate of per cent, per annum to be paid 

yearly as per the interest warrants hereto annexed, payable at . 

Dated at , this day of . ^ 

\ Trunfe.e>> of School 
Section No. — 

-, Secretary oj trmteen. 


Province of Nova Scotia, ^ 
School Sjictiox, No. 

at - 

dollars interest due on 

on debenture No. 



■ V Trustees. 

— , Secretary. 


(Section so.) 

LiTNENBUK(4 AND New Dt'BLiN :-Centre Range, 3i ; Rosebud, 109 ; 
Block HoLe, 30; Northwest, 22 ; Falkland, 3.^ ; Clearland, GO. 

Shelbitrne :— Jordan River, 14 ; Jordan River, 14^. 

Yarmouth:- Richmond, 11 ; Carleton, 18; Little River, 24 ; Arcadia, 
26; Bi^-nton, 15; Middleton, 35; Lake Annis, 38; Chegoggin, .ib ; Ovei- 
tnn 5 • Norwood, 10 ; Sandford. 8 ; Ohio, 12. 

DiobV :-w2ymoutli Bridge, 18 ; Weymouth Mills, 19 ; Sissiboo Palls, 

22 ; Digby, 28. 

^:^^l£ 24T\£S<?s- Mills, 45 ; Cold Rrook, 37 ; Pei 
eaS 5l- A^onpoi-t, 73; Delhaven, 82; Con.iuerall, 90; White Rock, 91; 

^r^S^s^-wIS^h,2; Belmont 14; P^P^^^S ^^^ '""" 

""^ii^R^'Jireen Hill, 21; Maccan 45 ; South Pug wash, 123: 
RiveSip, 81; Farmington, 90; Birch Ridge, 10.; Lake Rona, 12S, 
Slack River, 115 ; Springhill Junction, 117 ; South \ alley, 119. 

Wfst Colchester ;-Acadia Mines, 15 ; Castlereagh, lO ; lolly \ illage 
18 ; Londonderry Station, 31 ; Masstown, 20. 

Sterling -.-Brule, 21 ; Denmark, 29._ , 

Soi'TH Colchester :^Cro3s Roads,, 1* ; Alma, .-iS. 



of Xova Scotia, 

trustees of the 
'rovince of Nova 
il money of the 
!of, and interest 
iium, to be paid 
ay able at . 

ij.v^ee.s of School 
'action No.— 



J- Trustees. 

Brook, 37 ; Pei 
White Rock, 91 ; 

• (J rove, 1"); Hum- 
t. Croix, 3."). 
Shore, 33 ; Moose 

th Pugwash, ri3 ; 

Lake Rona, I'iH; 
ley, 119. 

10 ; Folly Village 

Little Harl)our, (50. 

sr^f i,^rss.:'i. ■■"'•^™: -?"i>^fi„^ ^^n^:^ 

Antjuoni.sii :— .SaltspiingH, 48. 

OuYSBOito :-Ha.oI Hill, 19 ; PinUc Harbor, 37R 

Jrz;o^:^:^ui< iS'^}',f^,^r- ^« = ?i-k Rock, s.. 

: West Louisbury, (Is ' ' "^'^ Lorraine, C5 ; Big Lo.raine, 

RrcHMONi) :— Gran<li(iue Ferry, 17i 
1 ARRSBORO :-Cross Koads, 6 ; Sngar Hill, 20. 


, I. 

of N 


teacher's OATir. 
CSpction 105.) 
-, a duly licensed teacher of class 

.f xVova Scotia, n.ako o 111 an dsn v Z 7, f ' "i ?^ *^^ P''°^'»^« 

chool in ^-^ S oo ocf^n?^ ''"'*' ^''"^ '* ?"'^ conducted the 

1 ... SCnUOl SOCllOn, JNo. (lns(ri.>f r^( 

cconlance with law. for tlu> n«,.;„.i \.t* ._' , ^V"'F °* — ". Jn 

authorized teaching days, 

day of during the 

days during first half 

; Rosebwd, 109; 
[•land, GO. 

:er, 24 ; Arcadia, 
foggin, 3(i ; Over- 

T-, 11 —Sworn to at 
; Sissiboo rails, jH 

acconlance with law, for the period of*- 

: from the day of i to the - 

school year ending July 19 ., bcin- 

rSrLsTi^^T^^IlSV'S^^c^^S^^ ■' '''}^' the-prescrib^d 

as prescribed, and that to tlu. >U f f P, \^ '"® "' ^''^"'"i' Particular 
total days' a te ulanec oi th™- ™y knowledge and belief thi rectified 

enrolled'pupils in the nahl p rLfw .s '^V^l^'^t^iTr ""''' ^^ ""'t 

[the trustees is in accordance uitl, f 1 1 .fTTT" ' \ "'^ agreement with 

thereisnocH,llusiveunS '""^ regulations, and that 

is to be made of no effect ^ ^ '^^ '''"^' P"""^'"" °^ ♦''"^ agreement 

in the countv of 

■ Teacher. 

this . day of 

A.I)., 19—, before me — 

, J. V. in and for the Countv of 

*The numbers to be expressed by wordn, „„t fl^.ures. 


( Section 110.) 

Parent or 
ffuardiaii may 
apply tor order 
fur admission. 

Effect of sucii 
order, if 

Lengrth of term 
"t attendance. 

Term may be 

Grants to bo 
inadu out of 
Iroasiirv an I 
iminl.ipai nchool 





■• Ine parent or cruardim nf 
person of sound mind b?tw^ n i ^''^ f""^ ^' ^^^^ "^"to 
years, who ha.s. under the '1?' "°^%"^ ^'■^' «"'J eiohteen 
Act" a settlement ii^any^^^^^^^^^ ''^" ^'^ Poor^li.Iief 

ai'ply to the warden of sLh m 2f V': '"'^ '' '"""' '"^^7 
of such city or town. ?"'a "3 ;i^T '\''''- '""^^-' 
such person into the Institution f.iT.'''" admission of 
Halifax, which order th t 'w rden ^''^ '''^ ^^""'^ ^' 
grant under his Imnd and tl "r^ 7 '"'r'' '^""^^ ^^ ^"ce 
Pality. city or town, on bin. sa s^'f h '''^ '^ '^'' "'""'^i" 
niute person is betw;.n the "1- ""'' "^''"^ '' ^^^^ 

mind, and has a lej settS '^'■'' ^^'f '^^■'^^^^ ''^"'^^f ^^und 
oy town. 1895 c ? s f T'"'"^ ''\ «"ch municipality, city 
'^- Such orde, ; ;, -e , i;i,C' /^f «, c. 43. s'lo'' ^ 
nan,ed therein to be re e vid nt 'I'f "r"'"' '""'^ ^^^^''^^^ 
>eaf and Dumb at Halifarsub t " /"'''^l'^'^" '''' ''' of that institution and fnH ''•' rules and regu- 

ages of twelve ami (iftee,; vXi T.n T ""'« '''^'"■'=«" 'he 
■^ gl^t years, and thos be ween L '""*/ „'" '■^"""" 
eighteen years, six years ^'-'' ""^ ''Ses of fifteen and 

A o'ti?^sX;ifnt'Zs'r:n''t'r'''"'^ r^^™"-^ "■■-"- 

allotted term „,,ay be s en^i t T ° "'^ P"""' "» 
board of directors of the ,^1^ m ""5 'liseretion of the 
pnrt; 190(), e. 43, s. 11 '"'"""'">• 1895, c. 1. s. 1,3, 

Institntion "of 't^.e'Tl^f' 'ind^ l",""". ^''"'"" ™'"=i™J '"'o the 
onler fron, the warden a „ ,:;:',„:: "''"f"?. ""der an 
from the n,ay„r of an incorn" a .d'; ^' °\ ""''°'' "" ""l" 
'" the s.hooTf m i '7 "''"'' """"'ibates 

'l.««n, the bo'ar,i '„<!'"; '"'"™'"^ ""'' ''""•J-l 
c-ntitled to receive fron, h° 1 i ,c ^ ''""""'<"' »l'-" be 
«ev,.„ty.(iv„ dollars „er an n "V"'" "'" """'of 

to .eeeiv. annnally sa, n T ", '""^:^"'"-'>'' ""'I "1» 
"-. ■ n-l«.l J:.,ol TZ \T^? half-yearly, fr„n, 

Omnts In cige 
dt'uf or (lea' 

i'l',','„'r I";"?"" •'«» 
■""-• -""'riiiciit 
"I any liu'orpor- 
atml city or town. 


the municipal sol--^ f^ T' '7'^^''^ ^^^'^^^''^ 
c. l.s. 113, part "^ '"'^'^ municipality 

int^h;:'s:^.:!r^v!:^^^5« i-7 ^vho is ^ 

"'"'^" »" order fron, the" m^yor Tf\ ';''^ "' "'^''■'''^'^• 
allowance to the board of i' eeto s of' fh ''"• '"'"' '^" 

uiiecDois ol the institution 



'1' deaf in II to 
and eiofiteen 
Poor Relief 
town, may 
tlie mayor 
■dniissiou' of 
d Dumb at 
lall at once 
tlie niunici- 
ioaf or deaf 
■nd of sound 
pality, city 
. 10. 

iiite person 
on for the 
and regu- 
13 in this 
'd therein 

5 shall be 
tvveen the 
io retnaiu 
fteen and 

' iniscon- 
'Upil, the 
»n of the 
. s. 113, 

I into the 

inder an 

an order 

• tributes 


diall be 

sum of 

ind also 

'y, from 


wn, an 




does not coutribute to Vdm (V 'T ''"'='' .'='*3' or town ^ 

f"i><i, ami in suoh case s,I 'h" municipal school 

directors for each su h derf o rf ■ f '"''"'"' ""^ 
to the institution. Inrl I e ; ',11 T" 'T™ '^"' 
directors from the nrovincinl ! ? ''" l"""' 'o the 

deaf mute person f^w™, '^'"'V'''' "'''' ^'•<='' J'^f or 
such allowance, the sun Ir ' ''' '^'' '°~™ contributes 

■"anner provided i ?he next , r. !f' "^■■''"'' ''""^''- '" "« 
s. 113, part. '" I'recednig section. 1895, c. 1, 

"...niaiiy'L ti:rSn:[i 'o'; sttiV^f "r' -'-'—•« 

of ti.e names, ages and re ide o 'th f nu'i'ils"" ^"""™ "l -SS" ■• 

f..n'i thi' ti;eH:';,:'n^r'o?"Fd"i'„:i '^^'":■"-•p^' -"ooio™,.. .,.,. ,„. 

amounts due the director, „fr™titt, ""'".''^- "'"r™-=" 
draft, therefor on the treasurers of tlesei "'"' "■^".'= .*-'&- 
palities. 1895, c. l,s. n.-f ,,.,r( lespective munioi- 

of the horrd'Tfeflon :;n'|',I t:t ''■■ ^^ f"" " ™o..,ber r„,,„,., 

the .ustitutirXlrLlra'ml nl-n^t'T^'f ■""^'^ '-^-"^^^ 
whose behalf ^^m^]in^t; , "" '^"^ Halifax, or on T^'J'^"''^" "' » 

i» ."ade, Tho ;' ,o'! '"• "''""■«'■".' '" -el. insiitutioi""-' i;rr,r-'™ 

I'fovinci^l Seci-X if '4sSV?'''''i "" l""^'"™- '''«""""■ 
"We to the province' mZf ' ""''' P"'°" '» cl'«'ge- 

of directors if tj 7^, i ' ftij I ^i b"'' ""'°' '° P"^ '» "« board 
from the provincial !? "","' '"'" '"* " """wed 

admitted u, der he „ ' w ' ^ "> /he ca.,e „1 „ ,,„,.,„„ 
"• 1. s. U3, part '"""""' "' "'" '-''•"Pter. 'jsa,-;. 


OF Tllli K,,rc*TION 01.- THK BLIND. 

'"•twee,; ^helts'Tsi/Inll'twcrv"'''"^ '"'"" >~-'-' 

;;;.der th.. pr„vi,L,„ „f "ZV'r-'js-jr:": .:;;',' ^''-.•S^ 

town, fur „,, 3' Z th T'^"" "' '""'■ «'ty "'■ 

'■•-'-'■-"« •^^i.oorLteSi-nLciirtf^^^ 




Effect of order 
if ohlaiiied. 

Length of term 
of attendance. 

^"^P- 5^- warden or mayor shall at once grant under his hand and 
the corporate seal of the municipality, city or town, on 
being satisfied that such blind person is between the ages 
above pi'escribed, and has a legal settlement in such 
municipality, c;ty or town. 1895, c. 1, s. 114, part. 

(2.) Such order shall entitle the blind person named 
therein to be received into the Halifax School for the 
Blind, and, subject to the conditions in this Chapter 
prescribed, to be educated and boarded therein during the 
school term. 189o, c. 1, s. 114, part. 

14.— (1.) Pupils entering the school between the ages of 
six and ten years shall be entitled to remain seven years in 
addition to the time in attendance under ten years of age ; 
those entering between the ages of ten and thirteen years 
shall be entitled to remain seven years; those entering 
between the ages of thirteen and seventeen shall be entitled 
to remain five years; and those entering between the ages 
of seventeen and twenty-one years shall l)e entitled to 
remain three years. 

(2 ) The Council of Public Instruction may, upon the 
recommendation of the board of managers, extend the time 
of the attendance of any pupil. 

(3.) In the case of hopeless incapacity, serious mis- 
conduct, or other sufficient on the part of any pupil, 
the prescribed term may be shortened at the discretion of 
the board of managers of the school. 1 89o,c. 1, s. 114, part. 

J5. For every blind person received into the Halifax 

.?unTcK'ho,,r'^'^^""l ^^'' ^^"^ ^^''"^^ "'^d<^'»' fi" <»'^^^'r <''''i"i the warden of a 
fund. municipality, or under an order fr. ni the mayor of an 

incorporated town which contributes to the municipal 
school fund, and educated and boarded therein, the board 
of managers of such school shall be entitled to receive from 
the provincial treasury the sum of seventy-Hvo dollars 
per annum, payably half-yearly, and also to receive annually 
the same sum, payable hall^-yearly, from the municipal 
school fund of such municii)ality. ^1895, c. 1, s. 114, part. 
hiriVor^rim. **• ^'f''' ev^'''y *'>'»<• Pt'rson who is admitted into the 
rJ^uSSlmr' ^'^'■'^'^^ School for the Blind, under an order from 
aiedHtyortown. the uuiyor of a city or town, an allowance to the 
board of managers of the school of seventy-fiv(> dollars 
per annum shall be rated upon the inhabitants of the 
said city or town in case such city or town does not con- 
tribute to or draw from the municipal school fund, and in 
such case Hueh hhui shajj hn paid to the inaiiagers for each 
such blind person Htiiit to the school, and there shall bo 
paid t(» the managers from the provincial treasury for 
t'ach such blind person for which such city or town contri- 

Terni may be 

Term may be 

Orant* be made 
out of proviiiciul 



is hand and 
3r town, on 
en the ages 
nt in such 

I'son named 

ool for the 

lis Chapter 

during the 

the ages of 
'en yiiars in 
;ars of ago ; 
irteen years 
)se entering 

be entitled 
en the ages 
entitled to 

^ upon the 
nd the time 

erious mis- 
any pupil, 
liscretion of 
5. 114, part, 
he Halifax 
t'arden of a 
nyor of an 
the board 
iceivo from 
ivo dollars 
'^e annually 
,114, part, 
d into the 
jrdor from 
ICO to the 
,ve dollars 
Its of the 
es not con- 
nd, and in 
rs for each 
*e shall Ito 
easury for 
iwn contri- 

butes such allowance the sum of seventy-five dollars, inCiuP .54 
the manner provided in the next preceding section. 1895, ^^^^^i^^^ 

5 The managers of the Halifax School for the Blind Managers to 
t on fnir^S ^'^""^^■'^"""'^"y to the Council of Public Instruc- irSpir^T^ ''^ 
tion full returns of the names, ages and residences of tho ^^°''«^''°-'" 
pupils in respect to whom suclf paymentraTclaTmed Sea^^ 
loyo, c. I, s. 1 14, part. 

fnf;i f!" ^^^ '"""""' apportionment of the municipal school o-nu to he 
tmoun r.I.t"^;;^'"''"'^'"^ of Education shall include the S'" S 'IJ^iro,,. 
amounts due the managers of the Halifax School for the r^^'r "!?»'• 
Mhnd and issue draft, therefor on the treasurers of t^e "'"'"""'"'• 
re,spect,ve municipaiities 1895, c. 1. s. 114, part, 
tiprl fh,f r °I F''^^''' Instruction, upoM being satis- Council of p,,,.,,. 

an ha no"me^n''n"f '^ ■' ''^l^'^'^''^^^ ^^'^'^n the province S^'i:- 
anil lias no means ot paying the expense of his education »7«"tyo"ey«.-.« 

may, upon the recommendafon of the board of manaoers' *^'-'- 
make the provisions of this Chapter apply to any blind 
person over the age of twenty-one velrs of age.^ Such 
action ot the Council of Public Instruction shall e". title the 
bhnd person to be received into the school on the same terms 
c 1 s. Tir'art"" ^'^ ""^ twenty -one years. 1895. 

the^"Halif^.'v' 'iT "i T'^ Pf-^^'lJ'^^o has been admitted to G.a„t .„ c.,> 
tlieJiahtax. School for the Blind, or on whose belialf .'""*' ^pp'?'"*-' 
application for admission to such school harden nrn^^"^^^^^ 
who has no sett emeiit Mithii, this province, tl e ProvS 
.Secretary, if .satisfied that such peison is cl argeablc t e 
pronnce, .nay pa^ or agree to ^ay to the bc^rd of'^l ! 
agus o. the school the sam.- sum as is paid from the 
pvovuieial treasury jn the case of a perscm alln.ittd under 
the^toregoing provisions of this Chapter. I8f)5, c. 1 , h. 1 14, 

9.' 'Hh' parent or guardian of any blind person between., . , , 
!"■ ages o s,x and twenty-one y.^ai^ who 1 as not s.^! K -'- ^^^ 
men witlnn this province, may -evertheless ap^y ^Z^^^^^'^^' 

th. hI f " s: ,1 .'uu/Bnr"" f.;-»\P'-«" into^^KS- 
i„>,,.,... ,• ;-M. 1 , nlind. and jf such ward.-n or'"f'"'Ko" "' 

"i" ent o f • '""'V"'"'''^^'' ''^y "'• t"^^'» ^vith the 

1 ntioiol remaimng, the warden or mayor may .rrant 
H uh order, winch shall have tire same loroe and effect as n 

n.en!?..r'I]wi^T"''T'^.''^*'''''"^"'">' '"'"'" '"' '^ <#>'« a »Tovinol.l 
m(m'>ei ot the boan o mnnaL'ers of tbi. H,.i;i'..: *j i , H-xroWy . , 
»•••• tl..' Blind. 1895. c. I. s. 1 14^ pa.-t '' Nehool ,,^,, ._,.„, „, 


Short title. 


" Child " 
" Parent." 

" Guardian.'' 

'• Person Mavinjf 


" Htlpcridiary 
" Magistrate. 

" Officer." 

" Truant 



CHAPTER 55, R. S.. 1900. 



1. This Chapter may be cited as "The Towns' Com- 
pulsory Attendance Act." 


2. This Chapter shall only be operative in incor- 
porated towns adopting the provisions thereof. 189o 
c. 1, s. 84, part. 


3. In this Chapter unless the context otherwise 
requires, — 

The expression "child," means any boy or girl between 
the ages of six and sixteen years living in the town • 

1 he expression "parent," means the father of such 
child, and if the father is dead or absent from the 
town, includes the mother of such child : 

The expression "guardian," includes any person actino- 
m loco parentis where the parents of such child ar2 
dead or absent from the town, and is not restricted 
to a testamentary guardian or appointee of a court- 

ihe expression "person having charge, " means any 
person oyer the age of twenty-one years, with whom 
such child ordinarily lives or resides, or who con- 
trols, or is in a position to control, or assumes to 
control, or has the apparent charge of, such child • 

The expression "the board," means the board of school 

^ commissioners for the town ; 

The expression "principal" means the teacher or other 
oftcer having the general supervision of the schools 
in the town ; 

The expression "stipendiary magistrate" or "magis- 
trate," includes the stipendiary magistrate in and for 
the town, or his lawfully appointed deputy; 

The expression " officer," means the secretary of the 
board, supervisor or principal of the schools of the 
town, or any other person in the regular employ of 
the board ; i j 

The expression "truant officer." means any person 
appointed by the board or town council to carry out 
the provisions of this Clmpter ; 



Towns' Coni- 

ne in incor- 
hereof. 189o, 

xt otherwise 

' girl between 
; in the town ; 
'ther of such 
ent from the 

person acting- 
uch child are 
lot restricted 
ee of a court : 
means any 
•s, with whom 
or who con- 
t" assumes to 
such child : 
)ard of school 

Lcher or other 
)f the schools 

or "magis- 
ite in and for 

atary of the 
hools of the 
ir employ of 

any person 
to carrj' out 


'^^nff'h?'''r/P°'^'" °®^^^'" means any member 

appornted W rr ^ '^' '"""• "^ '^Pecial^onsrabl 
appointed by the town council for the purpose of 
enforcing the provisions of this Chapter- ^ ^ 

fhe publl 7'' °' '^'^ ""'^'^ ''^^^^' hours as 

board ' ^'' '" •'^^'^'°" ^y ^^'^'^ of the 

coming rntnoTc^"oUrs'chan/°^) '"^ "^"^'^ ^^^^^ ^^^ 
1, section 84 of the Acts o ISo'^i t P^t^«^«"« ^^ chapter 

pro^'isions'o?This'rT''f ''^ *""" ^° "^'^^^ '^'' remaining 
tVll !? f . ' ^""^ ^J^enever such resolution has received 


Chap. 55. 

" Police officer " 

" Sdiool hours.'' 

'8;;hooI days." 

Second part of 
this Chapter 
substituted for 
former Act 
where it was 

Kesslution in 
schedule tc be 
submitted to 
town council and 
vote taken 



Every child in the town shall attend school dur- Attendance o, 

1 1. . . children pre 

ine- the rPfrnl.... Tnl l ^"^" attend school dur- Attendance of 

«teks ,„ the precedmg year, if nelessity re,|uire" him to 
school vin'r:'.!:''.'" "™?'-"'"' ^i"^^ "« H-^* ^ay or eaeh »..-. -,.„ 


Chap. 55. the 


A|if.'iintiiic'iit of 

Penalty for 
retiHinjf infor- 
hiat.ion, tie. 

liable to a penalty of 
than twenty dollars. 

.Unr.rd to ascer- 
tain names of 
children not 
havinjr attended 
ViieMjiil)ed days 
and notify 
parents or 

names of their parents or guardians or persons 
having charge of them, and carefully preserve lists of the 
same. 1895, c. 1, s. S4 (3). 

8. The board shall have full power and authority to 
appoint officers and persons to make such enumeration, and 
to make rules and regulations for the purpose, and to pre- 
scribe the books and records to be kept under this Chapter, 
and designate the persons to keep and the manner of keep- 
ing the same. 1N95, c. 1, s. 84 (4). 

9. Any person refusing to oive any information to the 
board or its officers, or th« truant oK,'-. -, to any person 
appointed by the board or the town r ' to carry out 
the provisions of this Chapter, as to the n ...le or aye of any 
child residing or living with such person in the town, 
or wilfully giving any fal^e information in regard 
to the vame or any matter about which information is 
required by this Chapter, shall be 
not less than one dollar nor mo e 
1895, c. 1, s. 84 (5). 

10 The board shall ascertain as soon as possible after 
the close of the school for the year, hijw many of the children 
named in the lists prepared under the provisions of this 
Chapter have not been at school for one hundred and twenty 
days during such school year, and shall notify the parents, 
guardians or persons having charge of such children of the 
exact number of days' attendance made by such children 
during the year, and that they are liable to prosecution 
under this Chapter unless they satisfy the board that there 
was a good reason for the failure of such children to attend 
Boar.) to a °''/"^ ^\^'' Period prescribed. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (6). 
t^yn'tiaiiies^^of"^' . '^^^^^' boai'd .sluill also ascertain how many of the 

ar;S,;'K'hooi ^ y';^^-*^." residing in the town have not attended school at 
all during the year, and shall notify the parents, guardians 
or persons having charge of such children that they are 
liable to prosecution under this Chapter, unless they 
satisfy the board that there was a good reason for such non- 
attendance. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (7). 
Siai^iian.'Sc!""' „ ^^ ^^^'^'^T IMveut, guardiaii, or person having charge 
ot any child residing in the town shall cause such 
child to attend some public or private day school, approved 
by the board, at least one hundred and twenty days in 
each school year, except as exempted under the preceding 
provisions of this Part. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (8) 
wiK-n'^rir!;,. , 18-~-('-) For the purposes of this Chapter the board 

proved i.y board, shall appi'ove a pi'ivatc school only when, 

(«) the iiistruction given includes reading, spelling, 
writing, English composition, gecjgraphy, and arith- 
metic, as well taugliL as in ordinary public schools, 

and notify 
parents or 





3 or persons 
e lists of the 

authority to 
uieration, and 
3, and to pre- 
this Chapter, 
nner of keep- 
nation to the 
.0 any person 

to earry out 
or aye of any 
in the town, 
a in regard 
iiormation is 
a penalty of 
enty dollars. 

Dossibie after 
f the children 
sions of this 
i and twenty 
■ the parents, 
lildren of the 
uch children 
rd that there 
•en to attend 

!uanv of the 
ed school at 
ts, guardians 
lat they are 
unless they 
or such non- 

ving charge 
cause such 
ol, approved 
nty days in 
le preceding 

r the board 

iig, spoiling, 
', and arith- 
blic schools. 

(6) a register of attendance is kept in such school inCHVP -Vl 

Shan t^lUh °", ^'' ^'''^}'' f ^^°''^' ''^'^'^' register 
shall at all times during school hours be open to th.^ 

mjection of such persons as the board ^points; 

(c) such reports and returns are furnished to f he board 
concerning the studies and attendance of all pupds 

I yeais as are retjuired for the carrying out of the 

I provisions of this Chapter. '^ 

I reidevT/TT^T'^'''^ °^ Education shall supply such 

M^r/hp fi f A^ dollar nor more than tM'entv dollars 

dollars, exclusive of costs, in any one year. 189.5 cl,s8i 

vro^e^iniJuW^^^^^ °^ ^^'^ ^^^'^'^^ to institute Boa.. .ha„ 

pioceeaings under this Chapter against all parents o-nnrdiflti^ ^•'"'^•^ ■"''■ents. 
and persons having charge^f clSldren re^di^ ir^^^ "-—o;^: 
V ho fail to comply with the law, unless ^ch mn^ r^re^^u- 
guardians, or persons satisfy the board that- P'^'^^'^'.h.w,,. 

(a) the physical or mental condition of the child of or 
under the guardianship of such person is such as Z 
i-eiKler attendance or instruction in a public schoo 
niexpedient or impracticable, or ^ 

(h) such child is being properly educated in readin<v 
.spelling; writing, English coinposition. geoliSv 
and anhmet.c, otherwise tlmn in a "pub c^oV 
approved private school, or ^ 

to 11 health or temporary absence from the town c^- 
(d) trough some domestic alHiction in the family of 
Ha.d person it is necessary , ,■ prudent, in the So„ 
of the board, to keep such child at home, or ^ 
rJ parent, guardian or person sumnumed was by 
reason oi poverty unable to provide such child with 
K;:,"'',rf r?^ weann^apparel ior X^Z!!^. 

apparel for such child u;£:nncS""" ^^^"""^ 

Ajjfe stated in in 
formation />nmir 
facie correct. 

Persons who 

may prosecute. 

Notice not to be 
condition prece- 
dent to prosecu- 


9^^- ^^- . (2-) No parent, cruardian, or person having charge of any 
S'Sms ff?^d„^*^all be exempted from the penalties mentioned in 
otherwise this l^ari, on the ground that the child in question has been 

educated. educated otherwise than in a public or approved private 

school, unless such child presents a certificate from the 
supervisor or principal of schools of having passed a satis- 
factory exannnation in the grade of work suitable to the 
child s age and previous opportunities for receivino- an 
education : and it shall be the duty of the supervisor or 
principal to examine at stated times all such children 
making application whose compliance with this Chapter is 
called in question. 

(8.) _ In any prosecution under this Chapter, the a--,. 
stated in the information shall be taken prima facie to be 
the age of the child. 

(4.) The board, its executive committee, or some person 
or persons appointed by them for the purpose, shall alon. 
have power and authority to prosecute or institute am- 
proceedings under this Ciiapter. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (10). 

16 Notice from the board shall not be a condition 
precedent to any prosecution under this Chapter, but tin- 
stipendiary magistrate shall exempt any parent, guardian 
or person from any penalty under this Chapter, on proof ol 
any of the reasons set forth in the next preceding section 
and tlie exemptions mentioned in this part. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 

17. All penalties imposed and recovered under thi^ 
Chapter, shall be paid over to the board, and be applied 
by it towards enforcing and carrying out the provisions of 
tins Chapter, and the magistrate may in any conviction 
made under this Chapter, impose an alternative of imprison- 
nient m the county jail for non-payment of the penalty, such 
imprisonment not to exceed two days for each dollar of tliv 
penalty imposed; and in such case it shall not be necessary 
to issue any distress warrant against the goods or property 
of the person convicted, but such person niay be forthwith 
comnntted to prison if the penalty is not at once pai.l, 
189o, c. l,s. 84(12). ^ 

ca^eofs'lcreur?- . ^^ / .^i^^eate uiider the seal of the board, an-1 
■ signed by the secretary of the board, that the name of any 
child mentioned in the sunmions does not appear on any 
school rt'gister of any of the public schools in the town, oi ^ 
that the child named has not complied with the requireineiit> I 
1 ii"r ^^^'^ ^"^ which case the number of days attended 
shall be speciHed), and that the person summoned has bcii 
returned on the to the board as tlie imreiU, 

Fines and penal 
ties, to whom 
paid over. 

in hi 

• 11 

the ( 
Ol- pi 
C. 1,; 






tor te: 









•f sue] 

With } 



'. 45, 8 


>ther ■ 


ving charge of any 
Ities mentioned in 
I question has been 

approved private 
I'tificate from the 
ing passed a satis- 
rk suitable to the 

for receiving: an 

the supervisor or 

all such children 

th this Chapter is 



Chapter, the 
'prima facie to be 


ie, or some person 
irpose, shall alone 

or institute any 

1, s. 84 (10). 

>t be a condition 
Chapter, but the 
parent, guardian, 
lapter, on j^roof of 
preceding section, 
t. 1895, c. 1,8.84 

»vered under thi.'. 
., and be applied 

the pi-ovisions of 
n any conviction 
ative of impri.son- 

the penalty, such 
3ach dollar of tlie I 

not be necessary 
i'oods or property 
nay be forthwith 
lot at once paid, 

the board, and 
the name of any 
; appear on any 
Is in tlie town, or 
the requirement> | 
•f days attended 
innoned lias beiii 
as the jjareni 

■uardianor person having charge of such child sh-ill bpTHv.. -k 

ll^ boH^-d of V'''!''"V"'^^"T"S- ^"^ P^-«°f «^" the seal of 
ithe board or the signature of the secretary, or the pro- 

luction of any school register or list in the J^istody of ^the 

board, or any certified extract from the same, and^shall be 

sufficient evidence to warrant a conviction n any case 

unless the person summoned satisfies the i3istiSe 

Ithat he comes within one of the exemptions lereii,- 

iDefoi-e specihed or that the certificate presented by the 

Secretary IS in fact untrue, for which puLse the m-smi 

|ummoned shall be competent to give (^ide^ undeHa^h 

|n his own behalf. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (13) 

f,P.n$T- f ■'°"!/'' the military or naval service of ^'='" "''^ '^p'"^- 

erv ce vH ^' -^-^ ^' •' ^'^ ^'^"^ ^°"t"^"« i" ^he said 
.ei ce ^^dllIe residing in the school section, nor to the 

■hildren of persons visiting the school section foibules 
1 r84 '(uT' ''""^ Pennanently residing therein. 1895, 

.clfoois if-iYrt'^V"^^'^?;''^:'' attending any of the public 
hools, and reported by the teacher to be absent for en or '""""• 
Inore da^^, not necessarily consecutive, during any sc oo 

Iguaidian or person having charge of such child, .shall be 


tor ten or more days, not necessSSly^oLe it h. Id l^'^^^^ """ 

^chool year, and found not to be attending any sXoot or 

ngaged in any proper employment durino're.ulai school 
>loul^s, .shall be deemed to be and shall be dealt" vWh am 

labitual truant. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (Hi). 

nf^n ^^ T^ iP-*,?''" ^'^^'-''^ ^'^^^'^e Oi' '^ child is unable to C^ld who re- 

'wVai d sti' '' f '^"-^ '''^'''' ''' -'1""-^ by thisIero.!%me 
-.naptei, and sends a notice in writing to that effect to Hip*''"""!'^ "»''''"''' 
.cretary of the board, and proves to the satilctn o? ^^"""• 
)oatd that such person is unable to induce such child to 
ttend school, such child shall from and after the receipt 
.f such notice and proof be deemed to be and shall be de Ut 
jyith as an habitual truant, and the person ,enL. sd 
n^ r?^^^^^^^^^^^^ 1 f penalties^nder this Cli^ter 

23. Every habitual truant may, without wju-rnnf ..^Ha'-ifuai truants 

itllM' pro^'pqs h<> flvrA«f-'l „ • 'V' «/LllOUt wan ant or may be arrested 

- i.xi.-.e.s.s, oc ai rested un View and torth with conveyed ''"hT"'"^""* *** 


Chai'. 55. 

Habitual truant 
iiable to iiii- 

Truant officer to 
lay information 
against habitual 

Information and 
belief Bulficient 
to justify issue 
of warrant. 

Sciiool Board 
may past) liy- 

Employment of 
child under age 
of III years. 


to school by any truant officer finding such child beo-o-ina 
or wandering at large during the regular school hours iS 
any school year, unless such child upon inquiry fully 
Hatishes such truant officer that he has a valid ^excust 

schod ' S T"""? '^^''"^ ^^^P^^^ ^- "on-attendance"t 
from Hn.?^o f •^"'' T^ conveying to school may be made 
tiom time to time and as often as any such cliild is so f ound 
begging or wandering at large. 1898, c. 45, s. ]. 

24 Every habitual truant may be committed to ohe 

snTfj; •^'' '^ ^."J ""^ P'^'"' established as a lock-up in 
such town for the imprisonment of children ofFendina 
against the provisions of this Chapter, for such term as the 
St pendiary magistrate adjudges, not exceeding one month 
Ihe magistrate may suspend the enforcentent of the 
sentence or commute it if he is satisfied that it is in the 
interest of the child to do so. 1898, c. 45, s. 2, part! 

25. It shall be the duty of the truant or other officer 
appointed for that purpose by the board to lay information 
before the stipendiary magistrate against any child known 
or suspected by hi.n to be an habitual truant, or to be 
otherwise ofTending age inst the provisions of this Chapter. 
lWy«, c. 45, s. 2, part. . ^ 

26. In any prosecution against a child for an offence 
against this Caapter, the allec;ation of facts which 
under the provisions of this tJhapter constitute an otf-^nee 
on the part of the child against the same, substan.iated by | 
tlieo^th of the informant, that the ^ame are true to tin: 4 
best of his knowledge and belief, shall be sufficient to iustif v 
the i.ssue of a warrant or other process. 1898, c. 45. s. 2, 

27. The board may make, pass and publish all 
necessary by-laws and ordinances concerning habitual 
ti-uants, and children between the ages of six and sixteen 
years who may be found wandering about the streets or 
public places ot the town d. ring school hours, and to prevent 
such children growing up in ignorance, and for the proper 
enforcement ot a ruu • and regulations made by the board 
tor more effectually cairying out the provisions and objects 
ot this Chapter, 1895, c. 1, .s. 84 (18). 

28.~(1.) Xo child under the age of sixteen years shall 
be employed m the town by any person to labor in 
any business whatever during the school hours of anv 
schoo day, unless such child has attonidod some publir 
school or some approved private school, or has been other- 
wise instructe<l by a teacher .(ualified to instruct in spell- 


reading, writing, geograi)hy, English composition and 


1 child begging 
school hours in 
inquiry fullj' 
a valid excuse 
fi-attendance at 
1 may be made 
liild is so found 
s. ]. 

emitted to ohe 
3 a lock-up in 
Iren offending 
ich term as the 
ng one month, 
snient of the 
lat it is in the 
2, part. 

T other officer 
ly information 
y child known 
lant, or to be 
' this Chapter. 

'or an offence 
facts which 
ite an ofi'-nee 
istaniiated by 
e true to the -^1 
lent to justify 
98, c. 45, s. 2, 

l^ublish all 
ing habitual 

and sixteen 
he streets or 
nd to prevent 
or the proper 
by the board 
s and objects 




1 years shall 
to labor 
ours of 
some public 
been other- 
•uct in spell- 
position and 

arithmetic, for at least six mnnfha r.f ^\ t. ^ 

next preceding »ueh™™ t "V n Z " "'°"''" ^'""■- ««■ 

which such child is empCed a^d "t tL T'^ ?'"' T 


grade seven of commonTchoo! work ^^^' ''" """'""' '" 

or mercantile estabSnenl ^ mechanical, manufacturing 

prlviions"J,''trreoT!S,Xteer T^ ''"''?''■ '" ">^ 
a penalty of not ieJs th.n . au'^' °"™'=<'> ^'' '"^le to 

doW... \m°l t, 84 ("ax" '■'"'*'■' ™' ™°'-'' """> «% 


P«^nte all pVlf L^i;-t p":vS.;1^'ote. S 
dollar, nor more than «ty d„lra':f^°88.^c lZ%'\~lr; 

f>tr™:,iri^Ttrirr^or^:^.tt"jid iS- 

and no penalty is provided tLrP+Vn 7» ^ ^ ^^''^ptev. 

;rn:,i;;\rei:'d'''''"« '^^ "^"p^-' ^^ ^"^' ■«'- - ' 

not exceeding sixty dav« or hofh !? fi? {■ ""' "" P®"^'^' 
t^,+;», 1- ^ '^•-M>^ <^'«'>''", oi Dotn, at the discrpf.ion nf fi., 
stipendiary maiTstnif-.P iso^ „ i ,. o/,^J '^^^®"°" ^t the 

stipendiary magistrate. ISO-*), c. 1 

84 (22; 



Provisions of 
fSiliiiinar.v Con- 
victions Act, 
simll apply. 


32. The provisions of " The Summary Convictions Act " 
shall apply to all proceedings instituted under this Chapter 
when not inconsistent with any expressed provision herein; 
and the stipendiary magistrate shall amend any summons 
warrant conviction, or any document, to make it in accord- 
ance with the evidence. 1895, c. 1, s. 84 (23.) 


Resolved, that the provisions of the second part of "The Towns' Com 
pulsory Attendance Act," shall be made operative in this town. 


nvictions Act," 
r this Chapter 
•vision herein ; 
any summons, 
e it in accord- 



riie Towns' Com- 


An Act \o^mend Chapter 52, Revised Statutes, 
19CX), Of Public Instruction." 

.. follouT^"' '^' '''' ^^^•^'--' ^^--i], and A.ssembly. 
thilrd,:t;^:L^:.^^'"^'"'^' 'y ^^'^-^^ ^^^ ^^- -d thereof 


sch^Isofn^sroi^ecK '''• P""^^^^^ «^' t'- 

.seliools, the t me emnloved h, . f '"''"'T^ °^' ^''^^^'"^ the 
reouired ton., .f .'"P/°y®^ ^y teachers of his staff who are 

th2r ' teXVLe ir^^lS °' ^"^ ^' ^^^^ departn'erl 
institutes wtt th^'eon ent oT h"'' .^' ?'^^^" educational 
lost by the necessL-v cC o L i "^ ' ''"'^ ^*'' *""" 
conditions a ^hHiesence of In f ''°^^ «»,f^ccount of such 
reckoned as a thoS L?!l ?°"*!^'°"« ^^^ease, shall be 
teaching oii a o r f f! ""^' ^5"'" "^ '^^" ^^ ^^tual 
co^ti^sp.::t:;i^r:^^,^ according .o the 

■schSui; rr^acfiSthe'fdr'""^' 'f'- ^" ^^- ^'-d 

«peaita and the following substituted therefor: 




Teacher's Oatw.— (Section 105.) ' 

" ^ i Vk ■ o ■ ■ •• ;;;••• -^ "^ '^"'^ licensed teacher of class 

... ••••■;••.; *'* ^r "?^''n*=e of Nova Scotia, make oath and say that T 
have taught and conducted scliool in school section No 

„„:;■ i ('*'"' ^'^^""^'^ "' .in accordance with law, foi the 

periou 01 authorized teaching days, from the 

day of to the day of 

.during the school year, ending July, 19U ', beine^^ 

• • • : tl'iys duriDg/»-.s< half-year, and* t ,]„?.= 

during secoj,d half year ; that in addition^ I was employed as specified in 

the regulations ot the (.'ouncii, Nos for* 

days, namely : § 

that the prescribed register has been faithfully and correctlv kept i)v' n'le 
in every particular as prescribed, and that to the best of my know 
ledge and belief the total days' attendance for the year in this 
school, made by the enrolled pupils in the said period was * f 
. . . . . . . . ; that my agreement with the trustees is in accordance with' the 

statutes and regulations, and that there is i.o collusive understanding bv 
which any portion of the agreement is to be made of no etlect 


Sworn to at , {„ the 

County of , ihig 

da', of , 

A. D., . , before me, i 

, J. P. , in and for the 

County of j 

*The numbers to be expre88e<l by wordi^, not flirure*. 
tTo bo filled in with a dash in semiannual returns 

in withTdalh!'"'"" "° '"'""'""" ^"^^ """" '•«8""'"°n«. ">« "lank following to be Hllod 
SHerc specify tlie employnient with date. 




* I 

3d teacher of class fl ^^B TOWNS T^iTPnun^T, . ' 

- ; 'l'*y of 1 11)00 ) '^'^'"^^•^ ^>/ ^oca Scotia, 

^^ , being'- M * ♦ 

flays fl * * 

ed as specified in ,H * ♦ 

«' HOOLS. • 

151 Tl 

ectly kept Lyme 1 ^1 10 control and m!,n«!L. '^'' f wparate .school section «n,^a. 

; • r:. . :". " | -"■^i'^"' ^ the provision o? i r'T'*!°™"'' »''■<' «i>a" "■ 

:ord.n« with ,h» ■ "nd perform the duties contW. l .^ "''• '""« ">« Powers 
.na„»u„.i„, ., I ru,teo« by the provl:;;™tt-' T ,: E iZ'r '' "P°» -^ 
*■ ^- -J-, «. 77, part. "^ J^fiucation Act." ihq:^ 

7WAO-. W , "^ ,• , ^»*^ council .shall at fh« t,- . 

I ;»""'^' election, or ,so .soon the -eate,? '"'''^"^' ^^^'^ the Appoint...... or 

I ^'*^eo of it.s number to he ,.1. I T P^'^^cticable, .select T"'?''*'""'''' 

I *-'very .such annual electiW^^l^^^^^^^^ °* T^^ '^^'^'''J- and a '"^''°°^^'*"- 
■ prev,ou.sly selected ,sLl • f h ^^- ""' "^ ^^^^ three persons 

ono...,. .«„. ^.4,,K>inted.aHd u;.^;^^ ,Sn o/'"^i"^'^^ -spe^^e^ 
■^'"tll be appointe.1 who Hha^^ho\dl '"f *?'"'^' sticcessoi^ 
every person appointed, in l.s fo-'.^;'' *"' ^"'Ty-'^. and 
J'old ofhce tor three years ex^v .? "'V"»^V^.P"'ecl tenn. shall 
^vl.s.; provided. "^ '' '"^'"P^ «« '" this section ^ther 

tk^^'^^^^^^ r^r-^r^- -derx. 

lamation incorporating th.. ^ •^''"'^' after the nro-^*"""^" "'«? be 

, ^^ - eon :^^ ^^li'T^f "^ ^^^^ P--'- ^> «"-- 
-own council at its .nec^i,^. i • " ^' 'M^pointe.l by the """""'"'""'• 

(*•' ^t,;;'hr'''"" f ■-- '™'-^^ ""'" '"''' '■""' 

"-'';u„<-il .shall .ippointtwo'l'L!'' '''■'"•'""y ""3 (i..vemo,-"-.......l.,. 

»-<"inicil iitthe time of,,'. ? "'.'""■'I I'J' Hie ( i.ivernor- """*""•• 
T: '■'"' "f two ye,ux :,!,. H„:'','.l',"".""l"',!' .»'-" .-.•tire "It 



years, ancl every per^m 

''>inee for tjn 

■e-' years, unless appointed 

\ appointed shall 


!Ui unexpired 



Governor not to 
appoint member 
of Council. 

Vaoancy in 
board, how 

Pow erti of board. 

Clerli, Chair- 


K4ti<nate of 
amount rc(|uir' 
cil for school 

(4.) No person who is a member of the town council 
.shall be appointed by the Governor-in-Council as sucli com- 
missioner, and any person appointed as such commissioner 
shall vacate his office as such on beino- elected a member of 
the town council. 1895. c. 4, s. 77 (2). 

154. In the event of a vacancy by death, resignation 
or otherwise, in the office of commissioner, the Governor-in- 
Council or the town council, as the case may be, shall 
appoint a pers(5n to hold office for the unexpired term, or 
for the term of three years, as the case may be. 189o, c. 4, 
s. 77 (8). ^ 

155. The board of conunissioners shall have the exclu- 
sive control and management of the public schools of the 
town, and sliall have the management and control of the 
school buildings, including the niaintenance and repair 
thereof. They shall appoint and dismiss teachers in such 
schools and employees in or about such buildings, and shall 
regulate courses of study, and shal' make all necessary 
regulations for th" management and government of such 
schools. 1895, c. 4, s. 77 (4). 

156.— (1 ) The town clerk shall be clerk and treasuicr 
of the board. A chairman shall be chosen by the members 
of the board at a meeting to be held on the second Tuesda v 
of February in each yeai', at a time and place to be Hxcil 
by the clerk, and of which notice shall be given by him to 
every member of the board. 

(2.) The meeting solield may adjourn to a date not lat^T 
than a week from that at which it is called, and in tin- 
event of no (juorum being present at such meeting, the deck 
shall appoint a subsequent time and place of meeting, of 
which notice shall be given by him to every mend)er of tlic 
board, and a chairman shall be chosen at such mcetinj 
1895, c. 4, s. 77 (()). 

157. — {\.) The board shall, as soon as convenient after 
the annual election of mayor and councillors, furnish tin 
council with an estimate of all sums i'('(|uirrd for scliooi 
purposes for the current year, inclutling the sum re(|uiii 'i 
to meet the interest on any outstanding debentures oi 
permanent indebtcidness incurred on accotint of the jiurcha - 
of school lands, the erection of school buildings, or otlm 
school purposes. 

(2.) The council shall provide for the amount w 
estimated in the making of the amnial rate, and the eoumi; 
shall ])ay over .>*uch amount to t" e Imai'd on the warrant el 
the cliairman. 

(M.) The council shall advance to the board all such suiii>| 
as are loutid iieeesHaiy to defray tlie cuirent rxpense.s ..; 
tlie pul)lic sdiools pending the collection of the rates, aiiij 

towns' ixcorpokatiox act. 

lie town council 
icil as sucli coni- 
3I1 commissioner 
ted a member of 

atli, resignation 
he Governor-in- 
e may be, sliall 
?xpired term, or 
,- be. ISOo, c. 4, 

have the exchi- 
; schools of tlie 

I control of the 
mce and repair 
eachers in sucli 
Idinsfs, and shall 
:e all necessary 
rnment of such 

•k and treasurer 
by the members 
second Tuesday 
lace to be Hxcil 
H'iven by him to 

) a date not later 
lied, and in tin- 
leetino', the c\v\\< 
' of meeting', ot 
y member of tlif 
t such meetiii.: 

convenient aftci 
lors, furnisii tin 
iiired for selioi'i 
he sum reiiuirci 
f debentures di 
t of the jiurch.i 
IdintfH, or otln 1 

the amount w 
, and the couiici 

II the warrant <»l 

ird all such suin* 
ent expenses 
)i the rates, uiiiJ 

s. 77 (.5). ««tnnated and rated. J895, c. 4, 

158. The estimate furnisIiMr] K.r +1 
provided in the next pre"e ' 'r seth-n counni.sioners as E,ti.„.te ,h«n 

^"1.1 all cliecksdmwn lolZlnll n i "^'T "" "'•'= o'tlered ""*■ 

provision for or pZ' over'tlTe' ^u!!'''^V "'?^^^^^ ^^ make Po-r of .K,ard 
to be necessary d i,;^^' ^^^ -^--ted by the board n^o--^ 
••<,"y portion of such <am befo.-P fK ^ ^'°''''' ^'luires 

tlH) annua] rates, tlie oa d n?.. K ''''""'' ^^^H^^ed from 
;."'>c]i thereof as is so .S oZ^,?V'VJ '^"^'^ «»>"- or so 
l;-o.n any bank or pei son who wH . f ''' ""' ^f ^° ^'^'i^^^^^J' 
tI.e amount so advanced mavh.Ti Tf ^**" ■^^'"^' ^"d 

•■''1 action against tie ou n f """^^'^^^^^f' ^y the lender in 

V'-yobtain^tlK.4nro riLnllTr-^r.^^ "•' ^'"^ board 

•^•;l-»tm.e or debentu'ri^", L'^^^^^^^^^^^ 

schedule to this Chanfpr fV... i ' ^ '" the tirst 

-ot exceeding t[veTa;L''!t^^ ''1"'"'^ *''"' °^ ^^"^'^ 
tiny determine from ini^ n r '"''' '?^^^ "^ interast, as 
sl'all constitute a debt due h. h'' T'^ ''''^' 'l''bentures 
I'^quiredtopaythe ntL'^'fc,^,,^' 'Til T'^ '^^ «"•"« 
|tl.e estimat^f sums r^n i Id S'T" T^'^" ^*^ "'^'"'^^^ '» 
'•y the board, under t e'n v j '''\!'^il'''''P^^^^'^ ^nvmnhea 
#'• 4, s. 77 («) provisions of this Chapter. 1895 

* 161 


* 161 \ii 

J^l.ali be liable Ztl!;?';.eXlnndif or"'?" i'^""" ^'^^ town, r>e..o..t.n«. 
'■ -^. •^. 77 (9). i*^"" '"ption ot such debenturen. IS-Oo^^rTintwr 

^ '^^""^ ''iand.'c,mr;n);r:;;;^,t ^r' r /^ ----^s?---^ ^^ 

-traordinary imZ^mltr':;' t'^^l^^^ -^^=- 


"f" purchase 

"lift anv ..vV,".." .')•""'""'• '"'-^ "^'^ ^c'lool builrlinp- m-K'"'^''''"'' 
^t uuj «'\traordinary nnnrovenuoifu fi Y "«■ 01 for extraoni 

'I'Ply to theeouneil wl,,, s V .' ^'"' b""'"'' shall f'i- -i-'M 

|"thori.e the same. ' "'""" ''"^"" f''^' povver to "' 

Hpng <l"iy lu'illtiderih..?;';;;;.;:;"^^^^ '^ townM,.yu.e„„„.. 

Iv.thout any application to' tin Ust "' S'"^I^t^'»-''^"'l-tl'4:-^" 

I'-c-i, iiii! erirtion nf uM.r . 7 "V""' '■' ~^'i'">i uur- 


Payment of 
interest and 


Board to be 
appointed in 
every town. 

Property tiixed 

towns' incorporation act. 

(3.) All amounts so borrowed shall be repaid, with 
interest at a rate not exceeding five per cent., by equal 
annual instalments, not exceeding twenty, and shall be a 
charge upon the ratable property in the town. 

(4.) The council may issue debentures, with interest 
coupons attached, ni the form L in the first schedule to this 
unapter, tor any money so borrowed, and such debentures 

11 '^on?"'''^ ^y *^'^ '"^'^'o^' a»d countersigned by the 
clerk. 1895, c. 4, s 77 (10), part. ^ 

163. In every incorporated town in which such board 
has not been constituted tlie Governor-in-Council shall 
apponit two suitable persons, who, together with the per- 
sons already appointed or to be apiDointed as school com- 
missioners in such town, shall until such board is constituted 
torm a board of school commissioners for the town, and 
shall have all the powers and perform all the duties of such 
board as detiued in this Chapter, except providing and 
disbursing the moneys rcjuired for the management of the 
schools, 1895. c. 4, s. 7(S. 

ii.oiherHKtions }^^ ^^' ''^'^^l i^^d peisoiial property within the town 

to«';;: '"^""•^^ '" y^^'^ ^o taxation for school purposes in oilier sections under 

he provisions of "The Education Act," or any amendment 

hereof, shall be exempt from taxation for the sHi>port of 

the schools of the town. LS95, c. 4, s. 95, part. 


flr'-mrpr^^^^^^^^^ 165. -(1 ) The town clerk shall each year add to th." 
achcVrtir "total at.uual assessment within the town, the asses.sed valur 
ot all property outside the town liable to taxation for th<. 
support of the schools of the town, and shall deduct from 
the total sum so obtained the assessed value of all propertx- 
within the town liable to taxation for school in 
other sections nnder tlu provisions of "The Education 
Ai t, or any Act m amendment thereof, and from the amount 
ot va nation .so ascertained, and from the amount re(|uiie<l 
tor all school purposes for the then curivnt v^'<vr 1h' shall 
compute the rate perreiituai upon such valuation necessarv 
to produce such re(|uired amount. 

(2.) The rate wlu'ii so ascertained shall In- a special 
school rate <.r the current year, payable by every persoi, 
ivsident within thr town, in respect to all i>ropertv real 
and p.Ms„nal. ownc-d l;y such person within the munioirialitN 
but lying outside the town limits, an.l the council sha'ij 
annmilly at the time when other town rates are col- 
lected authori>;e the collecting of such special rate cii 
the assessed value of such outside proi)ertv 1H95 r> 4 H 
HM. 95(1), n.-i, part. ' ' - — 

Bohool ratiH. 

>e repaid, with 
cent., by equal 
and shall be a 


9, with interest 
schedule to this 
luch debentures 
■rsigned by the 

lich such board 
i-Council shall 
* with the per- 
as school coui- 
■d is constituted 
the town, and 
i duties of such 
providing and 
Lifjenient of thr 

ithin the town 
•sections undei- 
n}' amendment 
the support of 




ns to appeals'' al JZt^TT\''^ • ?^ Assessment Act " Mun^.pa, 
town sh^ll b^'c'olj: v7y bol'd" .SI';"" Z i^^P-^-ted t^T^Ur^f 
perty outside the limits of the town bnn''^'^''' ^'^'"' P^^' 
^tnd valuation, by the entries in \Z ' ' *"' ^° ownership 
the assessors in the dtitlZ a- T-^'^'^^''^ roll made by 
"unncipality, Z tL town fssetor? h ^'T^^""^ ^'- 
town assessment roll shairbe Sdln i-\ '"^^'"^ "P ^^'' 
property outside the limits of ^t^^ town bV'''"^'"^ «^ 
•sons resident within its limits blX ?'^"'^" 1° P'^"' 
property so made bv the sev^^n) n ^ """^"^^ «^ «"ch 

tive Wessn^ent rolL hro'Jrut fhr"" '" '^r' ''''^'''^ 
c- 4, «. lip, part. ^'"o^^^Mout the nuinicipality. 1895, 

ear add to the I 
assessed value 
XHtion for the 
1 deduct from 
[>f all property 
)ol purposes in 
rhe Education 
)m the amount 
lount ro<|uiiv(l 
year, h»^ shall J 
tion necessary- 

1 Ix' a special 
' every person 
property, real 
' nuniioi|)aIitv 
coun(;il shail i 
iltes are col- 
'cinl rate on 
lH!>i), c. 4.1 






Councirof |"F"/'"^''"^ "^ Education, as secretary of the 
ofl^ifl^^ \^^^^ ''^^" administer the statutes 

o Pubhe Instruction m accordance with the reirulations of 
the Council i-eservinft- for its special action any eTardin 
aryor doubtful case for which ap; -opriatepro'^si^o^^^ 
i:ot appear to have been made. ^ ^ 

2. He shall issue a formal reijuisition to tlie nrovinoi.,] 

^nnnnl^"' "'?"• '?,''^ Published as supple.nentary to his 
a nual report, in the Journal of Sducation (which shal^ 

?ieamounto?rhe'""'''^-"f ^'" ^^^"'^^^'«» Department . 
cne amount ot the provincial grant paid every half sclionl 

airuir:?'th''''""-""t^? "^ t^-^ pubii^s^iooK'tt 

Zri ^f ,^h^ J»»nicipal school fund paid annually to 

P o'liarx ' ''^ '^f'T ncensed,Vhe o-radiSs o? 

Schonir H -""'^'i '^'''°°^ ^"^ o^" t'^e Provincial Hioh 

Schools, the pr,.v,nc-ial examination .juestions and coursed 

aw t^lCroH^' ''^'^'"^ --"-^--ts oi'theTh^o' 

frtir;ub,i:'cCis. "'"•'"'"" ^^^'"'"'^>' •»-- "-^^^ 


good ,si.e. Except in le el 1X1 1 1 ""^T"'''* ''^ '.•''^'*" «^°^''>"'* "^ 
le8s than four niiU i en;\l 1. '^t"''''"'"^''.'" "*=''*'"" '^•'""'^ be not 
exert its i..fluin!e an,l u tl n if v tn " ""^ •^'"'V "^ '^^'''^'' '^^^^^'^t board ta 
'"'ml,er ,if inhabitan h em b I, h pi'e^eive wlieiever praeticable, m.el, a 

i"ore dens -ly settled L/w'f^^^^^^^^^^^ to then, to be sustained in all the 
of one HCH^tim. o a L'^tl e m tl nnw P'- ^^" '""";'' Pfefe.enee in favor 
ii.terfere with tl e rosm^ "^ ''"'7"'' ?'"'"''' '»^ 'i""««J t.. 

1>ou,u1b should a wayri e 1; 'nned 1 'n'""'l ."^ "'•'■"""• ^"^1' 

the seetions to eduSte thd. c Tl ^' '"" T'-'" ""' l"'"P''^' "^ ^11 

'••anner. 'I his cat b, nf m . 1"''' " '" ''"^ "'''"t efh.ient ancf econon.ieal 

prior to the settlement of -J Ze, en ; eZ e.l in^ '^T 1'"' '''^'' '^''''' 
the authority of the annual nTepH, .V a ^i *° '>' '''*" t'"«tee8 un.ler 

i" '".".Hlaries sha n t klSt ^f^^^^ '"'' »"""'•';' ""^^ alterations 

«<'iiool year th " (' ,n, 1 . . '''.'' ''^■«'"'"%' "^ H'e next ensninu 

regular-a.;nual n,e^;^^' f' r^^ "'"<'-."lv a, thH 

always be notified as early as rSle nf H. 1 • ■".^'''''"•'.'\"»';<«^"'I *^l""<ld 

O. Any person or persons intendii.u- to .n.nlv t/' ('.<■ 
'l.^tnct board for a chang. in the boundaries of a^y school 


ecretaiy of the- 
?i" the statutes 
regulations of 
iiy extraordin- 
provision nia}^ 

tlie provincial 
of the money 
il purposes, as 

entary to his 
(which shall 
y half school 
! s(;Iiools, the 
aniiuallj^ to 
«,n-acluates of 
'vincial High 
< and courses 
jf the school 
deem useful 

e witli Ixttli tlK- 
-'Uiiii sections of 
)ii should be not 
istrict bonrtl to 
letioable, audi a 
• graded schools 
tilled in all the 
■ference in favor 
I l>e allowed to 
si'clions. Siu'h 
lie people of all 
urn economical 
j1 sections. In 
of any section, 
not take effect 
trustees un<lei' 
hat alterations 
le next ensnin<' 
le only 111 the 
ifi'cctcil sliuuld 
c Itoard. 'I'lic 
ndy to thr 
any school 


' () 


places withiii each sect onrtioteVr^^ ?f ""^ n.ore public 

to the .Jieetingof tlL'^onm, Sets^'^^^^ 

speciy djstinctly.the change or chan^^erto bt I'ed ^^ 

6. All applications for chano-ps ?n .j /^'M>P'i<^tI toi 
.s.^ctions, and for the creation SL ^^'^V'^«"n^l^"-ies of 
accompanied by fullinforn!!? '^- ««^t'^n«. '"ust be 

affected by uch ic^^s TK'"'- '^^'1? ^" ^'^« "^^erests 
re<,m>erl when it?s nS^ "iformatmn is particularly 

should iticiude pi:::^^z:^x^:^jit'''' ^"' ^ 

tion to the Section n,. ...„'2- T ^^ ^'^^ "*^w sec- 

.let.ched,.-tht^^ erS;;.nre/'1^^ If ^^ ^^ ^^ 
of ratepayers and childi-Pn nf "^ 1 •' ^^^'^o the number 

'UiK>utit'ot^ts.serble o 'Ttv V'l .f lT"^ , "^*^' ^^"^^ ^^'' 
7 A c f 1, Y'*'^'^"'^ P opei ty, ni both old and new sections 

Lave force until mtiHer by tl,e Council IT ?""'^'' ''"'," 
tlie .luty of the insnectoi of ich, „? " i ■ ' ''""''>' """'« 

"f the tli.,tnct bo, S, to for va"<l ^'''tr "T'''-^' ""t'^ 
tosetliei- wioli leuorf „f „^?f„ 1 1 j . •^"Pe'-mtendent, 

lM,c^, act on in c.tabfehin. new^ei^oifZC "■''"-■'' 
■mttee o" nort^'tlfan'*"/,'"'"'''-''] ^^ '""■ '" "'""'■ " «°">- 

[ e^niri eio?tS7ors::,'"T'^ ''r "•» ■="■""""«• "^ " 

' Th . insDectK„II K ^7*^' '° '*■' ''"''='■«'' '" *'« n.inut.s. 

Mn.ahle school accommodation for S ,.. 'in ■''^'""*'' ^''T''''' ""'^"«« 

-t-ction. accoi.ling to its abil v T L 1 ' '7' '" P'"'^»'«l by each 

NnipIc.p.nti.uioftliereHourcesnVth. "" P'ovi'Ies means by which an 

-.tion may be dev.ite f o r:,^ '^ "r""'^"'' "^ Vi"' '"'"''"'""tH of ea,.h 
Uwh board to insist that t ,'.;);' . *"' ""''•«»''««: and it is for 

'•^' '■.....plied with T -o nc ." '""' 'T'T^'^"" -lomands of the law 

it'--.'..-iseof thispo "e, ,"'K, T;Zrt *'"' 'r' •:'"" """"'« ^ 
"'..'^sjoners. and that the trus Js .f tl '".""•"' ""'V''"^' "^ the com- 

' I..- declaration made an.l itstnse; uem'es '' " '"""''"'i'^^-ly ...'tiHed of 

u'':Ji:''tJ'':^t tSs"";n?"s'h' v-' "^^ -^ "»"""• -^*"-- 

...'le« in ,Iiam.>t..r, unless fslr< J •■ .'''?"' ''''•^'°" '^^'^ ^L"" f<>. f 
"' small sections i'uiww>i<iii.. ' ,. . ^^-''toiv. i ii> foiniation 

"•„;;"■■?, -■ i«3;T':i,u':or;::':.;!;.;'";;;,^- ,:'■;;""' '«■ "i- "i.™ 

"■•■tiin,;. ""> '"'"• " >""1"1 "'itli or«F«,„.|„l i,„„ ,;,|„V 




>Science Scliools AarioX .1 sT'"? '^'■'^"°^''^' I>ome.stic 

c inon ot cithurs affecting educational interests iniunon<,0?' 
which lie cannot effectively adjust. "liunouslv , 

13. He shall at the end of fl.r> k„k 
the close ot the yea, malr'^ts ': f SupS-nfendent 

and school correct y accordino- to l-iw • .,,,ri T ™' '^^^c'><^» 

with such other information as may be re'wiT l 
form called the "school directorv " Sr.!?! ^ • ' , *'''' 

agreements between teachers and trustees for kss tMi o.^ 

year, to which he consented '"' 

15. In the inspection of schools he shall record h,\ 

observatioiLs in the form indicated by the Wc ois U o 

whi'hninlfbT^'" !•' V'^' ^^^"^^^^-» iCtmen^ 
te den Tl f "'"'"^ ''''^'" ''^^^l^''-^^^ V the Nuperin- 

tendent. Ihese notes suggest the more important subiects 
oi inquiry and examination. Fuiuini suDjtcts 

The following points should also be noted : 

['t) Imie .■should he tiikeii to I'lml.l.. .m ;..f,ji; , ^ • i 

formed ..egar.liug the , las^ihvft ! n ^ ' Z ^ ^'H ^S '? ''f 

- two..o„duc,e.l In- the teacher. ^.J^t^Uis .^^1:C::::Z^::;. 


3 district board 
7 within its own 
e jurisdiction of 
school liouse is 
J 57 (2). 

ations speciHed 
. the inspector 
irection of the 
liis inspectorial 
r>ols, Domestic 
irnment Xioht 
ceipt of public 
and it shall be 
IS promptly as 
apmont or con- 
its hijuriouslv, 

year and at 
' teachers and 
form prepared 

each teacher 
e shall paj^ to 
mt as directed 

t by the rst 
chools opened, 
juired, on the 
openino- later 
dy report " of 
shall be made 
id September, 
note cases of 
les.s than one 

11 record his 
pector's Note 
:!partment, to 
the Superin- 
tant subjects 

.jiulgineiit to lie 
tliL- inetliods of 
iitained.aiid the 
A ifia.s.s fxercisi' 
111 disjit'tioii or 

co^r^rE^n•s axj) regulatioxs. 



test tiL linowledge vnd m-„;t4 f ofS' '" f T^ P^^''*^'-"^^ 
•lucstions ai.,1 re.mitenicnfH tmn.« i , 'l''"'" }^' appropriate 
opportunity nrnv^M £',:!; ''"'"H' '""^"*''^ illustrate, as 

sympulietic manner, y./ /L-o Sf ""l? T ti""' '" \'*"""'^' ^"^ 
pupils should l,e Ic, to reLard t f , • ?^\ ^ '*' .^^'''^'"^'' **'"' '"■' 
occasion of real importa^uc^ This 1;".'^ o t,, ,,p„,t„,. ^^ ^^^ 
care is taken by the ..wt,.r to a.?, ? ^\" ''^ furthered if great 
status of the school. Kl'odd he hn!^?' "'" '"-'T'. «'J"^«t'"nal 
teaching approves it.self In lo Inl? ■"• ,""""^ ^''^^ eflective 
school as a whole. The tea.l or who . iT'^i'"' '* P'''"^""'« "" t'le 
nient of h„t a few ,^ ht „ ,n ' ' *°''?';^' ^'^^^^^^'^^ 
satisfied with .such a sate of h[^ f 'y'"'^' ^'"'"'•^'- and if 

of his duty. ^^^^ °^ *'""«'^ ''^^ ''=^« l^ut a low conception 

in a less period tha one 1?. 1 ^f n'-^^^ 

ordinary sc'hool at leas tZ, i n rs will h 'l'?-'' •'"',""*"''•, • * '"'• '^" 
eases a full half-day will Ifnm, ""J""'«^<^ a»<l i" many 

teachers are inexi.erienc., d ^ necessary. Many of our 

<Hsciplinary p.nS Sh ."s ..•"'' 'V'" ''"•'^J"« '" '^kill ; others i„ 
seh-el, to their dil^^i.^'Now Ss djt "/r'/""'^"''^ '^"P'^' ^'-"'- 
schools in such h,nds is wors ^h.,n i ^ " r'"' "^''"K ^-'^'t to 

made, no opinion ca loomed nor ^f "'' • ^^ "" '"?l'«^'lio" i« 
J)erience,l. unskille,!, f^el ^0'^' r^.T *''''"" '^ '""^ ''"-' '"'^^- 
supervisory authori y no suols ion nn •';• I''''"'^"'^ f^oni the 
f rmed in the hahits whSl inSSHds uscS;;::"'' " ^""P'^' -- 

schools then,sclv's 'n s , ' "."""","' ''^ ''"-' ^^^^l^are of the 

•^tand that, w li e" a tl iT i.Jr'P^'"^', '''" "«''-^' ^'""•'^' "'"le.- 
-chools, wi h a second e' "S i, Tf^ "-^ainination of all the 
in acconlance wit thes^ w "^ ^hose specially requiring it, 
i-'-^pector, its ace „n)lirncnV « 11 " '','""" ^'''' '■^''"='' "^ ^he 
.-.tlis a.n.ost contini:S';K..:'L;:r,i;; "'•"^'•'^"^^" ^''^ ^- 

^e^eS.;;Sh:;;;:!'S^;;:st^;;iS!':;:i;.r''^^- •"••>^^-^'- '- 1.. 

ealion and general ina il/. m f ,f ' "'""•;"V '"• m the classiH- 

a xiew to the prese r - tS f e t T "'^'""^ ''" ''^ '^^'^'■^^■•'' ^^if' 
to reserye liis su.r.^t , ' ^ ,1 'f'^^''^'l' ^ '"<l"ence and authority, 
the teacher so far .s' ""•^"•".' ^"'Priyate conference with 

'Inty, slumdlei dthestr,;?"''''!-' '""•, ^' ^'•*" "'•^" '«' ' <« 
^li«regarde,l in ti.e ii mA" n nld . "" '•''^'"•'^^<'"- "f the Cou.^-il 
in respect to schoo a" mn ' '"'^''■■i«'^ment of the scho..l, or 

other respect, t 1 iT// ' "S'?'' 'T\ ""'•'■"""^Ji%'«. »•• in anv 
I'oth. as the e ise . • 'u i • < V'"'^^^''^*^ "'■ l*-'a'--l'C'' oV 

<lefecti^ o may he Sedij ,efo .''It ' "" "'^' i^'"^^ ''^ •^""'^^ '"■ 
aid to the .chool. '"'"'""' '"'^""' '^ ''auses a forfeiture of p„|,Iie 

>.ame .uul :;;idr^ o? uiv om''^;'H' Tl' '"''^ ^"^^"'"^ ^'"^ 

^■-^^■ther transn i t .?] o ; i P!''»HptIy as po.ssil)],., to bo 
o_, V "^"^"""t-rl to the Sup(-rnit.'ndf'!if nV thr H-l-T-^ 





Iiixpnioi-inl Dirisloiis. 
No. I 


. Kiilifax . 




. H'llifax West. 
[\ Halifax Kast. 

, , Halifax Rural. 

Uiiionlmrg Lunenburg. 

,, ' Cliester. 

''*'lf"« South Queens. 

y, ,, NortJi (Juteiis. 

■^"''"/"'•'i*^' Shdlmrne. 

,. '* , Haniiigton. 

"^''"/'"t'l Vatmout!). 

,,. ," -'^rgyle. 

J>'g'H- DiX.. 

f'l .. 
Annapolis. .. . '. ', Aunaix.Iis West. 

.*) L'- -Annapolis Kast. 

ii'-'K^ King- 

.Hants " ^ 

Hants AV^est. 

No. (j. " . ■ • : •, Hants East. 

•< -Antigo.'iisli Antigonish. 

" <.nysl)ofo (iuvaboro. 

No. 7.' ■ ,> "t, St."Maiy's. 

»' TJi-eton Cape liieton. 

No H Kiclnnond Riolunond. 

" ■.■;.;; in venH^ss Invornees Soutl... 

" . . . Inverness North.. 

No. 9 V u-tona Victoria. 

" ;;;;;; '';;^"" J'ictou souti!. 

" " ■ , , , Pi<t(ai North. 

N<.. 10.' . .' ; (oh-liester Colciiester South.. 

" ,, Colciiester West. 

" ' " ,, , Stirlini/. 

" .■.■.■;;..■; ^ "nil-eiloml Cun.herlaud. 

* i'arrs'toro. 

TKrsTi:K.S OK SCTKH.r, iin.VHi.s. 

19. In cases wliere sections Fjiil f,, n,.i- 

re;;,;;!" ■;;;:;■ ;r;;;r;';.;;:f ■-«*',• ""-''""^ ^"'" 


' the Inspectorial 
clistvicts referred 

"■-'luiit'r-x' /)i.sfrir/.i. 

ifax West. 

I fax Kast. 

fax Ruial. 



;)i <i>ueeii.s. 

tJi Quteiis. 





ajxilis West, 
ipolis Kast, 

ts AVest. 

:s East. 






•nees South.. 

ness North.. 


u .Soutli. 

u North. 

lestfi- Soutli.. 

lestff West. 





niissioners oi' 
Inrlieated as 

eteriniue, in 
<1 of trustees 
eancy iu tlie 
'tor to (lefer- 
;t boai-(l .sluill 

irst iiieetino- 
11(1 [)lace for 
t}i(> re(]uiiv 
iihle. WluMi 
I'tin^' will be 
^■^r a sp(H'iaI 

"ly IKjtifie'd 

tll'InT"- "^ u"J?''^^' "*■ ^^'' '^^^^-'^ '^^ trustees is compe- 
tent to transact busniess only when all. the memberT/nr^ 

rmn-dcf """'' '^ '''^"" I"^^^»*' ^''-'''' be carefnMy are niaki. g sure vmilvL t .^^^^^^^ ^" •'^^" ^"'^^ ^l'^-" 

intellectual an.l .noral-i.fSrt tl t f ho ' '^''^'^ V" l'>*^ «^1'<"-1 Loth 

^Hhu^ationofthev, hoi rta /^^^ f'"'' •""'^'''' '••^' *''« 

preside. All n.av uot he able I fo ■„ n /'' "'''■*''•" "'■•-■'• ^^■'"''■'' t'"'V 

aspeet. hut .Kuurean fa^l to est , f '^ '' ^}"^'''"'''^ '^^ i"telleetual 

Wliile the hiw ,loes .u.t sanetS he <, "'''' '^' ""'"^^ '""> """•*'■' »""•-•• 

poeuliar views wi.iel dm S U^^l fdiT^ 'V'?' ^"''?^'" ^^'""^'^ "^ ^'"^ 
lians, it does insfnwt the >' o ii>^ ^ '^ "^' <''"*- 

.cspeet for religion a, tUo tLilV^^^^^^T^^^^^ 

fuitees the pe.;^h. .n^sf lollk t^ e 'Slirlc^^^!" H -""'"^'^n'" ''/' ^'"^ 
■s c^ua-jt With the s^ru of the J;^LS iu^' 'i^:,'^^^^^ 

t.r tt.:!ttp "iJz t;i^:^;r •;! t:i- ^ri' 

hen- parents: And whereas, H„ch proceedit t! sco^larv^ , 
t K. prntcples of the school laM^ the fol]o^vino. rc^ifS 
"iude for the dn-ectjon of trustees, the better to ensurH^ 
can^nt.^ ..U of the sph-it of the law itt tl^s b. X ^^ '''' 

L i/uKucn n actual attendance on any public sehonl nr- 
department st^ni^^ in writing to the t^t ^ t^ r Ion 
•sc.entious objection to any portion of such devotionai 

^f u::;^,:ter^t^hr'r^^v'>^'^-^"^ ""^^- ^^'^^^ 

VI uit t nstees. such devotionai exercises shall either he ^n 

uutciin^r oi hjuil be held immediate y before the tii.u^ 

hv Hi for the opening, or after the time ffxed for the clo of 

the dany work of the school: and no children whose 

i^:^ shall^f "" fr7 -nscientious obie^r 

23. In every section in which more than one teacher i^ 
l^-ii.ployed, ,t shall be the duty of the school board to ar 
point one as principal of ttll tl^e schools of the sect oii X 

all be the advisory officer of the board with Tfe^ence to 
t ;;ener.l management of the schools, and shall brrJsLx 
sible, together with the board and its secretary foi tZ 
harmonious co-ordination of the work of each sc iooi demrt 

lion ot tlie statistics ol each teacher's return in the o-Pnernl 
i-oturn required to be made by the section ^ ''^^ 

Hu I T- ^H?""'*"''.^ tJianone school building in 
the section, the principal teacher in each shall be 

«2 r'OM.ME>fT.S AXI, linaiLATlOX.S. 

1 uie unildni^, but suborflmate to the o-pnPr«l 

refe rod to m tho prece.iinc. r>ara^raph. ''''" 

(/>) llio pnncpal of tlie .schools of ke section oik] 

(c) When the .schools are .so nui.iernn« .,. + 
Phovlnx'e of X(jva Scotia 

executors and administratoif of nl i . , "1 ^^'"^ ^^'''''''■ 
by those presents Sp?r-n ''"l' ''^'''' °^ "«' ^■"^''^- 

-__d-iv ?r t" ./^'^''^^^^ ^^i.t^» ""»• «ea]s and dated tliis-Jl- 

hundnS an7-r_!!^'"irj^L""- ^^^^ --^ ^hou.sand nine 

^I'hereas, 1'he .said i,.,., i i , 

^owthe condition of this oblioation is .such th-it if H> 

of ,? I '"''^\.'V^/ '"^^^ei- ^ippertain to the said office bv virtue 
fnrn.f '*^^"V^'"' Province, and shall in all respeTts co 




I of tlie school.s 
to the general 
l« of the .section 

the section and 
V hi each scJiool 
'^t class license 
principal of the 
HI two teachers, 
•I'incipal teacher 
>'•« than three 
(class C) shall 
ctor as justified 

^ as to re(jiiire 
i schools of the 
of the regular 
as the super- 
form of bond 


\VE, (name of 
w) as sureties, 
vereign Lord 
lited Kingdom 
II the sum of 

be paid to our 
for the true 
of us by him- 
rid the heirs, 
of us, Hrmlv 
'Jated this — 1 
lousand nine 

ily appointed 

\, that if the 
ime to time, 
ce in the said 
-s and dutif's 
ice by virtue 
■espects con- 
isiied for or 


in respect of the said office- and if ,.r. 

said office, he shall forthvvUh r Tf"'^', ^'' ^>«'^ ^^'^ 

tnistees of the said sc^^ol ^ct on"r. ' J""^ "^'"" '' '^'^ 
office, on the order of the trn^. n u ^'^ ^"'' ^^^^essor in 

l^'^me of Secretary] (SeaL) 
U^ames of Sureties.] {Seals) 
'Signed, sealed and delivered) 
m the presence of j 

[JVame of Witness.] ' 

frc^one yS^ t^LXr "^^^"^ '^ '''^''^^^ - office 
fe^ive a new bond, proSd tl 1 " r"'™'^^ ^'^^* '^^ ^^^^^d 
sufficient sum and the ,,1'.^ T }' '^^'^^^^^ ^^ ^ 

trustees. suieties are satisfactory to the 

26 r 

J »«c.,eta,.y" emSS™ by X ™l,S'l I;!:'.? " "■"•'^' '"■ "'« 

'"■y sun,, it shal) be allowable f„ri,!«' '" "" ™'>^ °i 

iou,nn,i,si„„ i„ levying the ateime'.t" "''"" '" '"''' ""^ 


^ ^''•"^4s:^itsl::^i°r^^^ a 

I communication with the inspect!-) when ''* ^^- ^'^^^^ 
^ teach in any school, must oiftJ ! ffi-^t ! ^'^'""^."C'ng to 
I .ncumbency, mail or othei^ise di^v^? f '"^ ^^ '^^^ 
I \vnting to the inspector of ^ f^- 7^ f V ^'^"^J » notice in 
^ the class of licenrheT]'^,^ ^t?/t f ' "^'"?'^ ^'^« ^^^t. 
i period of engagemei^ tip tw ^'''^ ^J"^ ^^^^^^^. the 
trustees. and^S," of s 1 ooT sectL '^' ''''''^y «^ 
•^n^aged. (A teacher intSdit to tn? T'T P^-^^^'io"«ly 
■superior school grant oh! ^ compete for a " A '' 
siiould also at thfs t?mp InJ- . '"^^^ agricultural grant 
is a candidate) ksintS' fVT^ for wlA he 

teacher in giving siich not W fT. °" ?'^' P^^'^ "^* the 
'iaMe to the Ioss%f pro tdw 1 ''"'^f' '""' °^' ^^«^- 
proper notification. wClere.r "^ . ° '^'^ ^'^^« "^ 
N' a section, such intim It n^ "'°'"' ^^''^" '^^^ 
principal or supei^ sir of H,' ^''^^ T'"" t'^^'«"«h the 

1=-:^;)- ]-%^=^ a^;i s^s^L -~ ^e 



irreLnilar attendance of mmUs Ts tSu nfl.T^''°" ^^' \^''' abnence and 
wlufe the pecuniary rewSrcoLSS'n^', "^"" ^'"' ^''*^ ^^^^^er, ' 
•anoeof pupils at school aredi^Sfmm ZZ ^V'^^ T^ '^-'S"''^'' '^"'^n^'' 
results cleailv tend to nrevo. i H. *'^''™ "'« Pepple to the teacher. Tlies. 
of responsihilitj i X?e't an nf^rn '^"f I'^r'^P'^^nt of aenti.nen 
thus measurahfy defeot X oMee^o? tie whlT^' '*'':'' °^T*' ''''-'^*'""' ^'"' 
every child in the province °'^ system-the education of 

f....^?... "^'^ ^I'f ^-^^t^ ^»d agreements between trustees an-l 
teachers must be m wnting. The rate of pay to be receive 
by e teacher from the trustees must be a hxed an 
dehnite su.n or stipend, and must be distinctly named 
the aoreement. The amount which the trustPP^ 
become entitled to receive from the fund ai eTu eou2 
assessment being necessarily uncertain and unkLwn i 
he date of such agreement, it shall not be Wu for th 
teacher to agree to receive such unknown a'ld uncerta 


Me,„„,.,„,d„„, „( Ag,...e„,„„t ,„ade and entered into tl„. 

part. ot the secDiuI 

The said (name of teadier) on his for lier"* nn.f ,\, « 

rblieTr T-'"^'''^' ''■"K«>"y and faithfuly to ^^ac ' 
slid r '".'," """' ''™"°" ""'^'"- «'« authority of 11 

And It IS tnrtluM- mutually aj;roed that botli narties i 
t ns ajriwnient shall be in all Tesnects siil,i."ot ti^l, FA' .v., ^ , f 

r A7-_^ - ^jf _.. , \lSame at (earhcr I 

'^r quarterly. ' 


ni, since the pecuniiu\ 
jion by tlie al)sence aiili 
I upon the the teachoi , 
trgeand regular attend 
e to the teacher. Tlies,- 
elopment of sentiments 
mts of each section, ami 
stem— the education (,t 

bween trustees aii<l 
pay to be received 
t be a fixed and 
stinctly nanu'd in 
he trustees may 
raised by county 
and unknown at 
be lawful for th;' 
wn and uncertain 
her remuneration I 

I entered into the 

, between (name 

■ • • .class, of the 

of Hchool Section 

. . . .of the secDud 

lier) part, in cou- 
nt by the parties | 
agrees with the 
•esaid, and thtiil 
uUy to teach ,i 
authority o^" tin 
hn-inor the school | 

sors in office on 
said (name of 
i said (vame ot 
r control, at the 
>1 year in eciunl 

both parties tc 
iject to the pro 
ns made und.i 

' pro.sentsi huM 
and year fii'st 

o/ fcar/if'r_ \ 
■< of trustees | 




t;'acher, or a true copy tWof ^Tf '" "■"*«« ""J 
.S..p<.rinte„dent of Elueat „" tioh ? u '° ,''''P°'' '» '!>« 

o-a. Ihe o-niut iwiv-iKi,. 4- i-u t'-'frtttiniation. 

vineial treasury £lt^^X:7tl ''"™, f-"^ P™" 

the sum or rate specified in th,.! ' " ' "^ atldition to, 

'^nd shall be V^<^hyS^^SuS""T''^^^^^ 
tlu-ou^dt the inipeeto^of iho 1^ •"'^''"' "^ ^^'"cation 
•^'^'l of the first half of the s ho'd '^"""^^"""^^Jly. after the 
of the school year respec ve v Th'^'^- T^ ''^''' ^^''^ «i««e 
Mill virtually be a navmenf ^" ^''^* ^''""^ payment, which 
tl.o scale of fhepreSyl'"^"^"^"^' •^''^" ^^^ based Tn 

Thes; of pZ, 'li^S^ Jr:;SS t'nJJSrr^'^^"'^"^ °^ -'«^-t teachers 
<>''(.s.v A If aches. 

* -^nt ti:;r';,!rt:iu:''o"f' '^■""' " ""-*?»«- 

l«ovire,l is „„,,,'-"'" «"P«nor schools 

Hfteen high ,00 m , ,'K:,' ""'"T, °' "' '*-' 
"n'l piovMe,! he f„lH s ,11 ,"7 l'.'*^'"^? 'I»'l)artn,ent, 

^'..vli be ranked .s ' aI'-' ™' ,".' "- i"»I«ctor, 

vnic: il AM rate of 4\n ... *! '"" '" "'« P™- 

. -t^o„ ,«, of thVLvt" 'SeSmi::'"' "■ ^■'""^'«' «2. 

ii^nt;,;,' s"'tf :,r"""' °*' ■" '-»' '- 

"f at least t,.n h "h ,ei,„o? ""i'''"'''" ""■'"•'""ce 
teacher in a hi., ll '"''"'"■ "'■ "■ cl"™ " A" 

average tt „ S , '"l' ."■"""■'■"^■"t who ha.s an 

pupils" „ot CO, "el / Lt' '""'"y iKl- »ehool 

l"'"Mle,| ,he school ^,f •*^, ,"■" ""'"'■ ''-'"^''"r. 

-pcrior schools ;,;r,i ri, K.s*;';;:.';'-':?''^^''! '■»'■ 

been satislietcrilv „„,.io,-„,, ■ ,, *'='"■'' '""e 
the inspector, shafl b' , k 'Is'' '''■'■'''"'r''"" <>« 
t'' the Provincial Aid , te , *i«n'' '■"""'"K ''im 
tlie sf.,f,i!,, „f„,„„j,.,| "■'" "'■*180 as provided in 

<')^ A claas" A' teacher cnployed in any school of the 


status of accommodation and equipment prescribed 
for superior schools, provided his duties Imve 
been satisfactorily performed in the estimation of 
the inspector, shall be ranked as " A3," entitlin<; 
him to the Provincial Aid rate of 5?150 as provided 
in the statute aforesaid. 
(d) A class "A" teacher who fails to win the rank- 
competed for may be awarded a lower rank by the 
inspector. If he fails to rank as " A^," he shall he 
ranked as " A4," entitling him to the Provincial Aid 
as prescribed in the statute aforesaid for class " B" 

35 CoUeqiate Teachers. — When the members of the 
teaching statl" of any high school teach the pupils of the 
various grades only their own special subjects, the principal 
should arrange that each teacher shall be specially responsi- 
ble for the full and accurate keeping of the school register 
for the pupils of one grade or class, co-operating with his 
colleagues in recording their attendance under the other 
teachers, and at the end of the half year and year shall 
make out compli'te returns for his special grade or class as 
required of all other teachers. The returns of these teacht-rs 
when accurately sunnned up by the principal in tlic 
prescribed retuiii for all the schools of the section, will then 
give the exact sunnnation of all the items for the whole 

36. Teachers of Agriculture — (a) In order to benefit 
through the provisions of section G9 of chapter 52 ol 
the Revised Statutes of 1000. the teacher competiii; 
must notify the Principal of the Provincial .School ol 
Agriculture, as well as the inspector, of the opt'ning of tin 
school, of its special e(|uipment, and of the rank of classifi 
cation he is competing for. The classification of the schud 
as "superior," " good " or "fair" by the said Principal 
will qualify the teacher for the Provincial Aid, res .cctiveh 
of " Ai," " Ao" or " As " of regulation .S4 preceding 

(I) J (hit n/ fhi/niir foZ/nirini/ roiKli/iniix /.- n qui nil 'ni orili r In (hi.^sli 
nil A(frlni//iini/ Sc/ioo/ it-< " Siipirior," 

I. Wlieic a Hpecial claHH of pupils (i,<ffoniI)ly incliKiing some w' 
aiU'iui cliiefly on iiccwint of this vork) oiiii Ik- foiHied to study the follov 
iiig Huhjects, in winch tlioy .slinll ivcoivn projuT iuHtnution, incliidi 
(lomonstiationH in a scliool garden or on neiglilioring farnis ; 

(a) AjL'riculturu. 

(I)) Agricultural (Hieniistry. 

(c) " IJotany. 

(d) Anatomy and I'liysiology of Farm AnInuilM. 

(e) ikiiv and feeding of " " 

II. In graded hoIiooIh, wliere jnipils from rural seetioMs attend, a a.: 
siiall he ^iven including (a), (h) and (e) ahove to the eighth and In 
grades, w ith deiiKtnstratioiiM it i school garden or on neighhoring farm 

III. In graded schools of nioro than tour departmentH where i 
agrieultural teacher can Nuperinlend and < onduct the Nature lessons ;i I 


of th 
ing : 


pment prescribed 
his duties liave 
the estimation of 
B " A3," ontitlincr 
S'lSO as provided 

to win the rank 
wer rank by the 
'A3," he shall he 
le Provincial Aid 
lid for class " B 

members of tl li- 
the pupils of the 
ects, the principal 
ipecialh^ responsi- 
he school register 
)erating witli his 

under the other 
r and year shall 
<;rade or class as 
■1 of these teacht-rs 
irincipal in tlir 
section, will then 
IS for the wholt 

order to benefit 
f chapter 52 ol 
vcher competing 
incial .School ni 
le opt-ninii^ of tlii 
\i rank of classiti 
;ion of the sclxjd 
' said Princijml 
Aid, res^,<'cti\<'li 

'*' //( orili r tri </ii.<.'>ii. 

iiK'luding soiiif \s\, 
to study till' fdlldu 
iistnictidii, incliidii 
farni.s ; 



.wSSuS;:':;^"^^^^^^^^^^^^ .1.. above ,„.;„.. .,„, 

<<i) Where tile ijievioii.s cnndi>m„ . ' "'^^'''^"o". 

.expects. !.ut the ag.'iculu; V "S,? l"'-^""'^' ^""'P"«'^ "'t'' i" all 
valuable ,„ some in.portant respects t' 1 .3";rT'' ""^^I'-T ""^^^''^''y 
, ('■) J lie teacher must hold iU.l *^ ,'"*"'.'""3 '•« olassiher as " fair " 
School of Agriculture ; „ t w ler sn *5 J^'"'' ^'P'"'"'-^ ^'•"'" the i'-ov Sal 
where tea.lter.s fail to il^Z^V^t^^^T'V' ""^ P^'-'-led o 
Agriculture, whose .hitv it is t,! -.'"'P^' "^ the Provincial Selioo of 
'"teution to apply for tl e l-^it d.en' 1^^^ '''"■'" '"'-•'^' «l'"'>Is. of ? .Ji 
tl'ey neglect toS^ke .,uarl^ij .1 o^J P;^'"'"';"'^^^", te-^cdiing or w e i 
'•e classified at all, an.l the teacho, J-n i "' ""'''*• t'''-' «hool shall not 

SCHOOr, .MKKTI.\(;s. 

ino-: luinsacted bj the annual school meet- 

OliDKR OK ll|-Sr.VE8S. 

ions attend, a < oni 
10 eighth and hi,L,'li 
iieighiioriiig fanii.^. 
irtnientH where i 
? Noture lessons ;r 

C 52! sir'''"' " ^'""™"" "■"! «ec,vta,y of tlH. „H.,i„g. 
J|.) To l,ea,- the ™i„„te., of tl,e ,.,-evi„„.,„„„„.,| „„„i,° 

"f «;^. «I»;t::;''V!''>»'''^;f4.''-i..'iito.»„f ti..«„tI 

the secretary, <),• " j into L "f I'^'.'-"""'^'''t record with 
,^.(0.)^ lo elect a new trustee or trustees. C .2, ss. 31 to 

<^^^ -tS^uitM^r;;;;: .!:;;r 'r^'" '^^--'-"-^ 

rf^'nvd to in<licates Tha f M ^" J'^"''""'''^^'"" '' ^* '" i"st 
'"tt^^ be borrowed „,„i;,..\.. _ .. ',V:l'-^- J^^; wMi.-i. 

orrowed tuidcr tl 

H' conditions d,.t 

"CM inone 

'■ninned 1 




sections 63, 04 and 05 ol' cJmpter 52 ; but for tlie purpose 
of the annual statistics reciuired to be entered into the 
school registers and into the annual returns under oath, 
only the amount of any such vote or instalment of debt as 
IS to be levied on the school section during tlie school yi^ar 
is to be reckoned as the amount of tiie vote for the year) 

(7.) To take a vote on the adoption of the " Compulsor^- 
Attendance " law (C 5r2, ss. 110 to 114, or in towns, C. 55) 
if it has not already been once adopted. (When once 
adopted by a school section the law continues for ever in 
force, without tlie possibility of repeal except by the Pro- 
vincial Legislature.) 

(8.) To consider any subject deemed of importance to 
the educational interests of the school section C S'? v 
22 (e). ■ ■ "' ■ 

(9.) To adjourn the meeting to another date if all the 
business of the annual meeting has not been completed. 

38. The statute re<juire8 tlie (.liairniaii and secretary of tlie annual I 
meeting to sign a copy of the niimites for the trustees, to be foi warded to' 
the inspector by the trustees within one week after the meeting The 
inspector will report to the education office in the annua! school directorv 
the amount of t'. money voted. 

39. The school meeting should be careful, in voting its estimates tc 
authorize a sum amply sufficient to enable the trustees to meet the liabili- 
ties of the school year. Any iialance remaining in the hands of the 
trustees is. of course, to be carried to the credit of the next school year 
Willie any deficit arising from an authorized expenditure may be carried 
forward and provided for in the estimate of the following year. 

40. As a general rule it is recommended that the money voted at the 
annual meeting shall lie levied and collected within the first lialfof tlu 
school y< ur, so as to enable the trustees to pay the semi-annual iiiatalmeiit 
of the teachers salaries promjitly. The county fuml will come in with anv 
Imlance from the sectional assessment to pay tiie last instalment of tlu 
teachers" salaries for tlie 3'ear. 

41. In some fishing districts it may be found desirable to take advan 
tage of that provision of the 1 mv under which tlie Cuncil may fix for ,1 
given section an earlier date fo. its annual school meeting than the laM 
Monday of June. If any such cases exist, it is very desirable that thcs. 
early annual meetings be held on the same day. The last Monday ii 
March IS suggested as likely to be the most generally convenient date 
.Sections feeling the necessity of an early date for the annual schoo' 
meeting should, through their trustees, make an application to the Coum : 
through their inspectors l»/or> /lu eml 0/ F>l,ni(,ri/, so that the inspector' 
may be able to transmit all such applications. With recommendations <>[ 
comments thereon, to the ("ouncil, ,.n the 1st day of March, when it i- 
probable action can l)c taken promptly on them, and duo notice given ii 
'"".40 *'r"^ ''"'<•'"*'' *''' t''*^ meetings on the last Monday of the month. 

42. The school sections whose annual niei-tings hav 
been fixed by the (\)nncil for the last Monday in Marcl 
are specified in tlie following list : 







No. 32. 

No. '^. Low point. 

57. North V\'t*t Arm. 


Xn. 88. Long Point. 

No. 1. <ir«nto8h, Pleasant Bay. No. I J. Pleasanl Bay. 



for the purpose 
ntered into the 
tns under oath, 
nient of debt as 
the school yi^ar 
te for tJie year ) 
le " Compulsory 
in towns, C. 55) 
1. (When once 
lues for ever in 
ipt by tlie Pro- 

f importance to 
iction. C. 52, s. 

' date if all the 

I completed, 
tary of tlie anmial 

to be forwarded to 

the meeting Tlit 

lal school directory 

ng its estimates, tn 
to meet the liabih 
the hands of the 
e next scliool year, 
ire may be carrie(l 
ng year. 

noiiey voted at the 
he first half of tlit 
i-annual iiiatalmeiit 

II come in with any 
. instalment of tlu 

ble to take advan 
uicil may fix for a 
iting tlian the last 
Bsirahle that thesi 
he last Monday in 
y convenient date, 
tiio annual sclioo , 
tii.n to the Gounei 
tliat tlie inspector- 
^commendations oi 
March, wlien it i 
lue notice given ii 
^ of the moiitli. 
mei'tings hav' 
iday in Marcl 

No. 26. Uppei' Washahuckt 

57. Tarbcit. 

"i-h. Tarbertvale 

i)!). Indian Broolc. 

No. 18. .South Head. 
■2.0. Milton. 
29. Caribou .Marsh. 
()0. Hateston. 
«1. Clarke's Road. 

62. Mainadieu. 

63. West Lonisliuig. 
66. Mig Lorraine. 
7"). French Road. 
76, (Jabarus. 

No. i. 





















Port Royal. 

Janvrin's l.slaud. 




Cape LaRoniie. 


Richmond Mine<. 

Port Malc(.ini. 
I'kst Basin. 
St. L(mi.-. 
<iraii(I Dique. 
Cape (ieoige. 
Reaver's Cove. 
Point Micheau. 
'■land River. 
St. Ksprii, 



Hiad I,o( h Lomond 


N'o. 32. Harbor l!ouc 
33 Kdst Harbor 


^"^ ^-J" ^-''";!^'^^l-^''il%(C'. North). 
i'i Neils Harbor. 

82. West Inuonish. 

95. Sugar Loaf (Cape North). 



No. 76.V 

Cabarus Bav. 
Cull Cove. 
Cal)arus Lake. 
Canoe Lake. 
Upper (irand Mira. 
Cirand Mira 
Victoiia i5ridge. 
Crand Mira North. 
Ocean view. 

i;i( ii.Mo.M). 
No. 37 




^". 13. New Harbor. 

14. .Sandy Cove 

b*>. UalfWav Cove. 

'<>. CroM Harbor. 

17. Half Island Cove 

IN. Black I'oint 

-'!■ Ipper Whit, 

'-'•-'. \.>A\VV Whit( 

23. Pnit Felix. 
'24. Cole ilaibor. 
-5. Cliarlo's C.ive 
-•'>A. Larry's Rjvri. 



Red Islands. 

Hay Cove 

Soldier's Cove. 

Salmon Ri\er. 

Lyn.'h's River. 

River Bourgeois. 
^•>. Cannes. 
4.'). (irand River Road. 
4(i. Framboise. 
47. Sunnvside. 
4S. RoekV Bav. 

50. Orange. 

51. Cape Auguet. 

52. Stirling. 

54. Point Mar.ache. 

55. Peter's Mountain. 

56. Hiymer. 

57. Kdwards. 

59. Cape Breton. 

60. Maenab. 

61. Lewis Cove Road. 

02. (irand (Jreve. 

03. AVest Loch Lomond. 
Oa. l>o.t Ri.'hmond. 

66. Poirierville. 

67. \\est L'Ardoise. 
0'><. Hureauville. 


No. 70. .\ul(i"s C(,ve. 
7(». I'rankvillc. 


No. 2.K'. — (ianmion Point. 

31. Clam Harbor. 

32. .St Franciki Ifarbor, 

38. Steep Cieek. 

39. Middle Melford . 
'm. Sand Point. 

40. Oy.-ter Ponds. 
47. Seal Harbor. 

BO, V\A^fv^^^^^^ Harln.i. 

ol. ('(Millie's Harlx.r. 

53. Dover. 

•'5. N ankee Core, 




ST. MARY s. 


Ecuni Secum. 



Wine Harbor. 


Marie Joseph. 


I'ort Hilford. 


Liscomb Mills. 




Middle Liscomb. 


Port Bickerton, 


Lower Liscomb. 


West Liscomb. 















I . 












Hubbard's Cove. 
Head Harbor. 
Indian Harbor. 
Ketcli Harbor. 

West Petpeswick. 

East Petpeswick. 



Oyster Pond, Jt.ldore. 

Lowe!- East Jeddore. 

Lower Lakeville. 

Clam Harbor. 


2nd Peninsula, Upper. 
. Upper Centre. 

(iarden Lots. 

Bhie Rocks. 

Black Rocks 

Heckman's Island 

1st South 

-Middle South. 

Feltzen, Soutii. 

l^pper Rose Bay. 

Lower Rose Bay. 

Upper Kiiigsl)urg. 

Lower Kingsbiiig. 

Bitcey's (.'ove. 

Lower LaHave. 

PHrk's Creek. 

.Middle LaHave. 
St. .Mattliew"s. 
North West. 
ilader's Cove. 
.Malione Baj'. 


No. 651 

No. 1.3. 



(irand Desert. 

Head Chezzetcook . 

Hope Ridge. 

Lower East Ciiezzetcook- 

Mur|ihy's Cove. 
Pleasant Harbor. 

(ierrard's Island. 
Spry Harbor. 
Spry Bay, Henley. 
Beaver Harbor. 
West Quoddy. 

AM> NKW |)( BUN. 

No. 27. Oakland. 

Indian Point. 

Martin's River. 

2nd Peninsula, Lower.. 


Eastern Point. 
62. Big Lots. 
<>•'). CoiKjuerall Bank. 
66. Pleasantville. 




West Dublin. 

Mount Pleasant. 

Petite Riviere. 

Broad Co\e. 

Cherry Hill. 

Vogler"s Cove, W. 

Indian Point. 

East Du))lin. 

Herman's Islands. 

Corkum's Islanil 

Vogh'r's Cove, E 










/ 1. 


East Chester. 
Marriott's Cove, 
Oijjd River, Xoitli, 
Oold River, South. 
-Martin's Point. 
Indian I'oint. 



No. 19. 


Fii.v I'oint. 

Xiirtii \Vest Covo. 

-Mil! Cove. 
■2fi. Pine I'lain. 
29. Dc.'p Covo 



IVirt .lolie. 

Central Port .Moutim. 

port Mouton. 
Hunt s Point. 

No. (,'. 



W(>stcrM Head, 
licacli MeiiduWv 
t-AiU Islasid. 
White Point. 



ISTo. 4. 





.Middle West Sable. 

Louis Head. 

Little Harbor. 



West (}reen Harbor. 

Sand Point. 

Upper West Jordan. 


No. 15. 

West Jordan Ferry, 
Lower Sand Point. 
IJirch Town. 
Black Point. 
North-East Harbor. 
-Matthew's Point. 







Cape Negro. 
Cape Negro IslaniL 
Bear Point, 


No. 14. 

Kast Pubni<;o. 
Upper West Pnbnico. 
West (rlenwood. 
North Belleville. 
South Belleville. 
Argyle Sound. 
l"'el Brook 




Shag Harbor. 
Stony Island. 

Abranrs River. 
Sureties Island. 
Sluice Point. 
Tusket Hill. 
Bl'11 Neck. 
Lower Eel Brook. 
Hul)bard's Point. 


No. 42.— Tiverton. 


Hi, The scIu)ol ho 

1 Li- ". .— ^""*- ""'t'' its grounds is a very true iiulev of ti,» 

general pubho spirit and intelligence of the schoolsect oV Bein J S! 
.-rnmon centre of habitation for a large portion of the day of thariart of 
e cry family naturally drawing forth the deepest emotio f of a fcc ion and 
aeres the character of the school house and its environment must snh 
s reflect the sentiment of the conmninity. Here we sho Id 
expect to see the accunudation of efforts constantly^made from yea o 
.ear end,ell,shn,g grounds at first selected for their convenice\.dubritv 

u,i pnient of the school room, originally constructed with a v-iewto 
eal hy physical, nitellectual and n.oml deVelop.nent. Tire Iple hou d 
. . ..eason to be proud of their school house, which should"m its front 

OS are intended more particularly for rural schools, as in the towns tL 

e" ' i'- H ';7^*'-^' '?" -^t^''l-he•^ '»>' trustees and School comi.Soie' 

xamining the most mo,l.rn improvements before proceediu-^ to build' 

.•nd()femploying a competent architect. ^ " "^^ ''""^'> 

44. ^chool Sites. In selecthig the site for a school liouse 

he tnisteos should see that the following condition.s are' 

tnlhlled as far as possibl,>, aiul that the sanction of the 

Inspector ;s secured in writin^^ before any contract what- 

evo)- IS entered nito : 

(a) The situation sliould be the moat accessible to the 
majority of the pooph' of tlie section 

(/») It should be from nO to L50 feet from any public 
ln,ijhway, and should be far removed from railroad.s 
nnlls, factories, taverns, noisy surroundings, stairnant 
pools, swamps, or noxious etHuvia or influences'from 
any source. 



(c) It should liave a diy, aiiy position, with a ^entle 
slope and southern exposure if possible, and coni- 
Hiand as attractive a prospect as natural facilities 
will permit. 

45. School Groundif. 

(a) In rural sections the grounds should contain, 
M-hen convenient, one acre, never less than half an 
acre: in thickly peopled localities, or villages 
half an acre or more but never less than mie- 

/;x rnf ' p"^ "^ ^°^'"^ ^^®^'"^' ^^^^ <^han one-quarter, 
ib) I he form should be, perhaps, more than twice a^ 

lono- as broad, in order to furnisli proper separate 

play grounds for boj's and girls. 

(c) It should be properly levelled, drained when 
necessary, neatly fenced around, ornamented with 
desirable shade trees, Avhich should neither inter- 
fere with the play grounds nor the light of the 
scliool room. 

(d) Clean water, free from the suspicion of taint 
.rom surface drainage or other impurities, «liould be 

(e) Within tlie grounds or near the grounds there 
should be an art a for cultivation as a "school 
garden " to serve for the objective study of nature 
and for practical training in the rudiments of such 
arts as agriculture, horticulture, or forestry. 

46. iichooi Houses. 

(a) For a rural section not likely to have more than 
30 pupils for twenty years to come, the school house 
should at least have the following inside measure- 
ments: Width 2:} feet, length :il feet, (hall 6 feet 
teachers platfoi-m 5 feet, clear si)ace 4 feet, seats and 
desks 18 feet, clear space S feet), and 11 to 12 feet 

(b) For a section with 42 pupils . Width 24 feet 
length 36 feet, (hall 6 feet, platform 5 feet, space 4 
feet, seats and desks 18 feet, space -'} feet), and height 

12 to 13 feet. ^ 

(c) For a section with 54 pupils : Width 25 feet 
length 41 feet, (hall feet, platform 5 feet, space 4 
feet, seats and desks 23 feet, space 3 feet) and height 

13 to 14 feet. * 

(d) For a section with a greater number of pupils 
there should be, as nMiuired by the statute, a separate 
class room, large enough to 1)e converted into a 
primary department of a graded school should the 
attendance increase. 



iiext the entrance hall. L stove at ?,',' n '""''"'' ^Y^'''"' 

proper lighting of the roo mV pw Ji^i . *•'^P""'''P^^« °^ 
should not he mo,^ M,tn two Ito,.;: T. f'^-^^''" ^ >''^.'^l«d, and 
basen.ent. which should be a.Vyani.d li'JSed ^^'T "^ '^' 
and^of the attic, which .ight^.-ttntcl't^gt^.^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

(tf) In schedule A are ojven three sets of plans and 
specihca >ons for rural school houses :-No ] for 
the smaller school building for one teacher. No 2 
tor a arger school for one teacher, and No. 3 for a 
school building for two teachers. The plans have 
been specia I3. drawn with a view of showing the 
cheapest kind of school buildings which should 
hence forwai.] be allowed to be e1-ected Tor t^ie 
schoo!... Single desks and seats are .sliown 
in the plan merely to indicate that they are 
the best, and will in the long run pay on 
account of the sanitary advantage of kelping 
children separate, and of the greater ease of keeping 
their attention continuously on their studies. But 
double seats and desks are permissible, and then the 
dimensions of the room should be changed to suit 
More expensive commodious and ornate buildings are 

Ti .£d?'''"""T,' '?' '^''r'''' ^^''-- school se';.tion: 
<;an atiord t.iem. The plans indicate the minimum. 

T!«. Lighting. 

(a) The windows should be principally on the left of 
the pupils. Ihere may be two behind them, but 
none in front of them or on the right. The front 
and right can be utilized for an unbroken blackboard 
which should reach to within two and a half feet of 
the floor and have a width of five feet, the upper 
portion being useful for the more permanent illustra- 
tions. In the pla«s in schedule A the fuel room 
and class room are placed on the side of the sr.hool 
room instead of at the en<l, to enable proper lighting 
to be obtained while giving cheaper class room 
accommodation and an improved architectural 
appearance to the buildinr.- 

^'" and' ti!:^:*::; :?rl:::^.f i,:^;:"'^" '-^i ''-^m::'"- ^-t fr.,. ti. Hoor, 

the top of the window as near the coil 

iuft wail ttl 

II.- u 

hI.u\l- till) four fool lino .should ho alWt 
Pl)i'r part of oach window should ho a t 

nil/ us ivjHHihJ!". The 

ono-half glas-s. 
■ansoni, liingoii 




below, or the upper sasli should bo luing on pulleys, as well as the 
lower, for ventilation purposes, 
(f) The size of the school room is deterniined l>y the greatest ninu- 
l)erof pupils It IS intended to hold, 200 cubic feet of air beins 
required for each. When the room is full., pupils this air shoull 
be entirely changed at le^t •v,, ., t'lre-. times evuy hour. In 
somer the more expensNx>ij ....•ntliatcd school buildings in the 
province, the air is w,.,iiu<! av^ ;u.iged every ten minutes 

Ventilahon and Warming. 
(a)^ In rural sections where economy has to be care- 
fully considered, a larc/e stove surrounded by a sheet 
metal jacket closely fitted to the floor and around 
the door, separated from the rest of tlip stove by an 
air space, and risinor up as hiou as the top of the 
stove, makes an excellent ventilating and warming 
furnace. Underneath the stove and shut off from 
the school room by the jacket should be an opening 
for the admission of pure, fresh air through a large 
tin pipe or air-tight woorlen duct running under- 
neath the floor and through the foundation, then 
turning up and terminating at least six or eight feet 
above the ground on the side of the house, the 
entrance to the duct being lateral and covered with a 
wire grating. The stove should be two or three times 
larger than one necessary to warm the room without 
such an air draught. When practicable, it should be 
at the north end of the room and opposite the 
teacher's desk, and have its pipe traverse the 
room at least 9 or 10 feot above the floor into the 
flue. The average temperature, hIx inches from the 
floor, should be 0.5 Fahrenheit (over 18° Centigrade). 
In a cold day the air cannot be kept pure without fresh 
incoming air: and this cannot be warmed without a 
very large expenditure of heat, necessitating a lar^e 
stove and plenty of fuel. In such schools where in- 
going and out-going currents of air cannot be main- 
tained as in the more expensive ventilating systems, 
the windows should be thrown open at every recess,' 
and when physical exercise is being taken. The 
evil efl'ects of impure air are so insidious that even 
cautious teachers are apt to allow very serious injury 
to_ be inflicted on the general health of the school 
without being aware of it. 

{h) Better than a stove is a good furnace underiioath the school 
room, care being taken to have tlu; incoming air cnterin<.- only 
through an air shaft opening at least six feet' above the ground 
hven 111 a building with only one school room the furnace lia^^ 
been toiiiid to be more et-onomieal in the long rtiii, as well as more 
comfortable than a stove. Although the plans in schedule A show 
stove heating, proper furnace heating is recommonded as prefer- 
able. Ihe furnace must lie larsi.'r than one suHicient for a 













- - ....J5 ■ >...... wiiL .^iiunjiciii, nil a 

(bveinng rouiii ut Liic same size ; for liie number of pupils in the 

s, as well as the 


^^ to pass through thS schoui room "'' '^" ''""'"^^ "'"' '^"°^'^d 

49. Seatimj. 

(a) Tlie best arrang-e.nent for seating is tlmt of sincrle 
'lesks and seats a./^usto^^.to the sizes of the pupils 
as shovvn HI the plans of schedule A. Next comes 
smgle desks and seats of assorted sizes. But where 
economy is desirable, double desks and .^eats of no 
more than hve assorted sizes serve very weH 
especially when, as in some patent forms each seat 
moves automatically as the ^pupil sits or' stands so 
as to give the fullest freedom in standing. 
(6) Double seats should be arranged in three rows 
tacing awall, ui which the.e are no windows, the 
hght falling prnacipally from the left and above 
Ihere shotdd be a space of 4 feet between the front 
ow and the teachers platform, witli at least 3 feet 
be ween the seats and the walls. The aisles should 
not be less than two feet and a half. In the school 
room, [46] (.^ about 18 feet will be occupied by 
hve ranks ot desks and seats, three in each rank 

Zt^TX''''■^'^AC^T^^^ reciuiring about two feet 
and a half , in [46] {h), a^out 1 8 feet in depth will be 
occupied by seven ranks, three in a rank : and in [461 
(0) about 23 feet in depth will be occupied by nine 
ranks of double desks and seats, three in each rank. 
(c) Dimen.sions of the hve siz^s of double desks and 
seats ; 


Xo. 1 
" 2 
" 3 
" 4 
" o 

-Age of 'Height : Height 
Pupil. I of Seat, of side 

I I next 
I I Pupil. 



Space between 
Desks and Seats. 


7— {) 




11.1 in 21 

\ih ' !22.', 

l^ ' ;24' 

lo" " 26 

16 " 27 


" ,31' 

" !42 
" |4.5 
' '48 
















Edge of desk 
almost directly 
above (i>\^Q of 

{d) Fo. the average rural school the following might 
be a good arrangement and distribution of double 
seats and desks: Front half of row on pupils' rid t 
(next the blackboard side) No 1 seats Zck h^lf 
No 2 seats; central row, No. 4 seats ; front half of 
^ JW on pupds left, (next the lioht .side) No 4 seats 
back half, No. .5 seats. The ofder pupils usfng tb^ 





text books with smaller ptint would by this arrange- 
ment have tlie be<t light. Another plan is to have 
the seats arranged in ranks according (o size, the 
SIP all est being in front, the largest farthest back. 
Plan No. 1 in schedule A can be fitted up with three 
rows of double desks and seats, 5 or ranks deep, o-i\^ino- 
the seating accommodation of 46 (a). ' ^ '^ 

Plan No. 2 in schedule A can be fitted up with three 
rows of double desks and seats, 9 ranks deep, giving the 
seating accommodation of 46 (c). The breadth of the^oom 
should then be 3 feet narrower. And so forth. 
50. Outkou8e.H. 

(a) It is reciuired that separate and comfortable out- 
houses be provided, and kept in good sanitary condi- 
tion, for the use of pupils of different sexes. 

A high and perfectly tight board fence should extend from the 
I'ear of the school house to near the rear of the grounds, on each 
side of which should he placed one of tiie houses Their ap- 
proaches siiould be protected by a suitable screen or hedge. 

Each should be supplied with a well cemented vault, so placed 
as to be easily cleaned, and a (luantity of dry loamy earth or 
ground gypsum for daiiy use as absorbents ; and care should l)e 
taken to exclude the rain or surface water from the vault. 

(d) Tiie night soil should be removed as early as possible in the 
spring, at the beginning of the summer holiclays, and before the 
frost of winter set.s in ; and the houses should be regularly washed 
every week, and during warm iveather or the appearance of an 
epidemic, should be frequently disinfected with chloride of lime, 
sulphate of iron, or other convenient disinfectant. 

<e) The doors should be provided with good locks, the plaster should 
be finished rough, and the paint shcmld be heavily sanded so as to 
otter no temptation to the use of the pencil, and all offensive odors 
should be kept repressed by the use of absorbents f)r disinfectants. 

(/') The foregoing are the requirements for rural 
^ections. In villages and towns, more expensive 
and effective systems are demanded. 

ig) A plan of an outhouse will be found in schedule 
A, in which the night soil is easily removable in 
boxes at any time. 

(/<) The sanitary and neat condition of the outhouses 
is so important that inspectors are directed not to 
recommend the payment of any of the municipal 
funds to trustees of schools in which the outhouses are 
defective or improperly cared for, until the defects 
are remedied. 

51. School Equipment. 

{(O Every school must have the prescribed registers 
carefully preseuved, and should have such books of 
reference as maj- be recommended l)}- the Council of 
Public Instruction, including a ilictionary. In 
addition there should be maps of the Province, 
Dominion and the hemispheres, a terrestrial globe, 



this arrange- 
nn IS to have 
:»• to size, the 
hest back, 
p with three 



p with three 
p, ^ivino- tlie 
1 of the room 


li'ortable out- 
mitary condi- 


L'xteud from tlie 

^roiuuls, on each 

ises Their ap- 

aen or hedge. 

vault, so placed 

loamy earth or 

care should he 

he vault. 

possible in the 

, and before the 

•egularly washed 

(pcarance of an 

chloride of lime, 

iie plaster should 
■ sanded so as to 
1 offensive odors 
f)r disinfectants. 

ts for rural 

e expensive 

[ in schedule 
•emovable in 

he outhouses 
ected not to 
le municipal 
)uthouses are 
. the defects 

led registers 
ich books of 
le Council of 
ionar}-. In 
le Province, 
sstrial globe, 


^\al cards, color charts, music chart fmodulatorV 
ball frame, clock, hanrlbell, thermometer, blocks of 
geometrical solids, the common and the metric 
standards ot weights and measures, and a box of 
colored crayons for special black board illustra- 
tions Every school should have a black board, about 
tive ieet wide and two and a half feet from the 
floor around the room, especially to the front and 
right of the pupils when the lighting is as previously 
recommended. At the lower edge there should be 
a concave shelf two or three inches wide foi- 
holding the chalk and brushes. Brushes can be 
made very cheaply as follows :-Take a piece of 
ight vvood not over .six inches in length, two in 
breadth and one in thickness, trim it,' making a 
groove along the two edges for the lingers. To the 
face glue a piece of half inch saddle cloth for the 
erasing surface, and it is complete. A number of 
these .hould be in each school room to facilitate 
class work on the black board. Black hoards should 
be plastered on laths nailed to a solid back- 
ing ot boards, and should be composed largely of 
plaster of Fans, the surface leing made very hard 
and smooth before applying the first coat of color 
Liquid slating sold in cans is very convenient for 
this latter purpose. Chrome green in liquid 
containing fine emery flour, gives a green shacfe' 
which IS considered by some more agreeable than 
dead black. Every school should have a set of 
shelves or a cabinet under lock and key for the 
preservation of its school library and other books. 
{0) In addition to the above requirements, advanced 
rural schools should be provided with maps of the 
continents, collections of the natural history of the 
locality, and some apparatus for the practical teach- 
ing ot all the subjects of the prescribed course of 
■study required to be taught in the school, a class 
room in which the library shelves might he built 
and it possible a class room containing a work bench 
with tools for wood-work, 
(c) In graded common schools the lower departments 
should be furnished in addition to (a) and (6) with 
a more extensive assortment of objects and pictures 
tor object lessons, common and metric weights and 
measures, xyith a pair of small scales, and collec- 
tions of local natural history objects. The 
Higher departments should show a .similar but 
more advanced adaptation to the work of their 



grade.s of the prescribed rourse of study leading up 
to that oi the high school. There should be a 
school lihwy in a good cabinet or class room, 
and if possible a bench with tools for wood-work in 
a class room, in connection with the departments. 
(d) In mixed or partial high school departn:ents as 
far a^ possible, but especially in pure high school 
rhpartments, in addition to the requirements 
of common schools, there should be full sets 
of ancient and physical maps, historical charts, 
I-liysiological diaorams both vegetable and animal^ 
celestial globe, gazetteer, classical dictionary! 
adequate appai-atns and facilities for the practical 
study of chemistry, mineralogy, physics, surveying 
and navigation, botany, zoology and geology, so far 
as tlie high school course of study is pursued • and 
to aid the practical stud 7 of the latter subjects, a 
museum containing scientifically classified specimens 
of ,,11 the Kcal species of each natural history 
department should be started and kept growing 
until it becomes as complete as possible. A school 
library in a good cabinet or class room, and at least 
one wjrk bench with tools in a class room, should 
be a part of the equipment of the schools of every 
section having high school departments. 
52. The foregoing general directions (or their ampli 
fications as indicated in the texts prescribed in sanitary 
science for public schools) must advance with the cir- 
cumstances of each school section and the general pro- 
gress of education throughout the province. It is the duty 
of the inspector to withhold his recommendatior for the 
payment of any public money on behalf of or on account 
of schools held in sections not making a commendable effort 
to carry out substantially all of the said general directions 
under tlie head of School Accommodation, in so far 
us they are applicable to any partieular school in the 
section. If it should be impossible for the trustees 
of a section to comply promptly with these require- 
ments, the fact should be brought to the notice of the 
inspector as soon as possible, with the causes assigned, and 
the intentions and plans of the trustees in regard to the 

58. Superior School. 

(a) The accommod»tions for and the equipment of a 
school which will enable a successful class " A " 
teache/ employed thcein to be ranked as either 
"Ai," " A^ "or " Ah" must be a model in all respects 
referred to in the foregoing conuuents ond regulatitms 

dy leading up 
ehould be a 
tr class room, 
wood-work in 
epartu;ents as 
•e high school 
bft full sets 
;orical charts, 
B and animal, 
1 dictionar}', 
the practical 
ics, surveying 
eology, so far 
pursued • and 
er subjects, a 
led specimens 
bural history 
;ept growing 
ie. A school 
I, and at least 
room, should 
)ols of every 

their ampli 
I in sanitary 
ith the cir- 
general pro- 
It is the duty 
ttior for the 
r on account 
nduble effort 
al directions 
in so far 
;hool in the 
the trustees 
jse require- 
lotice of the 
ssigned, and 
'gard to the 

lipmont of a 
class " A " 
•1 as either 
all respects 
1 regulations 


bearing on school accommodation. And as the best 
schools m the province advance beyond thl .specifi 

ntimat "t'' r^'r'', '!"' ^"-P-to^is autlL/ Ld to 
intnnate to its school board the raisin^ of f.he cor 
respondmg standard of qualifications of^uny super o^ 
school in order to remain in its previous ra^nic^ ' 

(6) The equipment of one room in the section as -i 
superior school will not he considered as er itiin" it 
to superior rank if the other departments under the 
school boai-c are not satisfactorily er,uipped alio i' 
the estimation of the inspector. PP^^ «iis,o m 

<c) To be ranked as a superior school, it must be 

iNeatr of grounds, appearance of buildino- condi 
ion ot outhouses, cleanliness and beauty'wrthin 
ventilation, warming, .seating, blackboard, ma;"' 
charts and other apparatus rerjuired for the .^rade of 
work, school library, and work bench. " 

<'fj irorl' l„,>ch equipment recommended : 

1 l.e..di as in Normal or Truro Macdonald School 

Hailoy wooden jaekplaiie. 
I lion sniootliing plane. 
1 10" hack .saw. 

J ?£ '"^' '* ■''*^^^' f'"'''^«^ cuttinL'.l 

T r^ (""'PP'iig-) 

1 lion .spoke-shavu. 

4 firmer chisels, 1", A" v" 1" 

« bits for l,race-|; Twist or auger," leach, f, };', f 

;; Centre,-' 1 each, f. r, f , V; ' ' 
1 hammer. ^"""tersink, 1 Clark'.- patent. 

'i screw drivers (large and small). 
1 niurkn-,g knife. 
1 nail set. 

":;;^:,"r^:,*r?^/^™'""'"- «"'*■■■ 

1 pail' wing compasses. 

I mallet. 

1 oilstone (mounted), 

I oilstone (slip). 

1 can and oil. 

t iion ciamp. 

' wooden hand screw. 

1 tt" try s(juaio. 

I 1)6 vol. 

'^ assorted gimlets. 

3 assorted iiradawls. 

1 scraper. 

1 marking gauge. 
1 pair pliers. 

<c) Jf the school specially oKcels in .some of the,so or 

10 a ro.spects not specified here, the inspec- 
tor mav allii\v t h'^ <avf.«o... ,,f i , • . r. 

to ilehciehcies m other respects, provided he has 



reason to believe that the fleHciencies will bo re- 
medied by the sehool hoard with reasonable pronin- 
titude, ^ 


54. A County Academy is the high .school in a county 
which under the statute is entitled to draw a special arant 
calle.l the academic gi-ant, provided by section 120 of chap- 
ter 52 of the Statutes, when the following regulations are 
satisiactorily observed. 

55. The board of trustees or commissioners of a school 
section m which a county academy is situated, in order to 
draw th- academic grant authorized by the statute, shall 
make satisfactory provi.sion for th ''nstruction of all com- 
mon sehool pupils within the seci as well as for all 
quahHed high school students within uie county, wlio may 
present themselves for admission. 

56. The buildings, grounds, outhouses, classrooms 
hiboratories or subsidiary rorin., warming and v(.i..„ation 
books of reffrence, maps, charts, n.odels, collections of 
specunensfor illu.stration and object .study, apparatus, etc., 
shall be ot that degree of excellence pre.scribed for .superior 
schools in i-eyulation :);■$ preceding, and advancing with the 
general progress in educational effort in the province, with 
the grade of grant competed for, and with cffeciive instrnc- 
tion in I he course of study prescribed. 

57. Tlu; duly (jualiHed teachers referred to in the 
statute shall hold a provincial academic license of class A 
(cl), or A (sc), except in the case of a teacher recognized as 
duly (jualified at the inception of the system under the Act 
of 1885. 

58. The properly certified yearly average of high 
school students referred to in the statute shall be the 
average attendance of regular students who shall have 
demonstrated their being of full high .school grade at the 
provincial high school examination, or at the county 
ttcademy entrance examination, and at the examination of 
the academy by the Superintendent. 

59. Regular pupils or students are those who have 
regularly entered the county academy under the regula- 
tions and are pursuing n fall course of study as presciMbeil. 
Other f)npils or students, who may be known as s2)pri(i} 
students, may be admitted, provided they can be accom- 
inodate<l without (^croaching on the rights of the ref^ular 
students. They are not. how(iver, legally entitkl^l to 
admission, except at the option of the trustees or connnis- 
sioners of the academy; nor are thoy counted as 
quaiifying the uca-leiny for the arademic grant under 


ret^ns as are those otTe^X "tJ"*^ ^'^^ ^""^^ he'tlTttd\°fJ;rutTx^a;tatf ^'^^^ '^ ''''^'-'-^' 
of provincial or other cert^W- J- °" presentation 

satisfactory proo/of fulfhl^sehLf^^^^^^^^^ «^ 

Jnty aeade^S^:t:!i;^t'^ r'^^^^' , '' ^^ ^'- 
and Tuesday ot the provineia .? ' ^.'''^ °" ^'^^ ^^^"^^7 
on the con.Ln schooTco" sTofS" thr ^''f "^ .'^"^^' 
prepared by the Education department "^'"''^'T- ^'^^^ 
papers such as. (1) English Sm^fh' ™'^^«'J i" «ve 
ing, writing and s mpfe accoun/s L\ ''"^u^ ^^^ ^J^^^^" 
Hnd (.3) general knowledge ^'■^^^^"^"^^''^P'^^''^"^' history, 

62 These question papers shnll Ko x . 

principal immediately before the ff p''"* ^? "^^^ 
under .eal, winch is n'ot trbrbroken unfi' h'"""^^""^^""' 
examination specified on ,Sh ^'' ^^^ moment of 

the oxaminatirmust he repor^^^^^^^^^ i^^-^^'^ ^^' 

within one week from its Ze on ?/']" ^^^^"^^f'O" Office 
certification prescribed. ^°"" ^"^' ^^'^^h the 


purpose by th. I ard Tt^ru^te.."^ ^'^-^^ '""^ ^^' ^'^^ 
accordance with the linwf!n 'T'"''''^"^^«- ^" «^'"ct 

indorsed on the uuircrfn of p' .1 .• "^ examiners' values 

for a vpar re h f"^ •^"'? <|uestion, .shall be pres(>rved 

examination shall be folrv-'^T'''''"^''^ "^ ^'^^ provincial 
'- they are ap,,licable '" *^'^'^' exan,inations so far 

ap^ant^a::'':;r"S.T"7" ----^^0" i- such 
I'-esented thom.e ves a |,f /"'"'"^ ^''' "«^ i^^^iug 
--/ '-'iH-hlatXopen n^^^^^ exan. nation in July^ 

^•Hcation. The .,ueE ^^fw I- '''"•^^"!>' '^^^er the sununer 
'h' found nocersarr^ Zl ' ^^'' ^^xauunation (should one 

'acuity). and'S . t L^iiB wi; Z;^ ''" ^^^1^'^' <- 
report to the Superinte, Z ,• ^'"^ regular .lotailed 

""^'-'•^ 'tu'i in eve y X^ the exami- 

"tmecon.litionsast?. I ' ^'^f'*'^* .'^'"^" be subject to the 

' -ling «t h" ; " vL2a? ' ^'"^""rrf'""- ^^ ^'^"^'^'^'^t: 

-M>plen.entary node's held/ T''"''' ''^''^-«^'^'ni"-l at a 

'-^ weeks-'siuci;;:'!; ^ iSV: ;f' '"'"r-'^ "*^ ^^ ^^^ 

(j *^ "^"^ mtenm. on the subjects in which 



he failed ; except under juatifying circumstances, with the 
permission of the Superintendent. 

65. No supplementary entrance examination shall be 
held later during the year except on the express permission 
of the Superintendent after good cause has been shown, 
when the examination shall be subject to the conditions 
already stated, except that the questions shall be so ad- 
vanced as to cover, in addition to the common school work, 
that portion of the high school course already taken up at 
the date of examination. 

66. As supplementary examinations under the fore- 
going regulation are specially open to the suspicion of an 
attempt on the part of candidates to gain easy entrance, 
and on the part of the academy an unfair hold on public 
funds, principals would do well to diiscouptenance them 
except und'-r urgent and justifying circumstances. In 
order that the public may obser\*e what the facts are ;n 
connection with each institution, the following regulation 
ia made : 

Each candidate passing the Academy entrance examina- 
tion shall be reported on the form prescribed, in the order 
of merit, numbered in consecutive order, so that each can 
be quoted by his number, year and county. Those passing 
at any supplementary examinations shall receive the :iext 
consecutive numbers in order under the date of the initial 
entrance examination. Each such successful candidate 
shall be antitled to a certificate supplied hy the Education 
Department and signed by the pritieipal who conducted the 
examination, ami the said certificate shall also contain th< 
candidate's name (in fulH with number, ^ear and county 
as above mentioned ; and these item.s dhall be r>.^,alari} 
publisiicd in the "Journal of Education," ;is the list of 
the successful candidates at each academy-. 

67. Each county academy shall le examined annually, 
when possible, by the Superintendent in conjunction witli 
the inspector for the divisiun, The examination shall 1 
conducted orally or in writing, at the discretion of the ex 
aminers, nnd in its scope shall liaxo regard to the time <>t 
the school year at which it may be held. The names ot 
students in the lower classes on life register shall be car*' 
fully compared with the entrance examination lists, and the 
answer papers shall be inspected. Students on the register 
who are not present at such examination (unless they ha\. 
already a high school certificate), or who fail to satisfy th< 
exaniMiers, shall not bo held to be properly eercifieti higl 
school students under the statute, and their attendance shal' 
therefore be deducted from tliat given in thn " return in 
I .er tw deluruiine the gnwle of academic grant to wl)ich 
t»ie institution is entitled. 


aces, with the 


anfacaci:^"^^^^^^^^ 1^^ the higher classes in 

of scholarship, or by exfm naZ ^f P^T-''^^ certificates 
pnncipaMorLulty^feacn ademi the discretion of the 
institution should Ir economt nn 1 Si ■ ^^^ ^^^ding of any 
local conditions-H. to th^null^T.?^ ^' ^^J"^^^^^^ *° 
of the staff of instructrn^s etc ""^ *^' '^"^'^"<^« ^^"^ 

register us in ^^e Xwlth an l' '^- ° ^' '"^°"^^ "^ ^^e 

those who hold ,rade C^s' •:;.:t Xp";.nt;h'"^' ^^*^ 
hold grade B as in (-rade XIT* Th . ' ?, , *"°^® ^^^o 
provincial . :assific;'i n -is i! / K '^''' m?" ^'^^^ ^"^^'^ate 
local classification as pe;mttd ! bo^' T" '""'^ "^'^^^ 
of this star will be Jw^rV .° ^n error in the use 
register. 2^'^ma facie a falsification of the 

sionL o^^atfL'^ty a.S;'; ^^'" ^^'^l^^ ^ — - 
use all text bookT")} ich bv fc 1 ^^ ''^"PP^>'/«r the teachers' 

are n.ade the basi. of onll Lo Tn riecfutrT. °' ^'"'{ 
also provide the nhilosnM}i,-r.u ""V^^^'^"'^e«. They must 
essential for threxne S /i '*''''^'"^' apparatus 

by the ar^rr^uw'ltT 
selection of physiological MnJi-, ? '"^ teaching. A 
and specimeii:.];';!^;:: 1^ J^l^^^?" TheT'^r' "^^^ 
encourage pupils to form on Kw.f^H i^e teachers should 
varie,l niine'rii resource" t^nv' ' "'f-'^""? ^^e geology, 
Scotia; and the school m;...,;^' ''•'"'°^'V, ^^c, of Nova 

and general e,,uipn n o t o'^in'uTt^";; ""''^-'^-^•'^ --'- 
superior to those of H.I '"•^titut.on are reijuired to be 

drawing acaSc gr rTo^ i^^^^^^^^^^ 1^-."'« -^ 

preceding. " ' ^"^ ^^'"^'^ «*^e Jegulation 53, 

ediv superior to tlu.t of ■ ^'^(' 'ation ;,:! ,.s not decid- 

simihr\nea..s in ivL j^ J if'""' '" !^ ^^^^ion of nearly 
tru.r^esf.i lo akZ^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^''' P^'-^r*"^*-' "•' ^^'''^n the 

or for the he.^tironl fW^^^ P-cnbed course of study, 
comiuon .school pupils within fl r 'l'''^ "'' "^" ^he 

'iuty of the Sui er h.n "'''^ "' '^ ^'"^'^ '''e the 

Council. • Tc^t^: ^ '"' T^'" /^^ '^'^""^ t° the 
cornmiMsione.sof Hu.% ^'""""' '"^^'^^''^ the trust.3es or 
tim. the t^ an ±^'r ''cported ,nd within reasonnwi 

'•"^i-7-ts^re<,u ""^'' -^'' t"- - the 

"aiy he senrbr''('hi!'3n';'"^' t^ntrance examination pani>rr^ 
y ^t'H Oj the bupenntondent to the principal., of 



high schools making application for them, under exactly 
the same conditions and obligations as to the principals of 
academies with respect to the conducting, reporting and 
certifying of the examination. But the successful candi- 
dates shall not be entitled to "academic certificates," 
although they shall be entitled to enrolment in the register 
as high school students. 

Manual Training i!f the Mkchanical and Domestf: Arts. 

J2. The Council reeogmasmg the desirability of giving equal opportuni- 
ties under .v^ction 71 of cbBpter 52 of the Reviseil Statutes, to boys and 
girls, reconmnendH the establishment of Manual Training schools of tw< 
kinds ; one more especially adapted to boys for training in the use of tools: 
the other more especially aflapted to girls, for training in cookery and other 
domestic arts— working acconimodalion for twelve pupils in each beine 
re<!ognized as sufficient. But if onb one branch should be provided for, the 
minimum equipment should have fuK working accommodation for at least 
sixte«ii'< pupilb at one wt,e. As in most cases, attendance at one of these 
schools will interr.ipi, J,e work of the pupil for a forenoon or an afternoon 
»« the other j/»Wic school, it is necessary : (1) That such interruption 
should not occur i^n-mr ban cnce a week ; and (2) That the work in the 
iManiwl Training iJf'p»^»„,Pnt Bl.ould be a full half day's work. To ensure 
the net /»rj hour- of work *pec - d in the Act, the time of session should be 
!>ro hvurx and a lia/f -the exti* iialf hour covering the time of roll call, 
preparing to wi^k, lixiug up, gen*ral instructions, etc. 

As there are about forty wt-Aiks in each school year, each pupil who 
attends one half dxy each week, wi!) e*rft for the Trustees six dollars of the 
grant, until the maximum of $&>(} m r«^ached. Ten pupils in regular 
attendance eacli morning ^d afternooj* of the five days of the week— that 
IS, one huft'lred pupils in i» school section, by attending regularly, will 
onable tiie Trustees to draw «.b« full grant. Kut as so regular an attend 
ance cannot be expected, it will be iw;r;essary to have p-n-haps more than 
sixteen benches, etc., to accomnyKjate -jlasse* which will actually qualify 
tor tiic maximum grant. 

73 N(^ nuuuial traitiing wclsool can he recognized as 
coming under the provisions of the statute until the teachei' 
anti equipment are apprcjved by the Council. The tiualiH- 
cations of teachers shall be specified in the Teachers' Cour,>es 
of the Provincial Normal School, under the titles, respec- 
tively, of " Mechanic !Science" and " Domed ic Science." 

74. No public money shall he paid on account of any 
manual training school or department until after its returi, 
is sent in according to the form provided, and its equip- 
ment and work approved by the inspector of .schools and 
th(! special supervisor for that class of training school. 

75. Fo7' Work in Wood or Iron.— The minimum eo.uip- 
mont niust include either twelve or sixteen benches, 
according as the school section is to have both or only one - 
department in operation. The benches must be very firm, i 
ecjuipped with the necessary tools, and of the character " 
used in the Irovincial Normal School, or as approved by 
the special supervisor. The e(|uipment shall also incluile 
drawing boards. Tee .sijuares, set s(|aaies (triangles), and 

ESTi' Arts. 


76.^ Drawim/ --P^rticuhr attention must be naicl tn 


be commenced unless a fully dimensioned drawh'rhasp '^ 

Wl 'wor 7'^'' 1 '."'"^ '"^^^ eoncurren IvVrth^the" 
bench work. I^reehand sketching should also hp n«p l 

n^aku.^ drawino. of leaves, tree fectionstoo Ls etc ar^^' n 

completm. curve, portions of working drawings ' " 

77. The practical work should consist of a serip^ nf 

culty of their tool manipulations, and should include all 
processes involved in the production of a finished article 
from the rough wood. In the higher grades the work nav 
be made a valuable adjunct to the oVdinarv st.X« T 
construction of simple jLes of app?raturt iC ^^^ L' 

lacks, etc., toi the chemical laboratory, and models for fl.P 
Illustration of problems in solid geome trv mayT rnen? oned 
as indicating some features thSt may \vith^ ad v^ntarie 
included in a scheme for the highor school. ^^'''''*'*^" ^'^ 
. /B. /o/; the Domestic Arts—The e(|uipment mn^f 
inciude, as in regulation 75. working accomSSn fo7at 
U^st twelve or sixteen pupils, one table for each four pupifs 
or any equa ly effective arrangement, one stoNe for C^ 
general hea ing of water, and at least one loo dU c e 
ordinary cooking stove, and an " oil cooking stove"'' IrcSl 

n"an1l^:; '''^^'.' '^7^'^^ sanitary ^coiulitionoVh 
loom aJJ that can be desired. 

79 The domestic arts course should contain at l.-mf 
wenty practical lessons in plain cooking, Ternsmtb^ 
he bes and most economical methods of cocking "hestanf 
^ods ot the majority of people, food for the^ sick with 
practical demonstrations in household sanitation hou^eho 
^■conom.cs, laundry, textiles and neeJle work S ould 
nee. le work be fully taken up in tiie other public sS 
l^mclcs. such a subject may be omitted in onler to .ive 
on 'lln ^°'" ^''^^ <^*h^^" ^Jomestic arts. ^ 

au. Ihe number of pupils to be instructed in practical 
. , mvo ving the use of tools or other apparatus El wood 

X eed t«^ nu «r ' i"'*^'' ^''' T' '''''^'''' '^^ould never 
ttrst n^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^"^;'^««o»;^nd«« the Act contemplates, 

'^'xupiea witli instruction nn f.-o.»;.,^ „i. xi ,• ^. 

tile iiiitiiit. ;.. i-i I * "', ' " "^'-in., tcio time of 

lin'r ^ tl" ^''^ '''"'■'^' '""O'" «'»^" »ot be less Uian Two 
AM) O.NE Half hours for a full lesson. 



81. The record of attendance shall be kept in the 
register, so as to show the morning or afternoon with the- 
date of each lesson given to each pupil, only one lesson to 
be given to each pupil in any week. The returns shall be 
made semi-annually to the inspector at the end of each 
half of the school year, en the blank form provided by the 
Superintendent of Education ; the whole to le attested ly 
the teacher and certified by the trustees and other officials 
as indicated on the form, and summed up in the yeneral 
" return " of the school section. 

Provincial Examination of High School Studknts. 

82. " High School Students " shall be held to mean all 
who passed the County Academy Entrance Examination 
and are studying the subjects of any high school grade 
or who are certiiied by a licensed teacher as having fully 
completed the Common School Course of Study, and are 
engaged in the study of subjects beyond Grade VIII. 

83. A terminal examination by the Provincial Board of 
Examiners shall be held at the end of each school year on 
subjects of the first, second, third and fourth years of the 
Tligh School Curriculum, to be known also as Grades IX 
X XI and XII respectively of the Public Schools. 

84. The evaminatiou sessions shall commence each day 
at nine o'cloi a. m., for Grade XII on first Monday aftor 
1st July, at t following stations :— Sydney, Antigonish 
Pictou, Amheiv'.. Truro, Halifax, Kentville, Liverpool and 
Yarmouth : for Grades XI, X and IX on the following 
V\ ednesday, and for " Minimum Professional Qualification" 
and "Supplementary" of public school teachers on the 
Saturday folloM'ing: and shall be conducted according to 
instnictiuns. under a Deputy Examiner appointed by the 
Suji.^nntendent of Education, at each of the following 
stations, viz. :-l, Amherst: 2, Annapolis: 8, Antigonish: 
4, Anchat ; 5, Baddeck : (;. Barriiu'ton : 7, Berwick • 8 
Bridgetown; 9, Bri<iirewater : 10, Canso: 11, Cheticamp ;' 

2 Church Point: Vi, Digby ; 14, Glace Bay: 15, Great 
\illage: IG, Guy.sboro : 17, Halifax: 18, Kentville: 19, 
Liverpool; 20, LocKeport : 21, Lunenburg: 22, Mabou ' 
28. Maitland: 24, M.u-garee Forks: 25, Middle Musquodo- 
boit: 26, Middleton; 27, New Glasgow: 28, North Sydney- 
2f), Oxford: 80. Parr.shoro : 81, Pictou: 32, Port Hawkes- 
bury; 83 Port Hoo.1 : 34, River John; 35, Sheet Harbo • • 
80, Shelburne; 37, Sherbrooke : 88, Springhill ; 89, Stellar- 
ton ; 40, St. Peter's: 41, Sydney; 42, Tatamagouche ; 48, 
Truro: 44, Upper Stewiacke 45, Westport ; 46, Windsor 
47, WolfvilJe ; 48. Yarmouth. 




(a) Application for admission to the Provincial 
High School examination must be made on the nre 
scnbed form to the inspector within whose division 
the examination station to be attended is situated 
not later than the 24th day of May. ^^^' 

fX nf r *^^'^"^« ^rade written for unsuccess- 
tuUj at a previous examination, or for the next 

Ll' \^°r *h^°»« already succ;ssfully passed by 

tlnni^ ^n"^'}*^^^ ^^^^- But a candidate who 
has not passed Grade IX must have his appliltion 

passfd^neXril '^ ' '4' f ^"^ ^^o"- ;T he^^'a^ 
passed neither IX nor X the application for XT 
must be accompa,iied by two dollars ; and if he has 
passed neither IX, X nor XI the app Icatl for XII 
must be accompanied by three dollars. Generallv 
one dollar must accompany the application fTeach 

Lto^t;2;:i7;3.''^ '- ^^'-^ ^^^ -^^^^t^ 

(o) For the Teachers' Minimum Professional Qualifica- 
tion Examination a fee of two dollars is requ red " 

for'ifhtrbl"1 '' 'r"^"'^^ "^^^ ^^« applSon.' 
In it n ^'^" ^^'^"^^ ^ore convenient to be paid 
to the Deputy-Examiner on the Saturday when the 
candidate presents himself for examiLtiou he 
Deputy. Examiner transmitting^ the same to the 

., Superintendent with his report. 

{d) The prescribed form of application, which can be 

th'th th?"^ 'T '''t ^'J"^^^'- DepaiTmeS 
through the inspectors, shall contain a certificate 

a"' eastT' '' f ""f ^^'^ '^'^^"'^-^ teacher havhg 
at least the grade of scholarship applied for bv thp 

candidate whose legal name mu'st'l^ car ^ull/ and 
fully written out. If the application is detCctlve 

Tv 7ac.t L ll'l T^"'!^" f ^"'^'•^^^^ statement of 
any tact called tor m the prescribed form the 

applicat.on is null and void. Ll even should le 

to tKw '"r' ''t'' ^'^'' ^'^"^^'^*^<^« provisionally 

it t^EXTt^ Office: ''''-' '"^^' '' -'-^'^''' 

^'Lriln^ K-"^"'^''^*-' P""'""*^ '^''"««'^" tor examina- 
tion, and his name is not found on the official list as 

DepuYvr'' "^"'" '^f '''''''' ^" ^^- '-- th" 
tion fnw, ""'"m''""^/^^''""^*^"" ^° '^' «-^a™i"a- 
anni;/r ''"'' ^' ""V ^^ ^"<^'^'» statement that 
application was regularly made in duB tim. nnd 1 

tne payment of one dollar, which are to be "trans- 



mitted with the Deputy's report to the Superin- 
tendent ; and if such candidate's statement is 
correct, the error being due to causes beyond his 
control, the dollar shall be returned. Providing 
there is sufficient accommodation, the Deputy- 
Examiner may admit any candidate, waiving all 
irregularities, on the payment of two dollars for 
Grade IX, X, or XI, and of four dollars for Grade 


(/) For the convenience of those who have not passed 
Grades IX or X, or who having taken or passed 
either of them mav not have made 407 on the 
Science paper of IX or the Science and J3rawing 
papers of X, supplementary question papers on these 
subjects will be given as per time table on Saturday 
afternoon of Examination week. Candidates intend- 
ing to take any of these papers should indicate the 
intention in the column of "remarks" in their 
application. The fee of one dollar for each such 
"supplementary" paper shall be paid the Deputy- 
Examiner with each answer paper as it is handed 
in to him at the end Of the hour, for transmission to 
the Education Office. 

(g) The prescribed form of application is given in 
schedule B. 

86. Each inspector shall forward, not later than June 
1st to the Superintendent of Education, a list of the 
applications received for each grade of examination at each 
station within his district, on a form to be supplied from 
the Education Office, transmitting therewith all moneys 
having duly classified and checked the same in the from' 

87. The Deputy Examiner when authorized by the 
Superintendent of Education, shall have power to employ 
an assistant or a.ssistauts, who shall receive two dollars per 
day for the time so employed. 

88. The Superintendent of Education fihail have pre- 
pared and printed suitable examination questions for each 
Grade at each e.vatninatioM, in accordance with the pre- 
scribed course of study, and shall also forward to each 
Deputy Examiner a sufficient supply of the printed ques- 
tions, together with copies of such rules and instructions as 
mav be necessary for the due conduct of the examination. 

89. The maximum value of each paper shall be 100: 
and the numbered questions composing it shall be con- 
structed with the intention of making each equal in value 
though not necessarily of equal difficulty. Thus, when .5 
questions constitute one paper, the value of each when 

i IS given in 


answered accurately with reasonable fulness and in ^onr^ 
tonn win be 20, no „, .tter whether it shou d be easifr or 
more difficult than its fellow questions 

pe^l or^fnk aTthe "Tf t'"i ""'"'''■ ^^^'^"^^'^ ^y ^^'^^red 

obscurely writtea words, which number is to He deducted 
from he total for the true value of the paper Thus 
should the sum of the marks of paper be 54^ am ' the ml 
spelled or obscurely written wordL be 6. the marks on 
[54-a"=4a' ' '''"' '' '°"°"«= English GramVar 

^n?XT f° '"'''!• t '!"'^'' ^"^°^' P*^««" in Grades IX X 
and XI t'.. candidate must make, at least, the minimum 
uggr^^gate im or more) ot the grade on anv eight paTerT 
with no subject below 25. *^ ^ papers. 

To make a "Teachers' Pass" the candidate must in 
addition, have made, at least. 40 on each " imprative " 

n^xitebw.'^ ""'" "P '' "^' ^"^^"^^^^ ^hat of ?he g'ade 
Candidates who have made a '• Hi^h School Pa^s "nan 

S2 To make a "High School Pass" in Grade XII the 
candidate must make, at least, the minimum aggregate 
heZ% "^ °" ^^'' '"^J''^' prescribed, with no subject 

A candidate who makes an aggregate of GOO on any ten 
or fewer papers of Grade XII, and In aggr-^gate of 500 on 

s.ltauen? T ^^^-..^^^--^ P^Pe- ofihe^s;lI:bus at a 
subsequent examination, or who makes an aggreaate of 
000 on twenty or fewer papers of the syllabus,^^. who has 
already taken an A (cl), an A (sc), or an ''A" L cenle may 
thereafter present himself for examination on any of the 
subjects on which he may not have made at leasJ 50 per 
of Pnb ;! f 7'°".' ^^^""^n'^tion ; and so long as the Council 

on mark! Tf^^''^' "°.^ materially changed, all the vaiua- 

the " d^nl f ^if ''^*- °' ^^^^^ "^^^^ «° ^^«h subject at 
the said and following examinations may be incorporated 

Gmdes A ^H^ °f/^/<^^^"ty) subjects required for the 

,^ ?i f ^1 ^ ^ °' ^ ^'^> ^' °° ^^^^'^ "^f the (thirty) subjects 
QQ "'^' ^^"''se for A (cl & sc). u"j«i^tH 

;.l J^^°^i'^^*^f failing to make a pass in the grade 
-(■ rnr may be ranked as making a pass in the next 






IIM III 2.5 

•^ IIP 

i^ [ 2.0 

i 1.8 


1-25 1.4 1.6 

-* 6'' 





■^ >^ 






(716) 873-4503 



grade below, provided 75 per cent, of the minima be made- 
and as making a pass on the grade second below, provided 
00 per cent, of the minima be made. 

94. Eich candidate, provided no irregularity has been 
reported, shall receive from the Superintendent of Educa- 
tion a certiHcate containing the examination record in each 
.subject. If the candidate has made a " high school pass" 
the certificate will bear the head title " High Schooi 
Certificate." showing the grade obtained under the arms 
of the Education Department; but the other certificates 
with examination records, even should they refer to but 
one subject, shall be equally valid for such facts as thev 
show. '^ 

05. Candidates who are passing the various ffrades in 
consecutive order shall be admitted free to the regular 
Provincial High School Examination, provided their 
application and procedure have been regular. In all other 
cases a scale of fees shall be fixed to cover the cost of 
examination and extra labor likely to be incurred. 

iu^^r J^^® subjects, number and values of the papers for 
the difierent exavninations, and the general scope of 
examination questions, are indicated generally by the texts 
named in the prescribed High School curriculum. Examina- 
tion may demand description by drawing as well as by 
writing in all grades. 

Provincial Examination' Rules. 

97. No envelopes shall be used to enclose papers. One 
hour IS the maximum time allowed for writing each paper 
One sheet of foolscap will therefore hold all that will be 
necessary to be written on any paper, if it is properly put 
down. Ihe tol lowing rules must be exactly observed : 

n^n;.|„a^t"£f*^^^ "'"''I P'"^'*'?'' themselves at the examination room 
K" ?h- /.K "" ^T' '•'■■^"'*' "'^ ^''"^ ""^^ ^«'- the first paper of the grade 
For which they are to write, at which time the deputy examiner shall Rive 
ea^h a seat, and a number sl.aU represent the can.fidato's name, and S 
therefore he neither forgotten nor changed. The oandidaten who j,nmU 
tbemselves shall be numbered from 1 onwards in consecUhVS 
(w thoul a hiatus for absent applicants, who cannot be u.lmitted after the 
n mbenng) begmning with the A'r. then coming to the B's. C's and 
D's in order. Candidates for " Supplementary'' papers need not be 
presen at the opening session if they' Tiave sent in t^hdr appUc tioi.s and 
the titlen of the p,ii)Brs on which they intend to write. 

CI.) Candidates shall bo seated before the instant at which the examina- 

ZZ\.l\t . r. ''*^"'r ■ ^- ' "'^"^*^"' '•'^'' ^y ^h« ^'•'^^''»" «^ - mimue his 
Wvli**; M ''•Im'SHion to the examination room, an.l any .andidate 

r i^ I er nZ.; r'"?, "", P''"^''"''' "^ '"•y «-^*'ni>'*ti<'" "'"Bt first send 

irgiiningofffnextp;!;:.''"'"'^ ""^"'""' ''"' ""^ '«'""' ""»" •»>» 

(3.) CftDdidnt^H Hhal! provide themsclvos with (for their oWn exolMive 








'— ' 





own exuiuaive 

n.,il'L ^''® ""'^'^^"'^ '''''*'• F"''** ''"'' candiflate's No. may be written within 
rnTc.Te'"Z"c2T\'f''^' paper also; but any sig^n or^dting mean 
ieieptirof thernil '' •'"""' ''**''*"' *"' P'^rsonality may cfuse the 
rejeption of the paper befo.e it is even sent to the examiners. 

JmLoM ^h^"^^^ '" *^'?, '"■. •'^''•^''■^, even shonld it be 

r within h« lip T'"'^ "^ ^'"°^" "•■ ""'«« "» t'^« P^--^"" ''^ a candidate, 

exam Sion^^r ^"""«.,f''-.'^'"'.n/tio". v^'iH constitute a violation of the 

xamination rules, and will justify the deputy examiner in rejecting the 

AnTi»w.r HiJl ^'^^^^ ^" "^ P'-"^'"^'i'»l ^ert.Hcate or teacher's license 
Hkllv X.inL, '"'i 1^ "^ txanmialion is proNen. provincial certificates 
Hl.ealy obtained an.i lice .es hnsed on them will be cancelled. 

eiiuL nr'nnl'.' .'""■"''""•.y f"'- oaiuli.hites to copy pap<;r.s on account of 

e n wn .mnl '"' """'" "P"" "'/'•"• ^'^"^^ o-rrecfi'ons or cancelling of 

SS tth.w, . nmowere lost in .^opying it. Answers or results 

cuPMs 1 ^*''',^""f" ^•"'•k •'<" cssary to Hud them M-iU be assumed to b. only 
guesses, and will be valued accordingly 

^ ■hM«,I;n?'I'*^f''* *"■* forbidden to ask .juestions of the deputy examiner 

^lexamSii?, ''■^'T''P''''"'ru'' "'•"''■ «'''•«'•'" ^^ich may sometimes occur 

d^eo?r„ ;'T.*V'"V,.^'i« examiner of the paper alone will be the 

No 5Lii,\IL'!i!m '^''L" '' f''"!,"" V""''**'"' ''V his treatment of the error. 
3o candidate will suffer for a blunder not his own. 

JihIhL7 r^ desiring to speak with the deputy examiner will hold 

ife evtlr f (^"?"n"n>'3ation between vamiuhfe. at examination, even to 

Anv st. °^ P'""""8 " "''"'" "'-. •"•'king signs, is a violation of the rule*. 

exa^miS onlT ^^ communication can be held through the deputy 

(12.) Candidates •hould remember that the depui examiner cannot 



overlook a suspected violatiou of the rules of examination without violation 
ot his oath of ofbce. ^o consideration of personal friendship or pity can 
therefore be expected to shield the guilty or negligent 

(13.) Candidates intending to apply for license upon a record made at 
this examination, should fill in a form of application for such license as is 
^^^A . ^ oeputy examiner is provided with blank forms for those 
who do not already have them The applicant can have his certificate o* 
age and character con ectly made out and signed, and should note on the 
application the number station and year of any previous examinations he 
J as taken, whether he has been successful in ob, aining a certifir^ate thereon 
«n 1 *\?* D^l^" ^" '" ^f number, station, etc., and grade of certificate 

wh oh w?n k!: ^- ?■ ?^aT^- ^^'l ''*"^'" «^°"'*' ^' P'*'=«'l i« '"•«'•*«''*. 

to be obtained " "'^^" '" """^ ^^* obtained but is expected 

(14) AH candidates will be required to fill in and sign the following 
certificate at the conclusion of the examination, to be sert in with the 
tarn paper : 


Examination Station Date 

Candidates No. ( ) 
I truly and solemnly affirm that in the present examination I 
have not used or had in the Examination Room, any book, printed paper, 
portfolio, manuscript or notes of any kind, bearing on any subject of 
examination ; that f have neither given aid to, nor sought nor received aid 
i,T. r^ fellow-candidate ; that I have not wilfully violated any ot the 
rules, but have performed my work honestly and in good faith 
Name in full "» 

July, 190 

(Without contraction in. any of it » part ■•^. ) 
I*. O. to which memo, or nprtifinnt 

hich memo, or certificate is to be sent. 




1 he time tcble of the examinatioas shall be as 
following form, the details bein^f changed from 
year to year to suit the syllabus. 

I without violation 
idsliip or pity can 

* record made at 
such license as is 
c forms for those 
3 his certificate o* 
ould note on the 
i examinations he 
3ertifir'ate thereon 
;rade of certificate 
laced in brackets, 
>ed but is expected 

ign the following 
sent in with the 

...July, 190 ... 

examination I 
i, printed paper, 
n any subject of 
I nor received aid 
>lated any ot the 


1 shall be as 
hanja^ed from 





OF Each Year. 




A. M. 

9.10 to 10.00 
10.10 " 11.10 
11.15 " 12.15 

P. M. 

2.00 to 3.00 
B.10 to 4.10 
4.16 to 5.16 





. U. 


to 10.00 


" 11.10 


" 12.16 j 


■ i 



to 3.00 ' 


" 4.10 


" 5.16 

Roman History. 
Greek Author. 

Greek History. 
Greek Autlior, 

Latin Author. 





Greek Author. 
Banitary Science 


Drawing, &e. 
Geography and History. 

General Knowledi^e. 


. U 


















4 15 




Latin Composition 

French Authors. 

English Language. 
French Composition. 


Latin Composition, 

English Language. 


Greek Authors. 


English Language. 


English Lang. 


A. M. 

i 9.00 to 10 00 
10.10 " 11.10 
n.16 '• 12.15 

p. M. { 

XOO to 3.00 I 
3.10 " 4.10, 
415 " 5.15, 


Greek Composition. 

Latin Author. 


German Composition, 

Latin Author, 

Latin Authors. 

Pysics. ! 


(Jreek Composition. 









to 10.00 
" 11.10 
" 12.16 

Latin Author. 


. V. 

to 3.00 nrltlsh History. 

" 4.10 English Literature, 

to 5.16; German Authors. 

Prac. Math. 

Geo. and History. 
English Grammar. 

Drawing and B. K, 

Geo. and History. 
English Cramniar. 

Dra.ving & B. K. 

Geo. and Hist. 
Eng, Grammar. 



A. M. 

9.W1 to 10.00 
KMO " 11.10 
11.15 " 12.15 

M. F q. E.vAMINaTIO:,-. 

nyglerie and Temperanco. 
Hchool fnwnnd .Matingcmont. 
1 hfory iiiid IViictico of Tca< hlnir. 


I'. M. 

2.00 to .'I.OO :| ■' C •■ Drawing ond B, K. 
3.10 "4.10 "D'' HclenceV 
« 1^ " Mft I " C" Science. 




Optional Examination in Music, Etc. 





(a) At the County Academy Entrance Examination and the Teachers' 
Minimum Protessional Qualification Examination candidates who 
have taken London Tonic Sol-Fa certificates can for the question 
in music snhsfUute their certificates, for which values will be given 
as follows: For "Junior" certificate, 10; for "Elementtry" 
certihcate, !/> ; and for " Intermediate'' certificate, 20-the last 
two for M. V. Q. only. 

The candidate will enter in a parenthesis as an answer to the 
^.o. 01 the question on music in his examination paper, the words 
Junior certificate," or " Elementary certificate," or "Inter- 
mediate certificate " as a reference to the fact that such a certifi- 
cate has been handed to the deputy examiner, bearing on its back 
the name, and address, and examination number, and station of 
the candidate plainly indorsed upon it. 

The certificates will be received by the deputy examiner, com- 
pared with his list to verify the correctness of the indorsation 
Dy the candidates, then enclosed in one envelope addressed, in 
tlie case of the Academy Entrance, to the Principal, and in the 
case of the M P. Q. to the Superintendent of Education, who, 
, 7^ ri^,"^ Persual, shall return them to the respective candidates 
{c/)lhe Principal or the Superintendent, as the case maybe, shall 
then indorse 10 15, or 20 points (according to a) oo the examiner's 
report and on the candidate's paper below the general valuation 
number, and add the two together for the total value of the 

To prevent the possibility of two values being given to the ques- 
tion by accident, the examiner of the paper in which a certificate 
IS substituted for the question, shall mark the general value of the 
paper with an asterisk, both on the paper and on his report. 

No certificate from any local examiner of the London Tonic 
t-oi-ta College shall be accepted, unless the examiner has pre- 
viously given a satisfactory proof to the Principal or the Superin- 
tendent that h? or she has been duly appointee! as local examiner 
tor the grade ot certificate in question by the authorities of tlie 
s'iKl College. 

(.7) At the County Academy Entrance Examination the certificate of 
attendance for a year at a Manual Training School, or a Domestic 
hcience School can be accepted for the answer to a question on 
the subject in like manner as the " Junior " Tonic Sol-Fa certifi- 
cate—value, 10. 


100. No person can, under any circumstances, be a teacher in a public 
school entitled to draw public money on his or her account without a 
License from the Council of Public Instruction. Befo.^e obtaining auch a 
license a oundidate must obtain. >,/, a certificate of the prescribed Gradk 
of Scholarship at the Provincial High School Examinatiou, with a 

oJ^^Zn/""' '" T'* °^ '^^ lower grades ;«..oncZ, the prescribed 
certificate of professional rank as a teacher, either from the Wovincial 
M. P. Q. J^^xamination or the Provincial Normal School, and third the 
prescribra certificate of age and character from a minister of religion or 
two Justices of the Peace. The value of a License is distinguished Lthe 
erm Class ; of scholarship by the term Gradk ; of professional skill by 
the te.m Rank. The following collocation of the teriL used will help to 
explain their significance and relation : ^ 


n w.. . "TV^'Af'-'v /'</.«" .SrAo/,„-,vA,V,. .\uvmal I) phmn. A,,e Airmter. 

C ass 1 c ) "^ '■'""'"'■• ■ 'r^f vii I'^l.* ^'••^- • • Academic Lank .o years. &c. 

C\H A ( \ .. • ■ ■■y['^'\^ ^" (cl) Ac.ideni c 20 ie.-irs .Src 

Class C .. • ■ ■ c nj! v' 1"'"' ■^""'^ ; ") >"". &>■■. 

Class I) .. • • ■ c.I^aI i\ .?.?'r°Vl'*'',"'' '8 Jears, &.;. 

Class D (Prov. ) " 

Grade IX 
.Grade IX 

■rhinl^Rank. ^. ._ .' .' s; years.' kc. 

years. " 



and the Teachers' 
a candidates who 
1 for the question 
lues will be given 
r "Elementary" 
:ate, 20— the last 

an answer to the 
paper, the words 
te," or "Inter- 
at such a certifi- 
iring on its back 
3r, and station of 

' examiner, com- 
the indorsation 
)e addressed, in 
Bipal, and in the 
Education, who, 
ie may be, shall 
>a the examiner's 
eneral valuation 
al value of the 

iven to the ques- 
iiich a certificate 
eral value of the 

his report. 
3 London Tonic 
iminer has pre- 

or the Superin- 
8 local examiner 
ithorities of the 

he certificate of 
1, or a Domestic 
to a question on 
c Sol-Fa certifi- 

cher in a public 

ount without a 

btaining such a 

escribed Gradk 

nation, with a 

the prescribed 

the Provincial 

and third, the 

>r of religion or 

iguished by the 

ssional skill by 

5ed will help to 

■Aye (f Chariirler. 
. . . ao years, &c, 
... so years, li'c. 
• . .ao years, &l.. 
. . 19 years, &c. 
. . . 18 years, &<;, 
• •■17 years, &c. 
. . .16 years, *c. 

leacners, (tor tne high school pass" is awarded on an averace nf 'in"/ «« 
any eight papers of a grade, provided none of the eight is belfwlw^ the 
SchoS?^ '^^"^"''°° '« '"-^^^ t« control graduation Som the ^^;l:ma! 

No diploma of the Provincial Norma! School shall be 
awarded any candidate who is found defective (below 407) 
in the scholarship of any imperative subject of the Provin- 
cial Course of Study up to and including the corresponding 
grade, until the Faculty is satisfied that creditable profi^ 
<:iency has been made in each such subject. 

102. When a teacher obtains a teacher's license without 
graduation from the Provincial Normal School, it ca-. I.e 
only ot a 6-Zass one degree lower than the "teachers' pass" 
grade oi scholarship. The following statement explains 
the principle in detail : f « 

(a) AC/a^sD License cannot be awarded to anyone who has not 
been estimated as high as 40 per cent on each "Tmpe rati vtT' 
subject of the ,m.fe D High Scirool Course, by Provin'ETl Sm- 

(h) A C/a^xC License in like manner requires 40 per cent, on each 

imperative " subject of (jmde.^ 1) and C. 
(c) A Clasi^ B License in like manner rec.uires 40 ner cent on p«pI. 

" imperative " of ;,mdcs D, C and B. ^ 

id) A C/«,w A License in like manner requires 50 per cent, on each 

T." , . *"" ■'^^'' teachers pass " has not been made by 

a candidate on the lower grades in order, the following 

equivalents are allowed : ^ 

(a) 40 per cent on each of the "imperatives" of grade C shall be 

considered the equivalent of 40 per cent, on each of grade D 

except the Satnce paper. g'^uc u, 

{!>) 40 per cent, on each of the " imperatives " of grade B siiall be 

considered the equivalent of 40 percent, on each subject of the 

DrTh^n ' ""^'T "'r '^'-''"""" "^ '^' =""1 tl,e Science an<l 

mirks '"""'' P' P^'' ^''"'^ ^I'P'y ^° 8''"'^*-' ^ 

(c) Opportunity is given on Saturday afternoon to take supplemen- 

l^n'/p-fTr""""' Tr!''^ ^'■'""'■^ "^ ^' '^"^ tl'e Science, Drawing, 
and Bookkeeping of C. ° 

104. No certificate, combination of certificates, nor any 
other qualification except the possession of a lawfully pro- 
cured License gives a person authority to teach under the 
law 111 a public school. The regulations governin..- the 
issuance of licenses are as follows. *^ 

105. The permanent Licenses of Public School teachers 
shall be under the Seal ol the Council of Public Instruc- 
tion, signed by the Secretary of the Council, shall be valid 

or the whole province during the good behaviour of the 
holder, and shall be granted on the fulfilment of the three 
conditions more fully specified in the succeeding regulatioris 
namely: the presentation of the prescribed proof of (1) 
'i and character, (2) scholarship, and (.']) professional skill. 




106. There shall be four classes of such licenses, which 
may be designated as follows : 

Class A (cl. & sc), A (el.) or A (sc.)— Academic (classical 
and scientific), Academic (classical) or Academic (scientific). 
Class B — First class. 
Class C — Second Class. 
Class D— Third Class. 

107. The certificate of professional qualification or skill 
shall be (a) the academic, first, second or third Rank 
classification by the Normal School, or (b) the minimum 
(which shall rank one degree lower than the normal), and 
shall be the first, second or third rank pass on the following- 
papers written on the Saturday of the Provincial Exami- 
nation week: (1) School Law and Management, value 100; 
(2) Theory and Practice of Teaching, value 100 ; and (3> 
Hygiene and Temperance, value 100. First rank pass : 
an aggregate of 200 with no pap*^r below 50. Second rank 
pass: 1.50 with no paper below 4-0. Third rank pass : 100 
with no paper below 30. 

108. The Provincial Normal School at Truro is recog- 
nized as the appropriate source of certificates of prof essional 
(lualification for public school teachers ; but the certificates 
of other Normal or teachers' training schools whose curri- 
cula may be satisfactorily shown to the Council to be at 
least the equivalent of those of the Provincial Normal 
School, n)ay be accepted when qualified by the addition of 
the two following conditions : (a) a pass certificate of the 
Provincial " minimum " professional qualification exami- 
nation of the corresponding rank, an 1 (b) a certificate of a 
Public School Inspector, before wlicin or u"der whose 
supervision tlie candidate has d.'monsti'ated by the test of 
actual teaching for a sufficient period his or her qualifica- 
tions for the class of license sought. 

109. The prescribed certificate of age and character is 
given in the following blank form of application for 
license, which will be supplied to candidates by the Educa- 
tion Department, through the inspectors or the Principal 
of the Normal School : 

Form of Application- for a Teachkr's Lkjesse. 


Inspector of Schools, Division No , Nova Scotia. 

I hereby l)eg leave through you to make application to the Council of 
Public Instruction for a Teacher's License of Class and here- 
with I present evidence of compliance vvitli tiie conditions prescribed, 
nauicly : — 

1. The prescribed certificate of age and character iiereto attached, 
whicii 1 affirm to be true. 

enses, which 

lie (classical 
c (scientific). 

ition or skill 
third Rank 
; Tninimum 
ormal), and 
he following^ 
icial Exami- 
-, value 1 00 ; 
00; and (3> 
rank pass : 
Second rank 
k pass : 100 

uro IS recog- 
prof essional 
e certificates 
vhose curri- 
ncil to be at 
cial Normal 
i addition oi' 
ficate of the 
tion exami- 
tiiicate of a 
"der whose 
r the test of 
er qualifica- 

character is 
ilication for 
r the Educa- 
he Principal 


'iova, Scotia. 

the Council of 
. . . , and here- 
nis preacribed, 

ireto attached, 


II. My High School certificate of Provincial Grade obtained 

• • Examination Station as Nn «"'=•••:• • • . ooiainea 

(Further information below.) ' '" ^'^"^ y«^»' " • • 





iMy certificate of professional qualification of 
..., obtained at . . ;„ *.i,.. [i"c 

i\T •■■;•,■. • "' *^"® month of. 

(Name lu full) 

Date ^ ^"^' ^*°^ address) . . . .' .' .' ." .' ', 
(County) I ' ' 

, 1.... 

Ci:rtikicatk ok Age anu Character. 

That I believe the said candidate 

in full), was born on the 

the year ^■^■,|" ' 

That I believe the moral chaiacter of tlie said candidate is ^oo,\ 
ch as to justify the Council of Public Instruction ht^^'.^.K'. 

.day of. 




said candidate will be disposed";; a"rel-he"r 'to "MWnl T']""'"^ *^*' '^* 


.(Name and title ) 
(Church or Pariali.) 
.(P. O. Address.) 

(Wliea tlie certificate given above is sir'ncl by 
Peace 'instead of a "Minister of Religion," the word "J" shonl.1 

ttXrl'^'SuSor PaHr-" "" f^-^^^^-^^^^^^^ the seSnd 
me worna uiurch or Parish may be cancR ..ri Ki- o et-^i,^ .,« .1 

Vfi • t r x> ,■ ".= "J ' '■^^'" Justices of tlie 

Minister of Religion,- the word "I" should be 

, ,, Y, e secftnd line, 

may be cancelled by a stroke of 

The correct 7«oto^/o« of the Provincial M. I'. (J Certificate or rh^ Pn» 

Any certificates f:om Normal Schools, etc., which are not leLmlarlv 
tion as evidence of the correctness of the quotation. ' ^ " appuca 


1. Class of license already held Xo 

•2. University Degrees, Scholarship, Professior 
or any other information candidate may wisli to state 

. year . 

■?"'"!'?''/ ""S™™- SohoI.i,,l,i,,. [•roieVaioual Trainii,^; exp«rie,ice; 

tr^t ?[;:,:;'er=r'' ""^ '"""■' »''^'''- -.■""•• i?^«..:^^" 

On Grade XII syllabus at Kxamination Station No year. 

- » J " " t i 11'' 

X " .. .. ■••• 

IX " .. ;;;;;;;; ..;;;;;; .. ;■; 

(tkneral ok Si-e(jial Indorsation or Kkmarks by Isspecior (or 


Place and date 




110. For ail Academic or Class A License tlie three 
conditions are : — (1) A certificate signed by a Minister of 
Religion or two Justices of the Peace, as in tlie preceding 
form, to the effect that the candidate is of the full age of 
twenty years, and capable of fulfilling the duties specially 
mentioned in the statute. (2) A pass certificate of the 
Grade XII. (3 ) A certificate of Academic first rank pro- 
fessional qualification from a Normal School [for which 
may be substituted a Provincial Grade XII (cl & sc) with a 
50/^ " pass " on each imperative sunject of the High School 
course not covered iu Grade XII, and a first rank M. P. Q. 
(no paper below 50), and at least two years' successful 
teaching, one of which must be as a first class teacher in a 
superior school]. 

111. For a First Class or B License the three condi- 
tions are: — (1) A certificate of the full age of nineteen 
years and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. 
^2) A pass certificate of Grade XI. (8) A certificate of 
first rank professional cjualification from a Normal School, 
or a " Teacher's pass " certificate of Grade XII with the first 
rank minimum professional qualification. 

112i For a Second Class or C License the three condi- 
tions ar« : — ( J ) A certificate of the full age of eighteen years 
and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. (2) A 
pass certificate of Grade X. (3) A certificate ot second 
rank professional (jualification from a Normal School, or a 
" Teacher's pass " certificate of Grade XI with the second 
rank minimum professional (pialificiition. 

113. For a Third Class: or D License the three condi- 
tions are: — (1) A certificate of the full age of seventeen 
years and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. 
(2) A pass certificate of Grade IX. (3) A certificate of third 
rank professional (|ualification from a Normal School, or a 
" Teacher's pass " certificate of Grade X with the third rank 
minimum professional (|nalification. 








114. A Third Class (provisional) or ])(prov.) License, 
valid oidij for one year, shall be granted on the regular 
application when the following fou7- conditions are ful- 
filled : — (1) A certificate of the full age of sixteen years 
and moral character as in the foregoing Regulation. 
(2) A pass certificate of at least Grade IX as in the fore- 
going Regulation. (3) The third rank minimum pro- 
fessional qualification. (4) A recommendation of the 
candidate as a temporary teacher for a specified school by 
the inspector, who must previously be assured by the 
trustees of the said school that although reasonable effort 


six w 
the si 



the three 
tinister of 

ull age of 
i specially 
ite of the 

rank pro- 
for which 
sc) with a 
gh School 
k M. P. Q. 

lacher in a 

ree condi- 
f nineteen 
tificate of 
al School, 
th the first 

ree condi- 
teen years 
>n. (2) A 
ot second 
ihool, or a 
he second 

ree condi- 
ite of third 
hool, or a 
:hird rank 

'.) License, 
le regular 
s are ful- 
;een years 
1 the fore- 
nuni pro- 
n of the 
school by 
3d by the 
xble effort 

was made to employ a regular teacher of permanent class 

rentablTo f h^ ''^"T'' ^^?.' ^^^^ ^^^ eanSidatrwould b^ 
Slii school section as a teacher for the year. 

fhpnn ^-rf r" ?"^^ ^" '^-''''''"^ ^«r ^"other year when 
in hroSfi' ^r' ^^»^«««^^f «d an advance oi gride or rS 
m his qualifications at a subsequent Provincial Examination 



rf ,.J'^^ questions set for the minimum professional 
qualification examination shall be within the limits indicattd 
by the books recommended by the Council of Public 
Instruction on the following subjects :— 
School Law and School Management. 

(a) To be famihar with the Acts relating to Public 
Schools in Nova Scotia and Regulations of the 
Council of Public Instruction with amendments as 
appearing ni the Journal of Education from time 
to time— particularly those portions bearing on the 
relation and duties of teachers, and on the organiza- 
tion and operation of all grades of Public Schools. 
(6) lo understand thoroughly the principles of school 
organization, the principles and methods of classi- 
fication the proper correlation and sequence of 
stndies, the true aim and right modes of discipline 
. and the proper condition for securing the moral and 

physical well-being of pupils, 
^''l- ^"^y-^ familiar with the history of leading Kduca- 
tional Ketormers and their systems. 
Theory and Praclhe of Teaching, 
{d) To have an understanding of the fundamental 
laws ot the human mind In their relation to the 
science and art of education generally, including the 
principles and practice of vocal music. 
(«) To apply practically the principles thus derived 
to the teaching of each of the subjects embraced in 
the Common and High School courses of study 
llggiene and Temperance. ' 

(/) . Hygiene as in recommended or prescribed looks 
with special reference to school room, school premises 
and the health of pupils. 
ig) Temperance as in recommended or prescribed 
books with special reference to retiuirements of the 
sciiool law. 


116. There shall be a minimum summer vacation of 
SIX weeks in all the public .schools (between the closing of 
the schools in one school year and their opening in the next 
school year), commencing on the second Monday in July. 



117. The following days shall also be holidays in all 
the public schools : Sundays, Saturdays (except as herein- 
after provided), the anniversary of the late Queen Victoria's 
birthday, any day proclaimed by the Lieutenant-Governor, 
Good Friday, (and in Halifax, Easter Monday), Dominion 
Day, Labor Day, and two weeks at Christmas, according to 
the following scheme : 

When Christmas falls on 

Vacation shall begin on 

Schftols shall re-open on 


Saturday, Dec. 24. 


Jan. 9. 


Deo. 23. 

Jan. 8. 


Dec. 22. 

Jan. 7. 


Dec. 21. 

Jan. 6. 


Dec. 20. 

Jan. 5. 


Dec. 1.^. 

Jan. 4. 


Friday, Dee. 24. 

Jan. 10. 

118 In order that the due inspection of schools, as 
required by the law, may be facilitated, each inspector shall 
have power, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing 
regulations, to give notice of the day on which he proposes 
to visit any school in his inspectorate for the purpose of 
inspection, and to require that on the day so named such 
school shall be kept in session. 

119. When for any cause the trustees of a school shall 
deem it desirable that any teaching day should be given as 
a holiday, the school or schools may be kept in session on 
the Saturday of the week in which such holiday has been 
given, and such Saturday shall be held to be in all respects 
a legal teaching day. 

120. When, on account of illness, or any other virgent 
cause, a teacher loses any number of regular teaching days, 
with the consent of his trustees he may make up such loss 
by teaching on Saturdays, provided the following regula- 
tion is not violated. 

121. No public school shall be kept in session under 
any regulation on two consecutive Saturdays, nor for more 
than five Saturdays in any quarter, nor for more than five 
days per week on the average (vacations not being counted) 
between the opening and closing of the teacher's service in 
the school. 

122. When any school is closed by order of the trustees 
(with the appro'" 1 of the inspector first obtained), for a 
portion or the whole of the Provincial Examination week 
beginning on the first Monday of July, on account of any 
advantage desired in connection with the said examination, 
the teaclier will be entitled to the Provincial Grant for such 





days, and the trustees to the County Grant on the average 
rate of attendance, provided the fact is distinctly indorsed 
and certified on the returns transmitted to the inspector bv 
the teacher and trustees. 

123. Sections having a County Academy, or schools of 
tour or more departments, may be allowed an additional 
weekot vacation (and Halifax city two weeks) without 
prejudice to their participation in the public funds provided 
their apphcation for the same be indorsed by the inspector 
and approved by the Education Department, and distinctly 
indorsed and certified on the returns as required in the 
toregoing regulation. Under the same conditions the 
necessary days employed by the teachers of Academic or 
High School departments in the examination and grading 
ot the schools of the section, may be counted as regular 
teaching days in their respective departments. See also 
''f JnT^^^^ amending Chapter 52 of the Revised Statutes' 
ot 1900 (page 49 preceding). 

124. Days allowed by regulation for the attendance of 
teachers at Educational Associations or Institutes, and days 
lost by the closing of a school on account of the prevalence 
ot contagious diseases under the certificate of a duly regist- 
ered physician or order of a board of health (such time not 
to exceed twenty teaching days), shall also be allowed, if 
indorsed and certified on the returns as indicated in the 
two preceding regulations. The order or certificate must 
also be attached to the return in the latter case. 

125. The hours of teaching shall not exceed six each 
•day, exclusive of the time allowed at noon for recreation. 

Trustees, however, may determine upon a less number of 
hours. A short recess should be allowed about the middle 
of both morning and afternoon sessions. In elementary 
departments, especially, trustees should exercise special care 
that the children are not confined in the school room too 

Educational Association and Institutes. 


126. The Superintendent of Education shall have 
authority to assemble annually if desirable in either Truro 
or any other place which may be approved by two-thirds 
of the executive committee hereinafter provided for, an 
educational association, whose object shall be to promote 
the efficient operation of the public school system, and the 
professional improvement of its members by the discussion 
and elucidation of educational problems. 


J 02 


127. The membership shall be, — 

(a) Ex cjfficio, thvi Superintendent, the principal and 
professors o£ the Normal School, the provincial 
examiners, the inspectors of schools, the presidents 
of colleges within the province and one representa- 
tive chosen annually by each divisional institute for 
every twenty-Uve enrolled members present at the 
annual meeting of each institute ; and 

(b) Ordinary, all licensed teachers, professors and 
instructors in colleges and seminaries, trustees and 
commissioners of sehoolr, by enrohnent and the pay- 
ment of such fee (not exceeding one dollar) as the 
association it'.elf may determine. 

128. Superintendent, the principal of Normal School, 
and nine persons chosen annuiilly by the association from 
among its members, shall constitute the executive ccm- 
miitee, which shall have control of all funds raised by the 
association, and shall appoint its own secretary-treasurer to 
receive and disburse those fundr, nnder its own direction. 
The executive committee shall have general management 
of the afiairs of the association, especially in respect to the 
h!xing of the times of meeting and the progrannnf> of 
exercises, subject to the approval of the Superintendent. 

129. The association shall appoint a secretary, and, if 
necessary, an a.ssistant secretary, who shall keep a record of 
the [proceedings of the meeting, and forward a written 
report of the same to the Superintendent. 

130. T!io Superinteadent nhail p.<\side at the meetings 
of the n.ssociation and of the executive committee. At his 
requesst another meniber may preside In his absence the 
principal of the Normal School or the senior inspector 
present shall take his place. 

181. The Superintendent is authorized to use the 
Normal School juilding and appliances for the meeting of 
the a.<-;sociation when held in Truro, ana the principal and 
professors will aid to the extent of their powt-r in promot- 
ing the success :jf such meeting The Normal School 
students Mill be admitted to the e\eicises, bu». not as 
members ol" the association except wheji enrolled under 


132. Whenever ten ;. v,,ore <hily lio(>n"^<^d tenrhers 

within an insjiectoriai division shall in writing re«|n('st the 

in.spector to this "ttV-et, a teachers' institute for s>u'h district 

shall be formed, the exclusive object of wiiich shall be to 

uoiiiote tln' etticii'.icy oi ilu' 'teaching sorvice within the 

iniits of the inspectorate. The ujeans to be employed for 



securing thi.s object shall be conversation and discussion of 
educational methods, the preparation and reading of papers 
on special subjects, and illustrative exercises. All questions 
and discussions foreign to tlie practical work of teaching 
Are to be strictly avoided. 

133. The members sliall be the inspector and ail duly- 
licensed teachers within his inspectorate on enrolment and 
the annual payment of such fee (not exceeding one dollai-) 
«,s the institute may determine. 

134. The inspector shall be ex opicio president of the 
institute, which sliall elect annually froin its members a 
vice-president <^who shall preside .'n the absence of the 
president), a secretary-treasurer (who shall send a report of 
the institute in writing to the Superintendent), and four 
other persons to form with the foregoing officers a com- 
mittee of management, which shall have direction of the 
4iflalrs of the institute, especially in respect to the tixing of 
the times of meeting and the programme of exercises, 
subject to the approval of the inspector. 


135. The meetings of the association sluill occupy 
three days and of institutes two days, always ending wIr'U 
practicable and convenient on the 1^'riday uf th«! week. 

136. On giving a weeks notice to trustees and 
pupils, teachers will have the liberty of closing their schools 
tor the purpose of attending the meeting of the association 
or the institute, and on the attachment of the certificate of 
regular attendance during the days specified in the preced- 
ing regulation from the secretary of the association or 
Institute to the teacher's " return," the inspector is author- 
ized to credit the sauie ns teaching da^'s in the apportion- 
ment of the provincii^l aid and the municipal .sdiool fund. 

137. When teachers, after having received permis- 
sion r'rom their trustees, attend " sunnner schools " or otlier 
institute.s (duiing regtihir teaching days), which are recom- 
mended by thi' Superintend(>nt for the iiiij)ro\'ement of 
teachers in the exercise of their profession, allowance will 
be made by inspectors, as indicated in the preceding regula- 
tion ; always pruvided, however, that in any school year 
no more than ti\ '■ days shall be credited under all the fore- 
goino- regulations to any one teacher or school section. 

138 If a teacluM' of elass .\, H or (V whf» is engaged in 
a school section for the year shall have taken a "niid-v,umnier 
vacation'' course of at least five full weeks (thirty days) at 
the Provincial Schoohf Agriculture, and shall have received 
a certificate of satisfactory deportment ami prt)ficiency for 
the said term I'rom the principal, lu' shall, on the w ritteii 



recommendation of the trustees of his school section, Idc 
aJlowed to take one or two weeks of the said course durino- 
the opening weeks of the first " quarter " of the school 
without prejudice to his Provincial aid or to tne municipal 
school fund to the section; provided a memorandum 
iipproved by the Superintendent of Education, specifyino- 
the tacts and approving of the said two certificates is 
attached to his return at the end of the first " half year.' 


139. It has been found very inspiring to devote certain 
days entirely to some special object, the demonstrative 
ettect of which can be made much mor& intensive than that 
ot the same time broken up into a routine of short fracr- 
mentary lessons spread over a few weeks. Such occasions 
when inanaged properly, are of more value in teachino- 
ettect than the ordinary routine day. In fact, they can 
accomplish in some cases what could nevei- be accomplished 
so efiectively in any other way. They are by no means 
holidays, far otherwise, for they involve extra labor on 
the part ot the teacher and generally also on the part of 
the pupil. "^ 

140. Arbor JJai/.— To call special attention to the 
importance of the proper inanaoeinent and cultivation of 
our iorests, to the \alue of the afforestation of lands which 
cannot be so productixe in any other manner, and to the 
bearing ol forestry on the rainfall, drainage, climatic and 
industrial conditions of the province, to encourage tlie 
proper adornment of the school grounds, to cultivate a 
taste lor the beautiful in nature, and to give some practical 
and objective lessons in tree planting, and the study of tree 
grov.-th,— tor such objects the following directions are given : 

(a) On sucli day of 3Iay as according to season, 
weather or (Jther circumstances may be deemed most 
suitable, ti'ustecs are authorized to have substituted 
lor tlie ivgujar school exercises of pupils, the plant- 
ing by the hitter of trees, shrubs and flowers, on 
the grounds su'Tounding the school house. The 
day devoted to this pui-pose shall be known and 
entered m the regist.«r as ' Arbor Day,' and when 
duly observed full credit will be given for it in the 
apportionment of public funds, on the basis of the 
aietual attendance of pupils as ascertained by roll 
call at the beginning of the exercises, or other con- 
veiiient time durnig their progress. Additional value 
and Miterest should be imparted by mingling with 
the practical duties of the occasion short addresses 
ttaciicr nU'i other competent persons on 



section, Idc 
irse during; 
the school 

ificates is 
If year.' 

>te certain 


than that 

lort frao;- 



they can 


10 means 

labor on 

e part of 

1 to the 
ivation of 
ids which 
111 to the 
latic and 
irage tlie 
Itivate a 
iv of tree 
re given : 
o season, 
ned most 
he plaut- 
wers, on 
se. The 
jwn and 
nd when 
it in tlie 
is of tlio 
hy roll 
her con- 
lal \uhj«' 
ng with 
d dresses 
rsojis on 

the {esthetic and economic importance of arboricul- 
ture. During their summer visitation, inspectors 
shall take note of all schools in connection with 
which ' Arbor Day ' has been observed. 
(/>) Teachers who have been able to observe tliis day 
in a useful manner are recommended to make a 
special report on the same within a week to the 
inspector, specifying tlie work done on the occasion, 
an«J its prospectivti inHuence on the section. From 
these statements inspectors can have all the details 
necessary for their annual reports to the Superinten- 
dent of Education. 
(0} There will be found subjoined some practical 
•suggestions which will be serviceable to those who 
wish to make the occasion a really profitable one. 
(1) III selecting trees, it is well to avoid those that hear Howers or 
edihle fruits as such in tlie llowering and fruiting seasons are iipt to meet 
with injury from ignorant or mischievous passers-by, and to offer tenr-.^a- 
tion to tlie pupils. Butternuts and horse chestnuts are not to be com- 
inended as shade trees. The balsam fir is objectionable from the liability 
of lis balsam to stain the hands and clothing. Deciduous or broad leaved 
trees are easily grown, their Hbrous roots rendering transplanting a com- 
paratively simple operation. If care is taken, the young saplings of the 
elm, maple, and ash, as found in the undergrowth of the forest, can bo 
transplanted without difficulty. 

('2) No school grounds sliould be without a suitable number and variety 
of the standard deciduous trees. However, during the winter season 
tiiese are bare and unattractive, and afford little or no shelter. On the 
otli«;r hand, evergreens, such as spruces, pines, hemlocks and cedars, retain 
their foliage and provide a shelter as useful in winter as it is grateful in 
summer. 1 rees should always he planted according to a ilcrinite plan, 
being arranged either in curves or straight lines, according to circiiin- 
stances, and with an obvious relatio.i to the building and fences. They 
should not bo place.! so near tlie school house as to imcrfere with the free 
play of light and air. 

(;i) Our native trees grow so freely in the woods that we are apt to 
suppose they are merely to be taken up by the roots and transplanted, 
to start at once into a vigorous growth as before. This is a mistake. 
(Jreat care shoulil be taken in digging tij* tlie trees to jncserve tlie tWmma 
roots ; long runn«is sliould be mt across with a siiai p knife, and not torn. 
All tn-es thrive I)i,mI in wcU-.lrainol soil, varying from saiidv loam to clay. 
A . -lav loam suits all <les<'riptioiis. The holes for the trees'should always 
be made before the tre.^s an- l>n.nght to the ground, and sliuidd be too 
large rather than too small. In filling in, the bettei .soil from n.'ar the 
surface should be reliirned first, so as to be nearer the roots, but where 
the soil 18 at all sterile, ami generally, there should be jjul below and 
iiroinid the roots, .souk, well-iotud (•...nposi, mixed wil.'i sand, and sandy 
loam, in order to promote the grow Ui of {Ui- rootlets. In setting the tree 
It should be placed a little deeper than it stood before, and the roots 
shoidd be so spread cmt that none are doubled. When finally planted the 
tree shouhl l)e tied to a stout stick in such a way as to prevent chafing of 
the liark. Some mulch or stable litter shouhl tJieii be thrown around the 
stem to prevent the roots from drought. Stirring the ground is preferred 
by soir.o cultivators to mulching. In transplanting evergreens, the roots 
should not be exposed to air or light- especially the heat of the sun - 
more than can be helped. 

Wevera! varieties of shrubs planted together in clumps preduee a very 
p!eaH-!!!g eni!;?_ -.yji-.lp ijjg ,--are of jadieioin4y arnuigod flower beds will be 
to the children an important means of education. 



141. Empire Day. 

(a) The observation of this day origiiuitefl with a 
recoimiiendation of the Dominion Educational As- 
sociation at its third triennial convention, which 
met in Halifax, August, 1898. The Council of 
Public instruction of Nova Scotia was the first to 
arlopt the recommendation, appointing the schoolday 
preceding the holiday commemorating the anniver- 
sary of the birthday of Queen Victoria, under whose 
reign the Empire so widely and liarmoniously 

{h) The object of the day is the development of the 
Empire idea with power, by a more dramatic and 
impressive demonstration than would be possible 
in the routine method of teaching necessarily 
characteristic of the most of the work of the 
school. No set method is prescribed. Local orators 
niay be utilized in short and appropriate addresses 
to the pupils and their parents. Teachers and 
pupils should take part in as etfective and in as 
varied m.inners as possible from year to year. As 
a rule it is preferable to have it an exercise open to 
the public of the locjiHty in the afternoon, the fore- 
noon being devoted to phases best treated in the 
school room. It is one of the days when the school 
flag should bo flying. 

{c) Till' exercises should not be directed to develop 
boastfulness in the greatness of the Empire. They 
should be a study of the causes why it became great, 
and how it may continue to be great ; of the history 
of the rise, growth and alliance of its ditt'erent 
peoples, of the evolution of the elastic system of 
self-government, and of the development of that 
spirit of Empire unity which is a new thing in 
histcjry as the Empire's extent is in geograph}-. 
Aii«l most important of all, the exercises should be 
an inspiration to stimulate all to seek how they may 
still further reinforce the good tendencies, and bind 
the distant members of the Empire more clospl3' to- 
gether in the bonds of reciprocal helpfulness as well 
as of sentimental love. 

(>') As in th(^ case of Arbor Day, all worthy teachers 
are expected to tile a report on the c.ercises of the 
da,v, no matter how brief, with the inspector of his 
or her division. 


142. These schools ari^ |)ublic schools under the inune- 



ited with a 
national As- 
tioii, which 
Council of 
the first to 
le schoolday 
:he anniver- 
inder whose 

nent of the 
•amatie and 
be possible 
ork of the 
lOcal orators 
te addresses 
cachers and 
e and in as 

year. As 
2ise open to 
)n, the fore- 
ated in the 
II the school 

to develop 
pire. They 
icanie great, 

the history 
ts different 

1 system of 
■nt of that 
,v thing in 

s should be 
w they may 
s, and bind 

closol}' to- 
lu'ss as well 

hv teachers 
'cisc's of the 
lector of his 

tlie imme- 

diate charge of the tnistees or «chool board, just as are the 
day schools, only the sessions are held at night and each 
session can count for no more than half a day. The 
return must be summed up with the return of che day 
school in the section, just as if they were all daj' schools, 
by the principal of the schools of the section. No evening 
school should be started by the school board, however, 
-without the approval of the inspector. 

{(i) Trustees of public schools may establish in their 
sections evenino; scliools, for the instruction of 
persons upwards of thirteen years of age, who may 
be debarred from attendance at the day school. 
(h) Such evening school shall be in session 2i hours, 
and in i-elation to public grants, two evening se.seions 
shall count as one day. The prescribed register 
shall be kept, and a return of the school made in the 
form directed by ti\e Superintendent, 
(c) No portion of provincial or municipal funds for 
education, shall be appropriated in aid of evening 
schools, unless teachers are duly licensed. 
{d) The Council would greatly prefer that the 
teachers of evening schools should be other than 
teachers of day schools ; but when in the opinion of 
the trustees a night school is desirable and no other 
teacher except that of the day school can be 
obtained, on the recommendation of the inspector, 
the Council, through the Superintendent, may auth- 
orize the day school teacher to conduct the evening 
school for no more than three nights each week 
during the term agreed upon. 


143. These night schools for adults are established by 
the (JoVernor-in-Council under sections 115, llO and 117 of 
chapter 52 of the Revised Statutes, after which they come 
under the sole control of the Council and its officers. The 
following statement has been authorized as a reply to those- 
asking for information on the conditions which justify the 
establishment of such a school in a locality : — 

Suuli (.onditiouH art; likely to exist iii tiio greater iiuhistrial centreH, such 
as in the neighborhood of tollierieH, &e., where tliere may ho foiuid coUeetod 
together a coiiHiderable nuniVwr of young workmen over scho-l age who 
never had the opportunity of enjoying tiie advantages of ou 'lie school 
syHtenj in their youth. 

The (Jovernment Night School System was not created for tlie purpose 
of doing educational work which can he done hy the public school system 
in the locality ; nor can a Night School he established where it will inter- 
fere directly or indirec tly w ith the cHicient administration of the p\d»li(; 
school. And in mo case siiouid Ihu benclil of a (inseiniileiit Nighl riohool 
^tc' asked for the poimanunt renidents of a seciion unless they have .shown 



SchS*'Sw:tv"!n ',T."7^' ^Z "'" «^«^.'^!^'>'^hmcnt of a ( Government Night 

Kegulations, and thisnVc^/arnote. ^ ' ^ 

Among the facts represented the following should not be overlooked • 

-. Raines of those promisn.g to attend, with their ages (Reg. S. ) 

^'' of'Se^r;::^;.:'' ^''^P"^"--'>-» ^--^ees (Regulation 4), and 

*''■ UorL^d^Khr^:^''''"''"'^^- "" "'%'^'^>' ^'^'^""^ ^^-^^ '^''"Pt^d '^"J 
A < 'r,,!!^,,^ . NT- o^^°" 'according to the provisions of law ? 
A <.«^ eminent Night School is established for a .innfe term onlv and 

The^aZnpt'^^o'ren' ' p'^"' "^''"' ^^T ^ ^^^^^-^^^r^^^^^:^^ 
wLintZntJf^.T f <'«^e'-nnient Night School without the regular 

X^CMhlnde ft ',r : l'"-^":-'^'' ""^1 'i^'T'^'^ ^y *'•« (^vernnient tlu^ougl 
lt;KfeSi;lhment "orr^c^'r"'"^ '''' '''''''' ™^"' ^^^"^ "'"^ 
instruction "t,".^ application are iu ,jooO faith "desirous of obtaining 
uc..i^; .?n..n ^ ^T'l."^* *''^' ^'^^' ^t i« reasonable to expect a faif 
a^c,.^attendance at tlie Scliool. Urn„i,.fi,, being the minimum spedfied! 

oloL^avch :"st. ''" """'^ '"■" •^'^" '"^^" ^^^^- ^^^ ^"^ 
145 ^c's.s^on.s•. There slmll be three sessions of tM'o and 
a lialt hours in length each week, but should it be found 
mconvenient durinc. Christmas and New Year's weeks to 
hold the regular number of sessions, a f(,urth session may 
be Jield tor as many succeeding weeks as will be necessary 
to make up the sessions so lost. The selection of the 
particular evenings of the week on which the schools are 
to be Jieki 18 left to local arrangement, as is also that of the 
Hour tor opening school. 

146. FupiLs.~2so person can be admitted as a pupil 
Mho IS under fifteen years of age, or who attends, or couid 
conveniently attend, the day school of the locality. 

147. Tmcker.—^o teacher of a Public Day School shall 
be engaged as a teacher of a (Jovernment Night School 
vvit .out the consent to said engagement of the school board 
ol tlie section. 

148. Salan/ of Tmcher.~The teacher in charcre of 
the night school for adults shall receive the followino^ 
remuneration, to wit: one dollar for each session the sclux'il 
|s actually open during the t.n-m (if the average attendance 
IS ^U or upwards, otherwise the same proportion of a dollar 
that the average attendance is of twenty), and an additional 
tiollar ior each unit in the number repr.-senting the averao-e 
attendance ior the term, provided that the entire remunem- 
lion shall ill no case exceed SlOO.OO. 

149. Aa-ndavt JeacAem— Wlien the jiverage attend- 

of adopting and 
irdance with the 

ivernment Night 
[•noi-in -Council ; 
le eHtablishnient 
oftlie Act, tlie 

overlooked : 
ages (Reg. 3.) 
light, fuel and 

julation 4j, and 

!en adopted and 
of law ? 

term only, and 
)ut the regular 
'nment through 
It'll parties may 

IS of obtaining 
> expect a fair 
mum specified. 

Dee. 1st and 

s of two and 
it be found 
s wrecks to 
tession may 
•e necessary 
ion of the 
schools are 
that of tlie 

as a pupil 
Is, or couid 

>chool shall 
((ht School 
:hool board 

charcre of 


the school 


of a dollar 


he average 


t-e attend - 



ance for the first two weeks exceeds 30, the Council rnay 
appoint a second or assistant teacher, who shall receive 
owo-thirds of the amount of salary paid the principal, or at 
that rate for the time during which he actually teaches. 
When the average attendance exceeds 60, a second assistant 
may be appointed on the like scale of remuneration. 

150. Studies of Pupils. — Owing to the diversified 
attainments of the persons likelj' to seek admission to the 
night school, the Council does not think it expedient to lay 
down a precise course of study. The Act under- which the 
schools are established contemplates only " the ordinary 
branches of English education," and the Council directs 
teachers to place chief stress on these, particularly on read- 
ing, writing, and arithmetic. In mining districts, infonnal 
lessons on elementary science may prohtablj- be given. 

151. Registration. — All teachers of night schools shall 
keep correct records of their schools, according to the pre- 
scribed register, and shall make at the end of the term dul}- 
certified returns of the attendance, etc., in such form as 
may be required by the Superintendent of Education. 


152. The public school course of study may l)e con- 
sidered under its sub-division of the common and high 
school courses. They furnish a basis for the classification 
of pupils b}' the teachers and for the examination of 
schools by the inspectors, while they also secure a definite 
co-ordination of all the work attempted in the public 
schools of all grades, thus fostering the harmonious inter- 
action of all the educational forces of the province. 

These courses are to le followed in all schools, particularly 

with reference to (1) the order of succession of the subjects, 

and (2) the simultaneity of their study. The fulness of 

detail with which thvy can be carried out in each, school 

must depend upon local conditions, such as the si/e of the 

school, the number of grades assigned to the teacher, etc. 

As suggestive to teachers with little ex])erience, contracted 

forms of the detailed common school cours(> for miscellaneous 

and partially praded schools ar(^ appended. 

Tiu3 public school course of study is the result of the observation and 
experience of representative leading teachers of the province, under tlie 
suggestion of tlie experiments of other countries, and the crilicism of our 
t.-«chers in provincial conventions assonililt'd for nianv years in succession. 
A system developed in such a manner must necessarily in '^onie points !>e 
a compromise, and presmnably therefore at least a little behind what we 
might expect from the few most advanced teachers. But it is also very 
likely to be a better guide than the practice of a majority without any 
mutual consultation for improvement. The successive progr«>ssion of 
•■^tudiGs is intended to be adapted to Lhe order of developmeni of the 
powers of the child's mind, wliilc their simultaneous progression is 




i-in; \ 

<lesigi:e<l to prevent monotony and one-aidedueHs, and to produce a 
Imrnionious and healthy development of the physical, mental and moral 
powers of the pupil. The apparent multiplicity of the subjects is due 
to their sub-division for the purpose of emphasizing leading features of the 
main subjects which might otherwise be overlooked by inexperienced 
teachers. The courses have been demonstrated to be adapted to the 
average pupil under a teacher of average skill. The teacher is, however, 
cautioned to take special care tliat pupils (more especially any prematurely 
promoted or in feeble health) shouhl not run any risk of "over-pressure" 
in attempting to follow the average class-work. 

Change.s in these courses of study must always be 
expected from year to year, but to a very small extent it 
is hoped, except in the prescription of certain texts in the 
hio-hschool course. These will be published from time to 
time in the bulletin of the Department, the Journal of 
Education, published in April and October of each year. 



Physical Exercise and Military Drill.— ?hy»\ca[ exercise 
should be given for a few minutes in the middle of <jvery 
session over one hour in length. At such times it is bene- 
ticial even to pupils who have walked a long distance to 
school and who are accustomed to active work at home. 
The younger the pupils the more often such exercise should 
be t'iven, in order to maintain physical restfulness and 
mental activity during the time for study. These 
exercises should always be made the occasion of training 
the pupils to maintain the most healthful and graceful 
position of the body in sitting, standing and moving. This 
training is as much the duty of the teacher as tlie other 
work of the school. 

.Military Drill is the latest result of the experience of generations of 
practical men in devising the most eft'ecti^ e manner of training numbers of 
men to move in the most convenient order and under the fullest control. 
It is therefore particularly adapted to the movements of pupils in all 
schools, for girls as well as boys. Apart from other considerations, the 
fact that the children from various schools are often likely to be massed 
together, makes it desirable that the same system should be followed 
exactly everywhere. The best system, and that which is most likely to be 
useful in tlie widest extent, is the standard modern military drill. AH 
teachers are required to make as practical an accjuaintance as possible witl» 
the system of military drill at least as far as " st^uad drill," and to have 
theirpupils drillecl to stand and move smartly. Inspectors are directed to- 
mark no school woi'k under this head, no matter how good, higher than 
" fair," unless he has had an opportunity of observing the Military drilL 

V^^cal Music— k\\ pupils (excepting of course those 

known to be organically defective as respects music). 

should be able to pass an examination in vocal music before 

promotion to a higher grade. For the present the following 

minimum is prescribed for each grade. At least one simple 

song with its tonic-sol-fa (or other) notation for (Jrade I. 

An*additional melody and its notation for each succeeding 

^•ade, with a correspondingly increased general knowledge 



produce a 
il and moral 
jects is due 
aturea of the 
ipted to the 
ia, however, 

-Iways be 

extent it 

sts in the 

ni time to 


each year. 

a I exercivse 
i of every 
it is bene- 
]i stance to 

at home. 
?ise should 
ilness and 
y. These 
)i' training 
d graceful 
ing. This 

tlie other 

enerations of 
ig numbers of 
iTest control, 
pupils in all 
orations, the 
to be massed 
I be followed 
it like]}' to be 
ry drill. All 
possible with 
and to have 
re directed to 
, liigher than 
ifilitari/ driU. 

urse those 
ts music)» 
usic before 
3 following 
one simple 
)r (Irade I. 

of music. Vocal music may be combined with some forms 
of " physical exercise " as in marching and light movements 
Teachers musically defective may comply with the law by 
having these lessons given by any one qualihed. 

Hifqiem and r.m/)emnc6'.-()rally .nail grades, and as 
incidents or occasions may suggest. Text books for pupils 
use as follows : Grades V. and VI., Health Readier >so 1, 
Gmdes VII. and VIII , Health Reader No. 2 High Schoo 
grades, as in prescribed Physiology text The statutes 
make it imperative under penalty on both teachers and 
trustees that such instruction be given in ^^ll^'^-^^^^^;, J\,^ 
therefore the duty of all educational officers to see that the 
spirit as well as the letter of the law is incu cated both by 
precept and example-by every means which can influence 
the sentiment and character of the pupils. 

Moral and Patriotic Duties. -k^ enjoined by the School 
Law and when found most convenient and effective. Some 
lessons in readers, in history, in biogniphy, etc., may be 
utilized incidentally. C^ertain anniversary days, such as 
'Empire Day," " Dominion Day," etc., should be systeinati- 
esiUy utilized for patriotic inspiration. -.^.h...^ 

'Phe school room and grounds is an elem(.ntary imnatuie 
world in which the pupil has an opportunity of 'Vvelop- 
ing nearly all of the moral points of chaiacter reciuired toi 
useful livino- in the great world of mature human activity. 
Tl e crown^and sum total of all the other parts of the 
teacher^ work is the development of the best possible 
character in each pupil ; so that in every esson and in eyeiy 
exercise the ultimati purpose should preside over and direc 
he course of the instruction. The teachers supervision 
should therefore extend directly or indirectly to the p ay 
ground, before and after class hours as well as during the 

'""^G^Tmanners is a subordinate but too often neglected 
department of character building ^^ is, however, a very 
Hiinple as well as useful department ; and therefore one the 
observance of which inspectors are instructed speciaUy to 
study in each school, and the neglect of which should 
subiJct the teacher to censure and the school to a lowering 
of its rating. Every teacher should be an example of tiue 
politeness, which is not only compatible with the greatest 
Per and firmness, but enhances them In a shor time 
Huch an influence should materially improve the most lude 

'^lLlrorl'^aht>-«.--The noting, exaniination am 
of the common and more important natural objects and laws 
of nature, as thev are exemplified within the range of the 
Hchoof "section or* of the pupils' observations. I nder this 



head pupils should not be required to memorize notes or 
facts which they have not, at least, to some extent actually- 
observed or verified for themselves. 

Britain's " Nature Lessons," and Payne's "Nature Study " (U. S. A.), 
Oarlick and Dexter's "Object Lesson's for Standards I., II, III., 
(England), and James' "Agriculture" are useful guides to the teacher for 
portions of the work prescribed in some of the grades. There should l>e a 
short "Nature Lesson" given erery day on the daily collections and 
observations of the pupils themselves— not on the ctatements of teachers or 
books— the lesion al.\ays being based on the objects or observations. 
Tliose guide books are to be used only to show the teacher how to give 
such lessons; and they are entirely prohibited as text books for either 
pupil or teacher, for under no circumstances should " notes '" from the 
books be given to pupils. All such studies must be from the objects. 
Observations under this head form some of the best subjects for English 
Composition Exercises in all the grades. In schools with pupils of several 
grades under one teacher (as in most rural schools), many of these lessons 
may profitably engage the whole school. In nearly all either the whole 
senior oi' whole junior divisions of the school can take part. A skillful 
teacher can thus give profitable object lessons to several grades of scholars 
at once ; at one time giving a Grade V. lesson, at another time a(irade VI. 
or (irade VJI. or Grade VIII. lesson, which will also contain enough for the 
observation and interest of Grade I , Grade II., Grade III. and Grade IV. 
pupils. An object lessoi wiven to the highest class can thus to a certain 
extent be made a good object lesson for all the lower classes. The older 
pupils will see more and think more. It must be remembered that the 
memorizing of notes or facts merely stated to pupils is strictly forbidden 
under this iiead. Such memorizing is pure cram, injurious instead of 
being useful. The teacher may not have time to take up in da»» every 
object indicated in the Nature Lessons of the Course. In such cases the 
pupils should be given two or three objects nearly related to the typical 
specimen examined in school with directions to search for and examine 
them at home as illustrated in specimen class lesson. Without much 
expenditure of time the teacher can note that this work has been honestly 
attempted to be done by each pupil. The lessons must be direct froni 
nature itself, but under the guidance of the teacher, who can save time in 
bringing the pupils to the point desired by his more mature experience. 
They are intendecl to train the observing and inductive faculties, to show 
the true w ay of discovering something of the nature of the world which 
immediately surrounds us, and which is and will continue to be reacting 
upon us in one manner or another. This knowledge is so much power over 
nature, from which we have to win our material existence. It is also the 
basis of any useful philosophy. 

More stress has been laid on the natural history of each section than on 
elomeiitary jihysics and chemistry. Not because physical phenomena are 
less inipoi'tant, Init because the elements of these sciences are the same all 
the world over, and there is no end to the cheap and well-illustrated 
guides to practical work in them which will suit a section in Nova Scotia 
as well as one in England or in the United States. But there are no such 
simple guides to the bioiogv of each section, and many of its other scientific 
characters. The teacher .lUst Income a student and master them himself ; 
for such exercises have special power in developing the habit of accurate 
observations (which is the soundoet basis for any career ranging from that 
of th'3 poet and professional man to the tiller and lord of the soil, the 
tradesman, the manufacturer and inventor), and in developing in connec- 
tion M ith history and civics an intelligent attachment even to the soil of 
our countr\-. 

Spelling and Dictation.— It should be strictly insisted 
upon, that from the very commencement in the first grade, 
tlie pupil should spell every word read in the li-ssons, and 
common words of similar difficulty used in his conversa- 



notes or 
■ actually 

(U. S. A.), 
, II, III., 
teacher for 
should l>e a 
Bctioiis and 
' teachers or 
how to give 
3 for either 
'■ from the 
the objects, 
for English 
Is of several 
hese lessons 
r the whole 

A skillful 
i of scholars 
a Grade VI. 
lOUgh for the 
[1 Grade IV. 
to a certain 

The older 
ed that the 
ly forbidden 
i instead of 

c/ass ever}' 
:\\ cases the 
the typical 
md examine 
thout much 
sen honestly 
direct from 
save time in 

ies, to show 
world which 
be reacting 
h power over 
t is also the 

tion than on 
enomena are 
the same all 
N'ova Scotia 
( are no such 
her scientific 
lem himself ; 
t of accurate 
rig from that 
tlie soil, the 
ig in connec- 
to the soil of 

y insisted 

irst grade, 

ssons, and 


tion ; for if this is not done, the pupil is all the tnue beino- 
simultaneously trained to tolerate wrong mental images ot 
the forms of the words which can seldom be corrected by 
ordinary etibrts in the higher grades. Writing words ui 
the lower grades, transcription and dictation in the higher 
grades should be utilized more and more as facility in 

writing increases. ii j i. 

Reading and Elocution.— I. Fupds must be enabled to 
clearly understand the portion to be read, then to read it 
with proper expression. 2. Faults of enunciation, pro- 
nunciation, etc., of tone, of posture, and inannef, etc., must 
be carefully noted and corrected. li. Choice passages 
should be memorized occasionally for recitation with the 
proper expression. Ten lines a year, at least, for Grade 1., 
twenty lines, at least, for Grade II , and a similar increase 
for each succeeding grade is prescribed. In the High bchool 
Grades the memorizing and effective recitation of choice 
extracts in every language studied (Greek, Latin, French 
or German, as well as EngUsh), is also imperative on each 
pupil. Reading should be taught at first, partly at least, 
by word building from the phonic elements, occasional drills 
of this kind being continued in all the grades to obtain 

clear enunciation. , , , ^ ^.i i 

English— In all grades practice should constantly be 
0-ivv.xi in expressing the substance of stories, lessons or 
observations orall> in correct language, and in the higher 
orades in w^-iting also. Discussion of subject matter ot 
fesson. Attention to the use of capitals, punctuation marks, 
paragraphing, etc., should be introduced gradually and 
reo-ularly, so that at the end of the common school course, 
lano-uagein correct form can be fluently used in description 
or business letters, orally and in writing. The practical 
rather than the theoretical knowledge of English is what is 
specially required in the common school, and a large Potion 
of the school time should be given to it. Pupils should be 
continually exercised in finding synonyms or substituting 
"their own made meanings" for difficult words in their 
reading lessons, instead of merely memorizing dehnitions ot 
words arranged in lists. The teacher should be careful to 
use always the most correct language ; while the errors ot 
speech in class or on the play ground, or in conversation, 
should never be allowed to pass without correction 

Writinq.—Htv\e most easy to read should be cultivated. 
Simple vertical" writing is generally preferable to tlie 
sloping styles. No exercise in writing should be accepted 
by the teacher from the pupil unless its form shows evidence 
of care, otherwise, the more the pupil writes the worse the 

-.-.▼.,. 1 1 1 1_ !— !-,. 4-1-./-. 4n«ic.f rrn^aflii. 



tiwr becomes. Writing should begin in the first grade 




With letters formed from tlie Himple ^'^"7^;. F^''^ 
classified, and should be taught in the -^.^^ «^l^«^^f ^•^.,. 
Dvawinq.—For teachern who have not taken the rio 
viS Nonnal School Course, Thompson's " Manual Irain- 
W No r- is recommended as covering to some extent the 
Drawings and Lessom on Nature as they may be taught 
£"";!' of the first five grade. : and No 2 as ^-y -7 - 
tanp-ht to the next five grades ; and Prangs Art Instruc 
tton in Prin Ly Schools-A Manual for Teachers- Second 
veTrnims covering generally the work of the Common and 
d; sXols. Before leaving fJrade VIII.,all pupds should 
be ab e o plot lines and angles accurately, so as to be 
ablelosolve'all ordinary Practical Mathemabeal pro^^^^^^^^^^ 
by " construction." The accurate use of the Universal 
Scale" (wood) with the "Eagle" compass and dividers is 
sufficient for this purpose. Drawing of objects studied 
under the head ofVature Lessons siiould be constantly 
practised and carried on, even in the High School. 
^ Irithmetic-li is of the highest importance to secm-e the 
habit of obtaining accurate answers at the ^rst attempt 
Everyslip in mental or written arithinetical work is no 
only unnecessary, but is a positive education in a habit 
wl fch will tend to render useless the most strenuous efforts 
Tfterwards to become accurate or even to make satisfactory 
CToai^ss in mathematics. Accuracy is of supreme impor - 
^nce from the first. Rapidity should follow as the secmid- 
ary consideration, Appropriate exercises in ^^f;;'/«^ ^"^1- 
inetic should be given in every grade, and prohciency m it 
should be renuired in all promotions. . 

Geography and History.-The veM memorizing o 
these lessons at home by the pupils is tor the most part 
iniurious to the character of the memory and useless as 
pTctical knowledge. For in spite ot .xll eaut-ns and 
nstructions to the contrary, most pupils, when left to them- 
selves, mentally associate the facts memorized with the 
wordino-, the paragraph and the page of a book instead ot 
w?th the priper locus on tlie map, or with the proper 
System of related facts. These lessons should t^ierefore be 
prepared under the careful and philosophical direction ot 
the^eacher in the school, at least until the pupi s are 
tained how to study aright. The home work would then 
be only the review and perfecting of the lessons by the 
pupils in the proper m-nn.v by reference to the several 
items in the text. Um\ or current events historical 
. Soinic or scientific, h.r ■ 1,. skilfully used to interpret 
the remote in time and place. 

%«W Training Aovtiou.\). Tlus ^^^ , ° «' .^^« 
introduced tts an alterative or recreation^ and witliont there- 

the Pro- 
a,l Train- 
:tent the 
e taujjht 
T may be 
— Second 
imon and 
Is should 
as to be 
viders is 
1 studied 

ecu re the 
(rk is not 
I a habit 
)us efforts 
le import- 
e second - 
.al Arith- 
3ncv in it 



most part 
useless as 
tions and • 
t to them- 

with the 
instead of 
he proper 
erefore be 
irection of 
pupils are 
vonld then 
)ns by the 
,he several 

o interpret 



fore materially increasing the real labor of the pupil. Clay 
modelling, woodwork, metal work, needlework, cookery, 
shorthand (Sir Isaac Pitman's system only), school -plot 
farming or gardening, etc., as most appropriate or expedient, 
may be introduced with the consent of the trustees. 
Teachers should at all times encourage the pupils in the 
production of specimens of home-made handiwork or 
apparatus, in scientific experiments at home, and in the 
formation of collections uf plants, minerals and other 
natural productions of their o\Vn part of the country. It 
is legal for trustees to expend school funds in teaching 
these optional as well as the imperative subjects, either for 
school ecjuipment or the engagement of special teachers. 


IVHh a .vitifjen/ine perr''.n'nrje of Time, Jw Classroom Teuchinif in each subject, on the sup- 
Dosidoii that there is one fencher for each Grade. When one Teacher has the work of 



than one Grade, the time to each subject in the Class-room must he lessened. 


Pkrcentage of Time in each Examination Values for Pko- 
Grauk. vincial Certificates. 




English 140 40 40 

Mathematics •20i>20' 20 

Science and Manual 


-Geogr'phy& History 





20 20 


Music, Calisthenics, 
Moral and Patri- 20|20 
otl"' Duties. ' 













25 I 3v) 





Lang. 100i.ang. 100 Lit. 100 

Gram. 100;Gram. 100 Oram. lOO 

Arith. lOnlArith. 100 P. Mat. IDO 

Alg. 100, Alg. 100 Alg. 100 

Geom. lOOiGeom. lOOGeom. 100 




10 I 10 

10 10 



Dr. &c. 100 Dr. &c. 100 Physiol. 100 
Botany 100 Chera. lOOiPhysics. 100 

10 (l.&H. lOolfi. &H.100|G. &H. 100 


j I anguages, Latin and Greek. 

„. L ^. , 'Latin IGO I atin -20) 
2o -Latin 100,^,^.^^,^ KOCJreek 2(t0 

' ■ il or L V, inn!Frei>ch lOOiFrench 100 

Or, and German | '25 jFrench lOO;^^.^^,,^^ 100;((!erman 100 

often be 
hout there- 

- t/ .,- 





Ilmt'iti'j. — Primer with Wall Cards or Blackb ard Work. 

LaiKjiiaijr. -Story telling by pupil Writing easy vertical letters, words 
and sentences 

WrifiiKj and ])i' •//((/.— Writii% on slate, paper or blackboard. Drawing^ 
of easy, interesting figures as in .ilainml '/raiin'iKj, to end of Section II. (or 
as in alternative Drawing Course reconiUianded. ) 

A.-iilniiitlc. — All fundamental aritiimetical operations with numl: ts, the 
results of which do not exceed 2il, to be done with concrete or aliscract 
numbers, accurately and rapidly. Set- (f-nerd/ f>nncriptio,i><. 

LfMxoiiK on Xatntr. -Power of accurate observacion developed by exer- 
cising each of tilt- seises en simple or appropriate objects. Kstimaiion <if 
direction, distance, magnitude, weight, etc , begun. Common colors. 
simple regular solids, surfaces and lines. Simple observations on a fev. 
common minerals, atones, plants and animels 

Mitsic^ tfc. — As under ijmtra/ /jrt script lo'ii. 

(;i!AI)K II. 

/'('ir/iiKj, — Reader No. 1. 

Lni:!/ii't(it'.—AH in (Jrade J., imt more advanced. .sV^ 1)111, ml piusrn'p- 


W'rifiiiif ithd /Jriiiriii;/.' ^.- in tirade 1., but more advanced. Angles, 
triangles, scpiares, rectangles, jilans of platform and of school room (or as 
in MdiiiKil Tvaliiiiiii No. I. to end of Section IV.); n-ith Piihlir Sr/ioof 
Dntirjiiii ('oiirs(,So. I. (or as in alternative Drawing Course recommended). 

Arlthtnt-tic. — Numbers up to 1(10 on the same plan as in (Jrade I. 

Lixxoiixoii Xafiirf.— Ah in (iiade I., but more extended. St-.i ijininif 
pri ■■(('nptidiiM. 

Afnuic, ct'f. — As under </< inrn/ prrnrri/z/ioit", 

<iK.U)K III. 

HkuIIiiii. — Reader No. "2. Sc- iiincml pi-iMrriptioiiK. 

Ldiii/iKKji-.—Aa ill II, but more advanced. Subject and predicate. Nouns 
and verbs. 

\\ i-ilimi (111(1 />(vr/r//(7.— Vertical letterB on slate and in copy books. 
Freehand outiin -s on slate, lilackboard, etc. Common geometrical lines 
and Kgures with their names. Map of school grounds and surroundings. 
A» iu MdiiKd/ Tf(tiiiin(j, No. I. to end of Section VI. ; with /'nh/ic School 
Di-'KciiKj Coi'i-M , No 2 (or as in alternative Drawing Course recommended). 

ArifhiiK'tic.—AH ill Common School Arithmetic, Part I., first hn.'f. 

(ic lie rill prao'riptioiis. 

LeHMOiiM oil ^, (it II re- (Jeography of neighborhood, use of local or county 
maps. Estimation of distances, measures, weights, &(• , continued. Color. 
Study extended to three or four eaili of common metals, stones, earths, 
flowers, shrubs, t*ees, insects, birds and mammals. .SV* ijni, rul prfscrip- 


M iinlc, i('c. — As under v ;/' ml /trtxcriptions. 

• iKADE IV. 

/{((iifhi;/. \{viu\vi No. 3. AVr iji iiiriil pn .■'cr'iptiinin, 

Liiii(/ii(i(l). — i)ra\ statements of matter of lessons, observations, ul( . 
Written sentences with punctuation, etc. Modifiers of subject and pre- 
dicate, of noun and verb 

iVritiiKj (111(1 J)miriii>/. Copy |{ook Drawing as in Manual Trninln(f, 
No. I, to end of Sim tioii VIII., with /'nhlic School /Jmiriioj I'oiirm, No. 3 
(or as i 1 alternative Drawing Course recommended*. 

til (tfimithi/. Oriil UjHHOiiN iin PjiyHiiii/riinliv iiu (in iiniriju UA »<> IKI int!'!! 

ductory < Jeography, with the general geography of the Province begun 
un the Hcliool map. Sx ij( m ml /> iMi-ri/ttion^, 


letters, words 

ard. Diawiiifr 
Sectitiii II. (or 

numl; Ts, tin- 
.6 or ahstraot 

Dped hy exer- 
KHtimaiioii of 
tiimon I'olors. 
on« on a fev. 

< ml /,r(xcrip- 

eed. Angles, 
)l room (or us 
Piih/ic Sriioof 
ade I. 

litate. Nouns 

copy Itooks. 
netrical lines 
/'iili/ic Sell 00/ 
:., first hnlf. 

•eal or county 
inued. Color, 
tones, earths, 
I If)/ /ivfscrifi- 

vationn, oli. 
ject and pre- 

fa/ Trniiiiiiij, 
( 'oiirm , No. 3 

to IKl, !!>.tr!! 

)\inee lieguii 



A)-lfhini'fic.--As in Common School Arthmetic, Part I., completed. Si-r 
t/i: ll^ rii/ i)r<--icripfioihi. 

Lfixoni* on 3'u.'(nv.— As in 1 irade III., but extended so as to include foui- 
or li\-e objects of each kinil, as in ijnurn/ jn-isrrijiiinns. 

.\/iinlc, d-c- -As xmder (jt-iK-m/ jirmtripf ions, 


AVru///*.'/.— Reader No. 4, I'art I. .SV^- ijem nil'prex&iiilionx. 

].fUiijiin<ic. — {)vQX as in IV. and i/ciiirn/ inrxn-ijifiniix. All i)arts of 
sDcecliand sentences witli intloctions of noun, adjective and pronoun, — 
orally. Composition practice on " nature lessons," etc., increasing. 

W rit I lit/ ant/ Drniri nil. —Co\iy Book. Drawing as \\\ Mnnnnl Tritiiiiinj, 
No. 1, with rnhliv Sfhoof Dntirinij ('oiu-m , No. 4, &c.. and drawing fro.i 
•<)l)jects (or as in alternali'.e Drawiiig Oourse reconunendedi. 

(•'foi/niphf/ (111(1 //ix/t„-i/. — Ideas >)f,latitudc and longitude, phy.siography, 
etc., developed. Oral geography of Nova Scotia on map in fuller detail. 
< General geography of tiie Priniu'csof (,"aiuida and the Continent, as on the 
Hemisphere maps. Oral lessons en leading incidents of Nova Scotia 

Ariflnni/ir —As in Coiumon School Aiithmetic, Part II., first half. 

L'xxoiiM oil Xnfin-c. Fiom mineral and rock to soil, as shown in neigh- 
liorhood, and extended to five or six each of flie connnon plants, trees, in- 
sects, other invertebrates, tish, reptiles, birds, manunals ; and natural 
piienomena, such as ventilation, evaporation, fiec/.ing, closely I'xamined. 
Health Header No. 1 begun. 

Mi'xir, (t'C. — As under (jiinntl /ircxrri/ihiiiix, 

<iK.\l)K VI. 

/.'"('/''/y;/. — Header No. 4 completed, Sn iji m nt/ /inxcrlptioiix. 

L'lii'jiifKjc. — Oi'al as in V. extended Formal coni]tosition (Kimjjle 
essays) twice each month. Paradigm of regulai' verb. Simple parsing ami 
analysis begun. More important rules of Syntax applied. Short descrip- 
tive sketches of observations, etc., etc., and letters, from oial instruction, 
as in ■ Lessons in English." 

ll'c(V/(/;/ '(/('/ /.'/vnc/i/;/.— Copy Hook. Drawing as in Mdiiim/ Tridiiliiii, 
No. "2, to end of Sectioi II., with I'lihlir Srlnml Dniiriiitj Coiirxt , No. .">, iS:e. 
Increasing practice in representing connnon objects in outline (or as in 
alternative Drawing (bourse reconnuended). 

<;i(};ir((/ili//. Introductory Ceography text toend of Canada. Thorough 
drill in outlines of Hemispheres, witli map drawings. 

//m/,„-//.-- Leading features of History of Canada to cud ofCha))tcr .\III. 

.l//'//^e//c.--As in Connnon School Arithmetic, I'art II., completed. 

L<xx<i)ix oil Xitl lire. .\s in(irade V., but extended to at least six or 
-^even oi)|eets of each class specified. Distriliution and values of all natural 
lirodm-ts of the Province. Health Header No. I, completed. 

.)fiixlr, d-r. — .\s under ,'/'//'*''fy /irixvi-i/ihanx. 


I,',, idi III/. —Hi'mh'r Nti. ."> begun. ('hara<tcr of metre and tiguies of 
Njieech TO be observed. Si 1 iji in ml /in xm/ilinii«. 

L'liKjiii'ijt. Leading priui'iples of Ktymolo-^y with i)aradigms. I'aising 
an<l analysis of simple sentences and applitalion of rules of syntax. (tral, 

Written abslracts of oral or reading lessons. Simple description of 
•' natme'" obsei'vations. iVic, narrativi' and liusineNs forms. PunHualioii 
and paragraphing. All from oral instruction as in " Lessons in Knglish." 

H'riiiini inid Drairiiiii Coi)y Hook. Drawing as in .1/'i»m/.' Triiiiiiiiij, 

N<«, -2. to end nf Sedioii IV.. witll /'llhlir Sihoiil hi-iliriliil Cotii-xi, Nc. 0, 

Ai'. Plotting of lines. tria,igles. rectangles, *c.. accoriinig to scale. The 
use of the "T'niversal Scale." Simple olijcct draw ing extended («u' as in 
ailternative Diawing Cour.-e reconnuended). 



^Vof/mp/i.y.— Introductory Geography to end of Europe, with tliorougit 
map drill, and map drawing. .SVf- t/mrra/ prexcn/itioiiM. 

///«/o>-.y.— Leading features of History of Canada to end of Cliapter XXX. 
Sff (/fiicral prcHcripfioiin. 

Arithmetic— Ka, in Common .School Arithmetic. Part III., first half. 

Li-Mov^ oii'XatiirK— As in (4rade VI., and witli the studv of specimens 
illustratmg tlie stones, minerals, &c. ; each class, sub-class, and division of 
plants ; and each class of animals found in the locality. .\11 common and 
easily observed physical phenomena. (Much of this course will be covered 
by a series of object lessons on the subject matter of any twenty of the easier 
(^■.hapters oi ./aniex' A(/ncii/fin-f, and on the Iiitrodiicton/ Scihicf P,-i)„i-r ) 
Health header, No. 2, begun. 

.Wii'fir, dc. — As under ;/^«^/Y</ /irexcri/itioiix. 


tieadiiKj.— Reader No. .5 completed. Klements of prosody and plain 
hgures of .speech, as illustrated in reading, to be observed and studied. 
See ijeiieral /jrexcriptioiis. 

S/)ef/iii;/.- Prescribed Speller in addition to i/enern/ prfxcriptioiiK. 

Laii<iiiat/e.—Parmr\g, including important ruio? of Syntax. Analy.sis of 
simple and easy complex sentences. Correction of false Svnta.x and com- 
position exercises, etc., as in "Lessons in English ' completed. Tupils at 
this stage should be able to express themselves fluently and with fair 
accuracy in writing, for all ordinary business purposes. See ne.neral pre- 
script iottn. 

\Vriti),<i and I )rairi,nj.— Copy Hook. Model and object drawing. 
Maiiiial Traiimi;/, No. 2, to end of Section V., with review of /'iih/ir 
Sehool Drain iiij Coiirxe, Nos. 5 and «, &c. Construction of angles, mathe- 
matical figures, maps, plans, etc., to scale and their measurement, neatly 
and accurately, by the "Universal Scale," tiie use of wiiich should he 
thoroughly masteied in this grade See ,/eiiera/ prewriptioiix (and alter- 
native Drawing Course recommended). 

^Vo.7/Y»/>/i(/. — Introduetoiy (ieography completed and reviewed, with 
latest corrections and map drill, an<l map drawing. See i/ei,era/ 

//ixtori/.-- Ah in "Brief History of England," with the leading features 
of tiie " History of Canada" completed and reviewed. See qeiieral pre- 


A rifhiiietir.— Common School Arithmetic (■onij)leted, See i/eiiera/ pre- 

.(/./f/yy*. - Fumlamcnta! rules, with .special drill on ihe evaluation of 
algebraic expressions. 

/idoi.i-iepiiif/. A sitnpli! set. 

LexxoHx oil Xaliire. As in (iiude VII., ,xtend.-d to bear on Health. 
.-Vgru'uiture, Horticulturt>, and any TtMul indu.stry of tlie Sciiool Section. 
Local " Nature Observations " (.\Iucli of this course will be covered h\ a 
series of oral less<Mis c(mipleting tiic subject matter of Janiexx .li/rini/t'iin 
and of the grade of .S'((V//(» I'rimerx). Health /teadi r, 'So. 2, completed. 
Si I ijeiieral prexeri ptioiix. 

Miixie, <(■(•. -As uiKh'r I/I II' nil /irexrri/itiiiiix. 



I'i'he following condensiitiiins of tlic Coimnon S<liool Course of Stiulv arc 
given mei'cly as suggestions for the benetit of untrained teachers who" may 
ie(|uire such aid. In connection with the xpirial pn xrri/itionx given In-re- 
under, the teacher should study tlnuoughly the meaning of the i/i i" ral 
pn xrrl/itioiix ^WfU (ihrw'hvw and in the Scjiool Register Tliese iji m ral 
• ■onibined with the following .^pirla' p,-i xrrijiiiiiiix form the ,irexiril„d 
Courses (jf Study. | 



with tliorougit 

Cliapter XXX. 

, first half. 
.' of specimens 
and division of 
11 common and 
ivill be covered 
ty of the easier 
(Vi/o Pi-imi-r. ) 

ixly and plain 
and studie<l. 

:. Analysis of 
ntax and com- 
3d. Pupils at 
and with fair 
le general pre- 

ject drawing, 
iew of /'iih/ir 
ingles, mathe- 
ement. neatly 
ich should be 
lit (and alter- 

(Viewed, witii 

Sf(- ifmiriH 

iding features 

'- i/i'iii'ra/ jiri ■ 

iji III ntl ftri- 
evaluation of 

11' on Heaitii, 
•iiool Section, 
covered by a 
« Ai/rii'ii/liiri 
2, ooniplt'tcd. 

'■ of Study arc 
iiers wlio may 
t-1 gi\('ii licre- 
pf the ;/> III III/ 
riicHC ;/' III ml 

he (ii'mii'llii il 



RiniltiHI.—Vv'nwQv and Reader No. 1, with wall cards or blackboard 

Artz/f/^af/'.— Story-telling by pupil. Easy veitical letters, words and 

Wntiiiif iiiid Oi-diriiii/, — Writing on slate, paper or blackljoard. Draw- 
ing of easy interesting figures, plans of platform and scliool-room, etc , or, 
as in Mixiniitl Tmiiiiinj No. 1, to the end of Sectiiiu IV., with Drawing 
Book No 1 (or as in alternative Drawing Course recommended). 

Arifhnii-fic. — All fundamental arithmetical operations with numbers, tlie 
results of which do not exceed 100, to be done with concrete and abstract 
numbers, accurately and rapidly. 

Li'i^fioiiK oil Xafiiri-, c{>c.— Power of accurate observation developed by 
exercising each of the sisnses on simple and approjjriate objects. Estimation 
of direction, distance, magnitude, weight, etc., begun. Common colors, 
simple, regular solids, surfaces and lines. Simple observations on a few 
<;ommon minerals, stones, plants and animals. Simple songs, Hygiene and 


HiikIIiiij. — Readers Xos. 2 and 3, with spellintj. 

Lniiiiiiniic — Oral statements of matter of I'jssons, observations, etc. 
Written sentences witii punctuation, etc. Subject, predicate, noun, verb, 
and their modifiers. 

IVrifliHj aiiif DrdiriiK/. — On slate and blackboard, Common geometrical 
lines r.r.vl figures with tlicir natnes, map of school ground. Copy books. 
Drawing as in MkiukiI Tniiiiiiii/, No. 1, to end of Section VIIL, and 
Drawing Rooks Nos. '2 and 3. or representative selections from them, with 
outline drawing of connnon obje(;ts (or as in alternative Diawing Course 

Arlthiiii'llv. — As in Common Schsol Arithmetic, Part L 

/ji-ssoiiK oil Xafiin, it'c. — (ieographyof neighborhood and tlie use of map 
of province witli easy geographical terms, explanation of the change of 
seasons, etc. Estinuition of distance, measure, weight, etc., contiinied. 
Coloi-. Study of fo\u' or five each of the common metals, stones, earths, 
tiowers, shrubs, trees, insects, birds and manunals. Simple songs. 


IImuUhii. Reatler No 4 witli spelling. Health Header N'o I. 

Lauijuai^f.. - Formal composition (simple essays twice a month), short 
descriptions of " Nature lesson' oliservations, etc., and letters aa well as 
oral abstracts. Simple parsing and analysis begun, witli the application of 
the more important rules of syntax, exercises selected from reading 
lessons. (No text book in the iianda of pujtila.) 

Writiiiij and Drmrimj. --('n\)y books Drawing as in Manual Traininij, 
No. 1, complete, and Drawing Hooks No. 4 iind .'» (or us in alternative 
Drawing Course recommended). .MoiU-l and object rlrawing. 

A.-itlniietiv. — As in ''onimon S<'liool Aritlimetic, I'art IL 

(lioiiraphy. — Introductory (ieograpliy toeml of (^inaila Thorough drill 
in outlines of Hemisphere maps. 

//M/ori/.— Leading features of history of Canadj to \'^7^{\ 

Lrisotix on Natiii-f. From minerals and rock to soil, as shown in 
neighborliood, and six or seven eacli of tlie connnon plants, trees, insects, 
other invertebrates, fish, reptiles, l)ir>ls, mamnuils, and natural phenomena 
such as ventilation, evaporation, freezing, closely examined. Distribution 
aiii! valueK of th.e statural »ro(lucts of the provinces MuhIc, at leasi half a 
dr/.en songs (tonic sol-fa notation). 




Rmdin;,. -Reader No. 5. Health Reader No. 2. Elements of prosodv 
and plain figures of speech as illustrated in readings to be observed and 


.s>r;//tnr/.— Readers and prescribed Spelling Book, etc 

Z/a«7«a^.. -Leading principles of Etymology and ' Syntax. Parsing. 

Analysis of smiple and easy complex sentences Correction of false syntax 

Written abstracts of or;il and reading lessons. Simple description of 
Nature lesson observations, etc., narrative and business forms 

Functusj.tion and paragraphing. All oral, including matter of " Lessons 

in English. 

Writim, and Draroim, -Copy books. Drawing as in Mamcal Trainina 
No. 2 to end of Section V., with Drawing Book No. 6. Model and Object 
drawing with simple drawing from nature. Construction of angles and 
simple geometrical figures to scale and their measurement. The use of 
scales as on " Universal Scale " (or as in alternative Drawing Course recom- 

ma^^ driir^'^'^^"*'^^'^"'''"'^^ ^^^^ ^"°'' ^'"^ ^''^^^^ corrections and thorough 
Bistofi/.—CaimdA completed, with "Brief History of England " 
^rifhnuftcaitd Atgebm. -Common School Arithmetic. Fundamental 
rules ot Algebra, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. 
Bnok/:eepint/. — A simple set. 

J/m.s/-.--AI least eight songs and the tonic sol-fa notation 
Le-ssoiix OH Xatnrt.-The study by examination of the minerals, stones 
earths &c; of specimens of each class, sub-class and division of plants • 
and ot each class of animals, as found in the locality, with particular 
reference to the bearing of the knowledge on any useful industry, as 
agriculture, horticulture, &c. All common and easily observed physical 
phenomena. Oral lessons with experiments on subject matter of Intro- 
ductory Science Tniner and Jamen's Agricidfnre.. 



Ilmdm;/. -Primers and Readers, Nos. 1 and "J, with .spelling 
andTC'hts"^^'''''^'"^^"'"^ ^'^' ^"^''* '''■'"'•"S or writing simple «ord.s 

IVrilinuand nrawh,,,.~Vertiv>il letters, &c., on slate, paper or black- 
board and copy book Drawing from objects, and of Jasy interesting 
figures, plans of school grounds, or as in Maima/ Trahnn<i, No. 1, to end 
of Section M., with Drawing Books, Nos. I and -J, (or as in alternative 
Urawing Course recommended). 

Arithwetir.- As i.i Common Sciiool Arithmetic, Part I, first half 

Lessons OH Xafmf.-Wmer of accurate observation developed by excr- 
<ising each of the senses on si.nple and appropriate objects, geography of 
neighborhood and local map. Estimation of <Hrection, magnitude dis- 
tance, weight, measure, .>^c.. begun. Colors. Objective study of at 'least 
a tew of each class of the natural history ol)jects in liie locality 

Mimi: -At least three simple songs (tonic sol-fa-notation). 


/Undiu.,. Headers I] and 4, with spelling. Health Reader No. 1 
m„m1?T"' ?■'■ "^rr"'«"* "^ ""itterof reading lessons and oral lessons, 
fe te^ w,iH.>!;''' i'''.r^ ;""'"T ''''•r'" ■"'•B«'vations, etc., narrative and 
an. ,, J f.,P^ "'•''''''' '!"•' «?"f'^'"^«««ith the easier inile.tions 
kssoils b^,',^ ' • '"'""« "'"' """"^y"'' "*■ «""P'« P'^««'*8'^^« i" '^''•Hng 

Na . complete with Drawing Hooks, .\oh. .3. 4 ami .-., or representative 
Ariflimetlr. As in C(.nimoii School Arithmetic, I'arts I and II. 

ents of prosody 
e observed and 

itax. Parsing, 
of false syntax, 
description of 
usiness forms, 
r of " Lessons 

inual Train imj 
ilel and Object 
of angles and 
t. The use of 
! Course reconi- 

s and tliorougli 

land. " 

nerals, stones, 
ion of plants ; 
vith particular 
1 industry, as 
jrved pliysical 
atter of Intro- 



simple words 

iper or black - 
sy interesting 
No. 1, to end 
in alternative 

St half, 
oped by exer- 
geography of 
ignitude, dis- 
dy of at least 

•, No. I. 
1 oral lessons, 
iiarrative and 
ler inHetti()n.>» 
es ill reading 

Hal Trnhiiuii, 
r. as in alter- 

I II. 



ireoijraphy and History. - 

■. — Five or six songs (tonic sol-fa notation). 

lis on A''a<?ire. — hist imation of weights, meai 

' ith reduction exercises; six or seven 

sry objects (mineral, vegetable and animal) in the neighbor- 
ned and classified. Common physical phenomena observed 

measures, distances, &c., iir 
exercises ; six or seven each of every class of 

. , - , .„ -, ^5''* '» Hemisphere maps and Introductory 
text book to end of Canada. Oral lessons on the leading incidents of the 
history of Nova Scotia 

Music. ^ 

connection with reduction 
natural history objects 
hood, exami 
and studied 


AW*V/. -Reader No. 5 and Health Reader, No. 2, with spelling and 
prescribed spelling book, elements of prosodv and plain figures of speech 
in passages read, observed. ' ' 

7.a7(;/«aflfe.— Leading principles of Etymology and Syntax. Parsing, 
analysis of simple and easy complex sentences, correction of false syntax, 
oral and written abstracts of interesting lessons. Essays, including 
narrative, description of "nature lesson " observations, cVc, and general 
letter writing with special attention to punctuation, paragraphing, and 
good form generally All oral, including matter of " Lessons in English." 

U t-'timj and Z>m*/'»i,7. -Copy Books. Drawing as in Manual Traininq, 
No. 2, to end of Section V. with Drawing Book, No. (i. Model and Object 
drawing, with simple drawing from nature. The construction and measure- 
ments of angles and mathematical figures. The use of scales on the 
" Universal Scale," (or, as in alternative Drawing Course re<,'ommended). 

(/«o,(/ra;7Ay.— Introductory (Geography, complete with latest corrections, 
and treneral map drill on Hemisphere maps. 

His/ori/.— As in '-History of Canada,"' and the "Brief History of 

Arithmetic and Al<]khra.—Vmmnox\ Pchooi Arithmetic, and evaluation of 
algebraic expressijns and four fundamental rules. 

Bookkeepin;/. One simple set with commercial forms. 

Mmic.—At least eight songs and the tonic sot- fa notation. 

UssoHs on Nature.. ^Thi) study objectively of a number of the typical 
natural history objects of the locality, their distribution, value and 
bearing on native industries in the Province. The observation and 
explanation of common physical phenomena. Oral lessons and experi- 
ments tts in Introductory Science Primer and James's Aijricnltiire. 


diMoK (at least, two divisions). 

h'eadiiiij. —Vrimarmui Readers, Nos. 1, 2 and .S, with spelling, and oral 
abstracts of interesting lessons ; nouns, verbs, subjects, predicates, etc., in 
lessons of higher classes ; writing sentences, and descriptions of " nature " 

IVrltiiiij anil Drairin;/. -Letters, words, geometrical figures, etc., on 
slate, paper and blackboard. Copying from cards. Copy books and 
drawing as in A/annul Trainimj, No. 1, to the end of Scition Vlll. with 
Drawing Books, Nos. 1, 2, 3 (or as in alternative Drawing Course lecom- 
mended), and drawing from common objects. 

Aritlini(tii.-~AH in Common School Arithmetic, Pari 1. 

Music. —Vouv or five .songs with tonic sol-fa notation. 

/'•(WJt.s o» A^a^H/v.- Practice in the estimation, by guessing and testing 
of weights, measures, distances, etc., referred to in reduction tables. 
'^tudy of regular solids, surfaces, lines and cohjrs. Observation of simple 
physical phenomena. Examination and classification of representative 
specimens of minerals, stones, etc., plants and animals, to be found in the 
locality Training the eyes to sec everything around and the mind t»» 
understand explanations and relations, 

Sk.niok (at least two (livisions) 
llinilinif. Readers, Nos. 4 and ."). Health Readers, Nos. 1 and '2. 
• -pelliiig and t'eiinition. Oral ah.ilnici3 of !c.-5suii.*i. KlGmcniury gram- 
mar and analysis drill on sentences in reading lessons. Observations of 
tignres of speech and the character of metre in poetical passages read in the 
■idvanced division. 



Laiignatfe. — LeanWng principles of Rtymoloisty, Syntax, etc. Written 
and oral abstracts, narratives and description of " nature lesson ' observa- 
tions, etc , with attention to punctuation, paragraphing and form. All as 
in " Lessons in English," taught orally. 

Writini) and Dra-.umj. -Coyy Books. Drawing in Afanin/ Trainiut/, 
No. 1, complete, and No. 2 to end of Section V., with Drawing Books, 
Nos. Sand 6, Model and Object Drawing; and lessons on mathematical 
construction of figures in advanced division. The use of the " Universal 
Scale."' (Or conrtt ?ation of alternative Drawing (bourse recommended). 

Of.oqmphy.— Textbook (introductory) in advanced division. For all, 
thorough drill in the general geography of the Hemisphere maps, 

^4s/!ory. — "History of Canada" and "Brief History of England" in 
alternative divisions. 

Arithmetic. --Common School Arithmetic, Parts II and III, with evalua- 
tion and fundamental rules of Algebra for advanced division. 

Book- keepin;/. Simple net for advanced division. 

A/Hxic. -At least eight songs and the tonic sol-fa notation. 

Lessons on Nalurf.— One daily to all pupils on such subjects as : estima- 
tion of weights, measures, distances, etc., properties of bodies, common 
physical phenomena, local representative specimens or species of the 
mineral, vegetable and animal world in the locality, the natural resources 
of the I'rovmce— rind the bearing of these on our industrial development, 
&c., &c. Experiments, &c., as in the Introductory Science Primer and 
Jame.s\ Aijric.nlture. 



[As a general rule there should be at least four classes or divisions in such 
a school ; (a) those in Reader No. T), (b) Reader No 4, (c) Reader No. X 
and (d) Readers Nos. 2 and 1 and Primer. The pupils in such a sciiool 
must be drilled to move without the loss of an instant of time, if the 
teacher is to be successful. There cannot be here the leisure of a graded 

Rmding^.~(i\) Four lessons a day, very short, with spelling, grammar 
and composition questions on them ; (c) three short lessons in like manner; 
(b) two short lessons, one from Health R(>ader No. 1, with the full range of 
questions on them ; (a) one lesson (Health Reader No. 2 on alteinato days), 
with questions covering spelling, definitions, grammar, analysis, prosody 
and composition, more or less partially . 

Writini) and Draioimj. (d) On slate or paper from blackboard or cards 
during specified times of the day ; (c) same, more advanced ; (b) copy books 
and drawing books, once each day ; (a) tiie same once each day. The use 
of the " Universal i^cale.'" 

//««//?(«(/«. —Text book oidy in (a) and once a day or every other day. 
with written compositions in (ii) and (b) as indicated in the other courses, 
("lass instruction or essay criticism once or twice a week. All as in 
" Lesson's in English, ' taught orally. 

(•fO!;riiphy.~Orii\ lessons once or twice a week to (d) and (eland (1)|. 
Text book twice a week (b) and (a) 

flis/ory. Oral lessons once or twice a week to (c| and (b). Text-book 
twice a week for (a I. 

AritfinK'tt'r. —Each class to receive attention twice a day as a chiss from 
the teacher ; (d) a very few minutes at a time ; (a) more time, which migiil 
vary with tiie dirtioulty of the points to l)o reasoned out. This will form 
the main subject for " seat work,'" while the teacher is engaged with otlici 

Music. \t least twice a day for a few minutes. Exercises short imd 
often given are more useful for many purposes than exorcises long aii<i 

Lf.swits on. Xu//tr>.-(hice every day ho as to select durink/ the year tlic 
most important points specified hi the. uncontracted ciuirser (Jrai lessons 
on subject nuitter of Jauns's Ai/ri'uf>a>-i. 

A specimen time table is given below for such schooU. 

X, etc. Written 

lesson '' observa- 

ind form. All as 

fanin/ Train iitij. 
Drawing Books, 
ou mathematical 
' the " Universal 
i vision. For all, 
e maps, 
of England "' in 

III, with evalua- 


•jects as : estima- 
bodies, common 
r species of the 
natural resources 
ial development, 
enoe Primer and 



' divisions in such 
(c) Reader No. ;i» 
in such a school 
t of time, if the 
isure of a graded 

pelling, grammar 
a in like manner ; 
the full range of 
I alternate days), 
.nalysis, prosody 

jk board or cards 
I ; (b) copy books 
1 day. The use 

every other day. 
le other courses. 
Bek. All as in 

and (c) and (1)|. 

(b). Text-book 

y as a chiss fioin 

me, which miglii 

This will form 

{(iged with otlici 

ircises sliort iiml 
Mcises long uinl 

liy tliH year I he 
w. (Jral lesson^ 





This specimen is given here for a rural school in which it is assumed there 
is only common school work to be done-lhe work of the first eight " Pro- 
vincial Grades." 

Ere.ry Teacher should have a lime table., giving all these details, posted 
lip in the school room, so that pupils can be guided by it even to iheir 
" desk " work. Inspectors are required to insist on this in every school. 


[For a "rural" or "miscellaneous" common school of eight grades 
grouped in four classes (a), (b). (c) and (d), as directed on the previous 
page, with about 14 pupils, 2 in 8th, .3 in 7th, 4 in 6th. 5 in .".th, 6 in 
4th, 7 in 3rd, 8 in 2nd, and 9 in Ist grade.] 




Rkoita''io.s to Traciikr. 

SiLKNT Work or tmk Fol'r Classss At 

^ erinesday, 






: 1.") 






: i!> 






■ 15 
























































■ > 















Openlnif sonsr. and RdII-phH. 

(d) Reading, tipclllnx, etc. 

((.( " 

(I,) " 

(a) " 

i'oiiur and Callsthi>n|fs. 

(a). (Ij;. (e) and (d), Arithmetic, eto. 

















(a) Gram, anil Anal. j (a) r,an','uage. 
(d) Reading, S|ielllng, etc 

Mental Arithiiietle. 
Writing. | Drawing 









Noon Intkrmissiom. 

Song and Roll-rail. 
Geog.. etc., (oral). \ Hist., etc, (oral) 
(a + ) lieog. (u + I IllHt. 

(i') riUiiguage. I (d) Liuigiiage. 

,,,v i. I (a) Tutis. I Health 

'"' I '1)1 Thurn. ( Reader 

Song and Calisthenics. 
Arith , Alg., B. K , or .Math.. Druwiia 

Map Drav 





t.aiigiiaxe Language. Language 

Arith. i Spelling. .Spelling. 


" Nature" and f-icnce lesson from ohjccti. 
Writing or Drawing notes on lessons. 

rd) Reading, Spelling, etc, 



(a), (t)), (I'landid) He- Hath. 

I I'ltations. (F;loeutioii- .Math. 

arv on Kridays.) Math. 

Math. lArith, I 

■Spelling. Spelling. 

Spelling. lArith. 

Announcement!!, etc., and Hong. 




* Desk work, Mathematics, when teacher is not engaged w itii tlie class. 

t Desk work, desiiription in writing (and drawing when necessary) of 
natural objects or observations, when the teacher does not require the 
attention of the class to the " lesson'" of the day. Some lessons may bf 
adapted to all classes, others to the senior or junior. \Vhen an elementary 
lesson is given classes (c) and (d), the classes (a) and (b) should be working 
on a written description of a plant, an in.sect, or other phenomena 
observed, or experiments in physics, etc., with drawings. And vice rcrsa. 

X Class (d) may be necessarily made up of fn-o or //tree, if not more sub- 
classes, each of which must be rapidly taken in turn,— some in their 
letters, some in their primer, etc., but all must receive attention in these 
subjects three or four times a day, for they can do but very little at a time 

/("earf/Hf/.— Should include spelling, definition of words, grammatical 
notes, derivation, prosody, etc., as the matter suggests ; and the literary 
and other ideas involved should be made clear to the pupils. There is a 
saving of time and effort in consideriug as many related things as possible 
together. .Vcf tjcueral prescriptions. 

Lanijuafji'. — The "desk'" work should require every day, if possible, the 
expression of the pupil's thoughts about something on which he can have 
clear ideas To read a short story, or choice description once to the class, 
giving all, say, exactly five or ten minutes to write rapidly their remem- 
brance of it substantially, is a good exercise; especially if the errors art- 
corrected before the class or otherwise shortly after; or to give them an 
object or a picture to "write up" in a limited time. This will develop 
facility of composition. Some grammar and analysis, of course, will be 
necessary in order to enable the pupils to understand the reasons why 
some methods of expression are better than others. 

il/a^/iewa^c,..— Several subjects need be taken up only for a month or 
two, such as the elemeta'-y rules of algebra, accounts, the use of the 
mathematical scales, as on the " Universal Scale"' (engraved on wood) and 
the compass in mathemutical drawing. Some of might be taken 
instead of arithmetic, say in the afternoon, or on alternate days. 

Bio/i Srhoo/ Wort Wheie work of this kind has to be done, those 
studying the high school subjects might aid the teacher with some of the 
classes so as to obtain time for the high school studies which might other- 
wise cut down too much of the time given to the common school grades, 
which are of paramount importance in ungraded schools. When high 
f-chool work is being done, tiie teachers time, in case of a difference of 
view by tliose interested, might be fairly decided to be distributed to each 
grade, in proportion to the number of grades and pupils in eacli. 
Nature Lessons, dx — See general prescriptions. 


163. Tiie following is the alternative course of Drawing for tlie common 
school grade.«. which is referred to in the ])receding prescriptions. For 
partially graded, and for ungraded schools, it can be condensed as illus- 
trated in the preceding condensations of the regular course for fully graded 
schools. Tiie subdivisions (a), (1>), [<■) and iiJ) serve to call and keep atten- 
tion to lines wi.ich should be followed through all the grades, even in the 
condensed courses which teachers are expected to form and adapt to the 
conditions existing in rural schools : 

(iRADK I. 

(a) Dra7,iiig as a>/ aid to /.ani/uaije.— Frte illustrative sketching from 
copy, memory, and imagination. 

Show pupils good outline pictures of simple objects, of scenes, r.nd of 
scenery. Teach ilem to tell what such pictures express Make on black 
board in presence of pupils outline pictures of familiar objects, such as a 
kitten, a l)oy witii a Hag, a house on iiill-top, and a boy running after his 
hat. Let llu- pupils copy these pictures and combine them to for., original 

d with the class, 
len necessary) oi 

not rei]uire the 
! lessons may hv 
en an elementary 
lould be working 
llier phenomena 

And vice rerm. 
if not more snb- 
— some in their 
tention in these 
y little at a time 
ds, grammatical 
and the literary 
Dils. There is a 
hings as possible 

, if possible, the 
lich he can have 
mce to the class, 
lly their remem- 
if the errors are 
to give them an 
his will develop 
course, will be 
he reasons why 

for a month or 

the use of the 

jd on wood) and 

might be taken 


be done, those 
vith some of the 
ch might other- 
11 school grades, 
Is. When high 

a difference of 
:rilnited to each 



for tlie common 
scriptious. For 
densed as illus- 
for fully graded 
and keep atten- 
les, even in the 
nd adapt to the 

.sketcliing from 

■ scenes, and of 
Make on black 
DJccts, such as ii 
inning after hi.s 
Id fi)!.! origiimi 



Encourage all honest eff"ort and criticize mildly even the po^^rest When 
the drawmg is not satisfactory ask the pupil to re-examine the object and 
ny again, perh ps next day. This will be particularly valuable when he 
is drawing from memory. 

Occasionally use coloured crayons and have the pupils use coloured 

(//) Drawinij as an uH to Nature Lex-^om. — Let every nature lesson end, 
when possible, with an illustrative drawing of the object studied. 

This will lead the pupils to observe and examine with greater care, and 
render the impressions more kiting. Outline drawings of aninials, trees, 
leaves and fruits, most interesting to children, are appropriate for this 
grade. Sometimes this work may be done in colour with the brush, using 
diamond dyes. 

[c) Formal Dran-iiKj Lessons.— A half-hour le-sson once or twice a week. 

Make the pupils draw from objects such as apples, half-apples, oranges, 
eggs, leaves, tubers, roots, etc. -from any simple object not involving 
perspective. They should frequently make models of objects in clay or 
other material and then make drawings of them. Some attention should 
he given to the primary colors with their tints and shades. 

For manual drill, let the pupils draw circles and curve.s on the black 

They should occasionally, in symmetrical exercises, use botli hands at 
the same time, and sometimes the left instead of the right hand. 

All the drawings should be large. Much injury is done to children 
and time is wasted in striving for minuteness of detail and accuracy of 
tinish, before the eye and hand are sufficiently developed. 

In small country sections, or in schools where the teacher has but one 
grade and not too many pupils, stick and tablet laying, also paper cutting 
and folding should be practised. A series of such exercises will develop 
(he idea of symmetry and be the best preparation for original designing. 

Good teachers will, at this stage, be sparing in the use of technical 

Voung children should always draw from interesting objects. Type 
forms represent abstractions which should not be used until the pupil "has 
reached them by his own generalizations. 

e^ Colored crayons may be used to advantage in all the grades, when 
water colors cannot be obtained or effectively used, 


(a) As an aid to laiiffua'ji: . —KncouvAge and help the pupils to illustrate 
niinple scenes and event", oy pencil sketches. 

Excellent selectionf, in literature suited to this grade are now attainable, 
such as fairy ta Pupils gener- lly take mujh pleasure in pic- 

torial repres«"t:c-i!. \ Their attempts at first will be crude 

but experience has • the great majority of pupils will improve 

rapidly, that their coi.. ^iJl be made more vivid, and consequently 

that the constructive in. ,i so useful in the study of history and 

geography will receive p -t r development. 

(//) As an aid to natnre lessons.— As in Grade 1. More difficult objects 
and some detail ; simple grasses and Howers occasionally using water 
colors. The leaf in the various stages of its growth. The cow or horse 
and the dog froni memory. 

Let the pupil be asked to observe these animals carefully whenever he 
can and then make a memory drawing of them in school. Point out 
mistakes and let the pupil correct them by renewed observation until the 
work is fairly good. 

Trees. — Characteristic foliage in mass of spruce, oak or beech, poplar or 
elm. Apple on branch with leaves. 

((•) .-is an aid to inathonalics.— Teach the pupils to draw accurately 
frrm one point to another, using a ruler. Draw parallel lines. 

Number work may be made more interesting by having the pupils make 
pictures of a given number of birds, apples, etc, by making them divide a, 



line or any rtgulat surface into equal parts to illustrate the nature o 
fractions, halves, fourths and eighths. 

((/) Formal drawing Uttsons.—lv/oh&M hours a week. Continue same 
work as in Grade I, introducing the grouping of two or more aimple 
objects. 'J he manual drill on theWack board should include ornamental 

Construct with coloured paper an historic border. Represent it by 
a drawing. Vary the pattern. 


(a) At ail aid fo laiitjuMif. - Aa in Grade II (a). E.xcellent copies of 
masterpieces of art may now be obtained at so bmall a cost as to place them 
within the reach of the poorest school. 

Before studying and discussing the pictures appropriate for this (or any 
other) grade, the pupils should see and examine as many as possible of the 
objects mainly represented, clouds, forests, mountains, "rivers, lakes, 
ravines, animals, churches, etc. 

(h) A-'' an aid to nature len.ious. — As in Grade II (b), but somewhat more 

Cat, rabbit, hen, duck, herring, trout, the jjarts of a flower, turnip 
and potato, leaves, etc. 

(c) Ax an aid to mathematic* and (jeoyraphy. — Drawing squares and 
rectangles ot given dimensions. Dividing them into square inches. 
Measuring distances in the classroom and representing them by linos one 
(juarter of an inch to a foot. 

Draw ing correct plan of the schoolroom and of the play-ground. 
Divisions of lines and surfaces into thirds, sixths and twelfths. 

(d) Forma/ Drau-in;/ Lcswtm. — As in Grade II, but more advanced. 
Ornamental curves more complex, copied and original, on blackboard. 

Borders formed by repetition of flower forms. 


(a) vlx an aid to language. — Continued as in Grade III (a). 

[b) As an aid to nature lestion-s. — Common plants, shrubs, trees (-^f each 
three or four), so as to be readily recognized by their characteristic branch- 
ing and foliage. Fruits. A few of the larger bones of the human body. 
The frog and the butterfly in the various stages of development. The 
sparrow and the robin. 

Natural colors to be used when convenient. As it will generally be 
impossible to obtain human bones, corresponding ones from other large 
animalr may be used instead. 

{<■) ^s an aid /o mathiinatics and neof/raphy. — Fifths and tenths illus- 
trated. The use of the compass in drawing circles. Right angles, triangles 
arid squares geometrically constructed. Map drawing Plans to jcale. 
Working drawings of a few simple objects. 

{d) Formal drairiu;/ hssonn.— As in Grade III (d). Study of good 
pictures. Principles of repetition and alternation in exercises on borders 
and rosettes. Study of color in objects. Pleasing combinations of color 
in design. 


(a) As ail aid to laii!/nu^i,^f. —Continued as in Grades II and III. 

The reading lessons will afford abundant material for pictorial drawings 
and illustrative sketches. Besides, there are incidents in child life, his 
games, etc, "playing ball,'' " fishing for trout," "snowballing," "what 
I saw on my way to school," "the hay makers." Drawings in mass of 
animals and children in interesting attitudes. Here appropriate colours 
will greatly improve the effect. 

(b) As an aid to nature lessons Vlanta, thistle, horsetail, iris, wood- 
sorrel. Animals— sheep and goat, turkey and goose, salamander, beetles, 
butterfly. Analysis of leaves and flowers for coFour schemes. 

the nature o 

Continue same 
r more limple 
de ornamental 

spresent it by 

llent copies of 
i to place them 

)r this (or any 
possible of the 
rivers, lakes, 

omewhat more 

flower, turnip 

g squares and 
quare inches, 
in by lines one 



lore advanced. 


trees ('^f each 
eristic branch - 

human body, 
opment. The 

I generally be 
in other large 

[ tenths illus- 
gles, triangles 
lans to jcale. 

tudy of good 
ies on borders 
itions of color 


irial drawings 
child life, his 
lling," " what 
igs in mass of 
priate colours 

I, iris, wood- 
,nder, beetles. 



(f) Ak an aid to mathcmatir^ and ^jeo;/raphy.~ AccurHle drawings of 
polygons with compasses and ruler. Development of surface of pyramid in 
card board. Paper cutting to produce forms of regular solids. Plan of 
the school section Map of province. Working drawings for a bracket. 

((/) Forma/ drawing /eswjtv -Studies of good copies of famous paint ings. 
Exercises in complex curves on blackboard- occasionally with both hands. 
The most elementary principles of free hand perspective as applied t'. 
simple objects.— the circle and the cube in different positions. The study 
and reproduction of historic ornament. Colour lessons tints and studies 
in objects, and pleasing combinations of colour in design. 


(rt) Ax an aid to lanyuaije —An in QradcV {a,). 

(h) As an aid to nature (f'-swHs— Organs of the human body— hands, 
feet, ears. Plants— lady's slipper, red maple. Animals— bear and fox, 
hawk and owl, insects in various stages of development. Study of colour 
in natural objects 

('•) As an aid to r.iathematics and ;/eography. -The measurement of 
angles and lines. Plotting geometrical figures, and simple geometrical 
problems. Map drawing— North America, showing Canada somewhat in 
detail. Working drawings of simple rectangular objects. 

(f/) Formal drawintj Icssov-s.—As h\ Grade V (d), but more advanced. 
The idea of type forms, cubes, pyramids, ovoids, etc., developed from the 
study and drawing of simple objects. 


(a) Ah an aid to luvrjnaye. — As in (Jrade V. (a). Special attention to 
the drawing of the best buildings and landscapes of the section. 

(/') As an aid to nature /c'iHon'i.— StvuctUTe oi hones and muscles, eyes. 
Plants Animals— spider and web, kingfisher, squirrel. Analysis of 
beautifully coloured natural objects. 

(c) As an aid to mathematics and (jto^i^n-aphy. — Vlotting. More difficult 
geometrical problems. Map drawing— Europe. Working drawings. 

{d) Forma/ draiving /t'ssoji.— Object drawing. Freehand perspective. 
Decorative design. Study of tints and shades. Pleasing iirraugemeius of 
groups of fruit, vegetables, or other objects; vase-forms, etc.; arrange- 
ments of objects to express some complex tliought, as a bottle of ink, a pen 
and a sheet of paper. 


[n) As au aid to lamjuaye — Occasional practice in pictorial sketching. 

ih) As an aid to nature lessons.— V\a.nts and animals. Heart and lungs 
of a sheep or an ox. Apparatus used in science lessons, etc. 

('•) As an aid to mathematics and geography, —hiicwute plotting and 
measurement by mathematical instruments. Working drawings of common 
objects to scale. Geometrical problems. Map of the British Isles. 

[d) Formal <lra\cinn- lessons — The study of good drawings from master 
artists. Drawing of groups of models, flowers, fruit, etc. Historic orna- 
ment. Adaptation of natural forms to purposes of decorative designs. 
Colour harmony applied in design. 


( Year Endiny July, IMUii. 

The subjects, number and values of the papers for the difl"erent High 
School examinations, and the general scope of examir.';tion questions, are 
indicated in the prescribed curriculum which follows. The text books 
named indicate in a general manner the character of work expected an each 
subject. P^xamination (juestions are assumed to be on the subjects, not on 
tlie text books, and may demand description by drawing as well as by 



writing in all grades. In any subject, also, a (juestinn may be put on work 
indicated under the iie'id of "'general prescriptions," Course of Study for 
Public Schools. 


Kxtii-ISM LA.\(a:A(!K -100 : (a) The Sir liot^fv IhCoverky Papers (T. C. 
Allen & Co. I, Longfellow's Kranijflinf., and Tennyson's The Brook, and Ode 
on iht: Death oj IVeUimitoii, with critical study, word analysis, prosody and 
recitations ; (b) English Coinposition as in Dalgleish'f Introductory or an 
e<juivalent in the hands of the teacher only, with essays, abstracts and 
general correspondence, so as to develop the power of fluent and correct 
expression ii. writing. 

2. Kn(!LIS1I Grammar— 100 : Text liook (excepting "notes" and 
"appendix") witii easy exercises in parsing and analy-ois. 

3. Latin— 100 ; As in Collar and l)aniel/'n First Latin Book; to end of 
Chapter LIV., or any equivalent grammar, with very easy Irannlation and 
composition exercises. |The Roman (Phonetic) pronunciation of Latin to 
be Used in all grades.] 

4. Frkncii — 100 : As in Fasnacht's Proi/resKim Course. First Year, irith 
Progressive Reader First Year, Sections 1 to 15. 

5. History and Geo(!RAI'HY— 100 : (a) Text-book of British History 
up to the House of Tudor, and oral lessons on " How Canada is Governed.'^ 
(b) Advanced Text-book to page '25, with the geography of the various 
portions of the British Empire. 

6. SciENCK— 100: (a=30) Physics as in Balfour Steirari's Primer. 
{b = 70) liotany as in Spottoii's ffif/h School liotauy (last edition), or an 
equivalent. Drawing of parts of plants. 

7. Drawi\'(j a.nd BooKKKKi'iNf: — 100(a-20) Construction of plans, 
geometrical figures and solution of mensuration and trigonometrical 
pioblems by mathematical instruments. (b~30) High .School Drawing 
Course No. 1, with Model and Object drawing and Manual Trainiui/ No. 
'2 completed. (c = 50) Commercial forms and writing, with Single Entry 
Bookkeeping problems. 

S. Arithmetic — 100 : As in the Academic Arithmetic to page 77. 

y. AUiKBRA — 100: As in Hall d- Knir/ht'B Elementary .\lgebra to end 
of Chapter XVL 

10. GeoMi-itrv— 100 : Euclid L, with the easier exercises in Hall a- 
Stevens to page 86. 

NoTK. — Latin and French are optional, all other subjects imperative for 
" Teacher's pass." The minimum aggregate for a "High School pass" is 
400 on any eight papers with no subject below 'J.") ; for a "Teachers's pass'' 
400 with no imperative subject below 40. 

fiRADE X. 

1. Enclish Lancjitacr. — 100 (a) Same subjects as in previous grade, 
but more advanced scholarship required, (b) Composition as in Dalgleish's 
Advanced or an equivalent in the hands of the teacher only, with special 
attention to the development of readiness and accuracy in written 
narrative, description, exposition and general correspondence. 

2. English Grammar — 100 : Text-book (excepting "appendix") com- 
pleted with exercises in parsing and analysis. 

3. Latin— 100; As in Collar and DameU's Firs/ Lai in Book complete, 
and " Cii'sar's Invasion of Britain,'^ by Walsh and Duttield. 

4. Greek— 100 : As in White's First Greek Book, lessons I to LIX. 

5. French— 100: As in FasnacM s Progressive Course, second year, with 
Progressive Render, first year, selections 16 to H2. 

6. Gkrman — \Q^): As in Joynes-Meissner's Grnnimar, first 18 lessons, 
with Buchheims Modern German Reader, Part (, Jirst division only. 

7. History and Gkocrai-hy -100: (a) Text-book of British History 
from the House of Tudor to the present time. (1:) Advanced Text book of 
Geography completed. 

8. Science— 100: (a=70) Chemistry as in IF/Y/iciHW. (b=:30) Agricul 
ture as in jamei : or Mineralogy as in Crosby. 

e put on work 
of Study tor 

Papei'8 (T. C. 
rook, and Odf 
I, prosody and 
luitory or an 
abstracts and 
It and correct 

' notes" ' and 

oak, to end of 
annlation and 
m of Latin to 

•>it Year, iri/k 

ritish History 
is Governed.'* 
jf the various 

ar/'s Primer. 
lition), or an 

inn of plans, 
hool Drawing 
Trainini/ No. 
Single Entry 

page 77. 
gebra to end 

168 in Ha/ 1 d- 

mperative for 
chool pass" is 
jachers's pass'' 

evious grade, 
in Dalgleish's 
, with special 
/ in written 

pendix") com- 

iook complete, 

I to LIX. 
md year, with 

It 18 lessons, 
on only, 
■itish History 
I Text book of 

=30) Agricul 



Grammar and easy co;nposition partly "oased on prose 

9. Dranmxo A.N-D BooK-KEEPiN«-100: (a) Mathematical Drawing as 
in previous grade, but more advanced ; Faiince'^ Mechanical D> awing ve- 
commended to teachers for " proper use of instruments." High School 

,s "LTriHf v""?"**' ^n{ '-k ^'^\ "'"''^^ ^"'^ °'^^«''^ drawing, with simple draw- 
n.gfroni Nature, (b) Book-keeping; Double entry forms and problems. 

10. AuiTHMETic-100: The Academic Arithmetic complete 

Chater XXVII '~'°^ " ^^ '" ''^"'^ ""'^ Knightn Elementary to end of 

I'J. Geometry- 1 00: Euclid I, II and III to Prop. 20, with the easier 
exercises in Hall and Sta-en-s. 

( ^'?.',r~'i'*''"' ^'^^'?' ^'renchand German optional, all others imperative 
for Jeachers pass." The minimum for a "High School pass," 400 on 
any eight papers with no subject below 2.i ; for a "Teachers- pass," 400 
with no imperative subject below 40. 


1. ENCiUSH Literature - 100 : [a-80] Mihct, L' Allegro, II 
I en^ero'io, Comus and Lycidm, Macaidoy.-< Enmy on MiUon [b^ 201 A 
general acquaintance witli the prescribed literature of the previous grade 
as above. ^ e> ^^ 

2 English Grammar-100 : History of English language and Text 
Book complete with difficult exercises. [b| History of English literature 
as m Metklejohn. ° 

.3. Latin— 100 
duthor read. 

ri ?• ir'^V,'^~.}^^-^ "^^^ ?'?.'"■'•'' ^' '^'-^^- ^"'^- Book I (also for 1903). and 
[b] VirgUs .hncid, lio<,k II ; (for 1903, Book 111), with grammatical and 
critical questions. 

5. ({rekk— 100: Graminar and easy composition based partly on 
author read and H hite'-^ First Greek Book completed 

6. Greek— 100: Xenofihon'^ Anabads, Book IV., (for 1903, Book 1) 
with grammatical and critical questions. 

7. French— 100: As in Fasnacht's Proqresdve Coarse, Third Year 
Pierre Coeuj's L'Ame de Beethoven and Richebourg'.s Les Violette-i Blanches 
(MacMillau A Co). ' 

8. German — 100 : As in JoyiiesMeismer, to lesson 44, with Buchheim"s 
Modern German Header, Part I., complete. 

9. History axi> GEOCiRxPHY— 100: General History and Geography 
as in Swinton. ° •' 

10 PnYsiOLO<!Y-100: As in prescribed text, " il/rtr<m'.^ iy(«na»i Bodu 
nnd the Effects of Narcotics. " 

11. Physics— 100: As in Gage's Introduction to Physical Science. 

12. Practical ALvthmetics— ItJO : As in Eaton. 

13. Alokbra and Arithmetic— 100 
mentary Algebra. 

14. Geometry— 100: Euclid 1 to IV, with the easier exercises, the 
more important definitions and algebraic demonstrations of Euclid V, and 
Euclid VI (text) to Prop. 19, as in Hall ami Stevens. 

Note.— Latin, Greek. French, and German optional, all others impera- 
tive for the "Teachers' pass." The nunimum aggregate for a "High 
School pass," 400 on any eight papers, with no subject below 25 ; for a 
" Teachers' pass," 400 with no imperative subject below 40. The examina- 
tion on this syllabus may also be known as the Junior Leaving Examina- 
tion of the High School. 


^ The examination on this syllabus may be known as the Senior Leaving 
Examination of the High School. This portion of the course of study may 
be profitably undertaken on the lines best adapted to the staff of instructors 
or the demands of students in the larger High Schools or County 
Academies. 'There is in this grade a bifurcation of the course into a classical 
side and a scientific side, with minor options leading to the certificates of 
Grades XII (classical) and XTT (scientific) respectively. 


As in Hall and Knight's Ele- 


Its f 






2. TAcmis— 100. 

3. Cicero. — 100: 

4. Vkr<;il. — loo 
HoRAOK— 100: 

(a) imperative for both sides. 

1. Enoiisji LA\(jnAGE-100: As in Loumhury'>i Enqlish Lamuaoe 

Frestef Tale. (Skeat's 2/6 edition.) (Also for 1903) 

2. E.ngi,ishLiteratupe-100: StopJordS Brooked (3/(5 edition) for 
reference. Prescribed authors : Shakespeare's A^awi/.^ ; Tennyson's /« 
;¥nr.'Qnr'«?T''^'^P'''';Vi' OondliaHon ^vifh America (>,ho for 1903) 
I and II) ^^^''^^P^'"'^ ' -^"'"'-^ ^'"''■'x^^ •^nd Milton's ramdise Lost, BkL 

People, and ClemenV.s History of Canada. J J '" i^n^^n-n, 

4 PsY(;Hoi.o.a'--100 : As in James's Text Book of Psychologv or 
Maher's edition of 1900, "^ .y^-""»og,V. or 

5. Sanitary Sciknce.-IOO : As in the Ontario Manual of Hygiene. 


I. Latin Com position. -100 : Grammar as in Bennett, and Composi- 
tion asjn Bradley^s Arnold or equivalents. Latin translation at ,S 
Anna.:,, Book L (For 1903, Hutories, Book I)" 
J.)e i>e,iertnte and De A mkitia ( Also for 1 903) 
.hrnid, Books IV and VI. (For 1903, (horgic,). 
for J003). A/)*.,</«.v, Books I and II, and Ath Poetka. (Also 

6. Roman History am, GEn,;RAPHV. -100 : As in Liddeli:. 

7. Ghkek Composition --1(M» : Grammar as in Goodwin, and composi- 
tion^as ,n H,trher and Ntcholson, ov equivalents. Greek transktZ at 

Ln IAN. — 100: Vera flix'oria (Also for '903). 

ten'mK^"''!.;;'' Vt ^""?r-«"'itting documents. (Also for 1903). 
ht.RiPiDKs^-lOO: Afeden ( l"'or 19i'.3, Sophocles, J«<,V,o«.) 
Grecian History and Gkocrapiiv.-IOO : As in Smiths. 

(c) impehativk for scientific side. 

1. Physics -100 : As in t, '„..,;■ Prlnrip/, ., of Phusir. 

^. LllKMisTRV-100 : As in Stoier & Lindsay's Elementaru 

.1 Botany -100: As in The E..,Mial. of Botany by Bessey (latest 
Scotrflor ' ^'■"""' '''""'"'''" "^ -Pre-ntalive -'species of tL^ Nova 

4^ Z.,OLO(;v.-100 : As in Ontario Hiyh School Zoology, or equivalent 
Jotwo;;^P'^^' '"^'^ Scotia species as insist sp'ecifi^'ni 

o. Ge«i.O(;v.- 100 : As in Sir William Dawson's /land Book of Cana- 
S".SS':nq;;a:l;tS;:'^ relating .o other provinces fro^^^il^s 

«. AsTnoNOMY — lOO : as in 'youn./s Elements of Astrononw. 

7. Navi.;ation.- 100 : As in Norie:. Epitome/ov equivalent. 

8. THi.H)NoMKrRY.-100 : As in Mnrray\s Plane t,i„onometrv 

9. AL<a.imA,-IOO: As in Hall & Knighfs m,her i^/'m Littin/r 
"♦ 'paragraphs and chapters xxiv to XXXI. », omiuing 

10^ (Jeometuv.-IOO: Ewlid, paiticularly fV and A/ as in //«// 
mdSteren., with exercises •; Loci and their equations," as i. chapter I 
WentworthsEIementsof Analytic (Geometry. " cuapier i , 

(D) optional kor either sid;?. 

equivalent!"'" '^"**''"^" ^^" Com position.- 100 : A» in Brachel or 

Fri Iw fr*"" A'"^'l»«,':~ '"•<»= H"<--ine'« Athafie and specimens of modern 
Prench (1) verse and (2) prosfe. l)v U».rHw,r. (M„,.,5,;if:„„ il /^-_ , p L 

nmmi (. hairian's Madame. Thh-he (Am. B. Co). " " ' "' '' ' 



the. Nonne 

eflition) for 
nyson's In 
i for 1903). 
■ Loit, Bkx. 

the Encr/Uk 

iliology, or 

if Hygiene. 

1 Composi- 
t t^iglit. 
Jook I). 
r 1903). 

ca. (Also 

fl composi- 
isliitioii at 

for] 903) 


aey (latest 
F the Nova 

9ecifie(l ill 

'c of Cana- 



' ill Ha/f 
liapter I , 

rache/ or 

)f modern 
). Erck- 


or'equ^rnr ''"'""^" ^^" Co.positiox.-,00: M in J o,n...Afeis.ner 
(aC. He^a"h&crrsW"i,iJrr ""T^t*'^*"- ^y ««»«„« Storkel 

rnacl7ortSy%^pU!Sdh,Al'rin'""''' ^W^^''^^ "^ '000 must be 
Jive, papers. "^ ^ ^^ "' '"^'uduig all m groups (A) and (C) and any other 

^^^^^^^^^^l^r^=^ ^r mustbe made 

papers. ^ feronps, (A) and (B) and any other Jour 

No paper to fall below '>o 

for " Teachers' pass.'" No paper to fall below oO. 



The leading universities and eolleL'es of tJ,« p..,. • 
accept the Grade XI or Junior lJS hLI V^ "*''" ''^^'^ '^S'-eed to 
their matriculation examination whpn^tt^ ^•''j'""' ^'^'titi^ate in lieu of 
each subject required by he Zu^dar .« . V^"- '^^ate indicates a pass on 
For example, a univers^Jy n^^x 50 orKp,'"'"'.'"" '''""^'^'■^^ co,rcerned. 
<ireek or any other subject ZvfstandLd '^ a'""'' '""'^"!: '*'«■'• *" Latin, 
take a " pass - High School Certificate fhr,;^"' T ""'^'"'"''^^e may fail to 
not required for matriculation veSe I r^^ ? low mark in a subject 
I'y.his "examination recor7"'orth?siibieo^;"°"^ '','«'' 'T'^^' ''««''»«'" 
"•.iversity. This constituted a p.actS affi faTio,?"' Wf''^ t'i'" '° '^^ 
Schools with the Universities whVI, w^n aftjimtion of the Public High 
high schools, while it 2 1 X^ aS of'^hJ^ Vr^"" "^^"^'•Sy ^ '"-^"y 
relation to the public school? ^ ''^^^ Universities in the sami 



y^!^^^^ ^-t books for the 

as possiblp of the knowledge and eipcrTence 'f 1 ? "'f''"' "'"'^ "^ ^""^ 
the practical work of education, ifesol aim nf " """ •^';« .engaged in 
Jieen to secure, at a reasonable ,.,,«. u ^ V '^'''-'^'" '"oditicatious has 

The prescribing of new books is oni n 1. .^^- '•'''^ "ndesirable thing, 
that the most exfraor.U.rary tre >a .0 1 rmkeT?'''""^ '" '''« '^"""''^ 
ultimate advantages of a .han/e w U more n,a„ '""'''' r"*" ^''"^ ^^e 

the temporary los*l or a.u.oyanSa^iisrv- he.l iTS^ "'? ^^'P''' ^'"• 
change there must be. It is the es^nti, Iv. .W , . ^',"« "" '''"'"«*^- '<"» 

ought under such circunistances to b^^ 'wa;s'l^^^^^^^^^^^ f}^^r''' ' "^''^^ ^« 

nspectors and teachers are reminded ^ prepared for it. 

ecinLLarexplmmurTfor^heSt [iksT"'" "i''""'« ^'"'••"™«- - 
instruction for junior classes Too .»..!.?? I P"'^'"l'"« a system of „ral 

in respect to tt? no e youtS p nds bv nhf ''^ '" '"^'^-^^ themselves 
books no, needed in any cL^ »d wor e , Imn ^l«l *^ T "''"" ''*"''" '«" 
1.V proper oral expositimi. A tex Crsl otd, Innrf ''''"" .""^T ""P*'"*^ 
until he is prepared to use it inSiigendy ' ' ■■"'""■"'' ^'"' * «'»''» 

(21 That the regulation which makes ir ilio,.„i 1 • 
teacher to introduce unauthorimltextH bv..*^ and improner for a 
giving his pupils the benefit oTo her rla.L to' wLe'"''T '""' ^""" 
may attach importance. The piouress ve te. nhl '*''"«« '"'P'anat ions he 
aids within rea^ch. and will so ZThZ'i: '^f.!!!:':*!''!^^'^^ "'"vo such 
to ills instructions. •r""- •.nncry ana inierosfc 





Royal Readers, Primer and Nos. I to 6. (Thomas Nelson & Sons, Edin- 
burgh and London.) [3 cts., 10 uts., 17 cts , 30 cts., 45 cts., and 60 eta 
respectively.] In French sections, French- English Royal Readers, Primer 
to No. 3. [8 cts., 20 cts., 30 cts., 45 cts., respectively.] Len Grander 
luve.ntiovH Modernes, par Louis Figuier, 50 cents. 

Spelling bock superseded— En^lM Ed it ion. (Sullivan Bros.) 25 cents 
Health Readers ^os. 1 and 2. (T. C. Allen & Co., Halifax.) 20 and 30 

Calkin's Introductory Geograpiiy. (A. & W. Mackinlay, Halifax ) (iO 
cents. ' ' 

Calkin's History of Canada. (A. & W. Mackinlay, Halifax,) 50 cents. 
Brief History of England. (Thomas Nelson & Sons, Edinburgh ) 17 
cents. ° 

Lessons in Enrlish. (A. & W. Mackinlay, Halifa.x ) 30 cents. [Gram- 
maire Francaise Elementaire, for the use of teachers in French sections 1 
30 cents. " ^ 

Common School Arithmetic. (T. C. Allen A Co., Halifax.) 15 cents 
each part ; 40 cents threi'. jjartn bound in one. 

Tonic sol-fa: National and Vacation Songs. (Grafton & Sons, Montreal.) 
8 cents, or Young Voices (Curwen, London),. 5 cents. 

Writing: Copy Books— FerAco/, as in Jacksons New Style, 5 cents 
each ; or Slopmtj Royal, 7 cents each 

Drawing Books: Public School Drawing Course (Canada Pub. Co., 
Toronto), 5 cents each ; or Langdon S. Thompson's, 10 cents each • or 
home-made books of cheap paper, under direction o( teacher for alternative 
course rDCommended. 



English Grammar (Mackinlay). 30 cents. 

Academic Arithmetic (T. C. Allen & Co.) 40 cents. 

Martin's " The Human Body and the ettecis of Narcotics" (Henry Holt 
& Co.) Jjil.Od. 

Calkin's Geography of the World (Mackinlay). .§ 1.25. 

Outlines of British History (Thomas Nelson & Sons, Edinburch) 45 
cents. r 

Hall & Stevens' Euclid. [I., 25 cents, I. to IV., 55 cents, I. to XI 80 
cents.] ■' 

Hall Si, Knight's Elementary .\lgebra. 75 cents. 

James's A(frindture (Morang, Toronto). 30 cents. 

Note.— The character of the High School work in its various subjects is 
further indicated by the books referred to in the High School Course of 
Study from year to year. 



The Council has not deemed it necessaiy to prescribe maps and charts 
of particular authorshin for use in the Public Schools. In such well-known 
series as those of Phillipo. Johnston or Mackinlay, trustees will find an 
abundance of excellent material from which to select. The special 
character of Church's Mineral Map will tend to popularize it in many parts 
of the province, while it fully answers tiie purposes of a general map 

Prang's Natural History Series of botanical and zoological drawiiiKS ia 
accompanied by a manual of directions. 

The "Standard Dictionary" (Funk and Wagnalls, New York and Lon- 
don), is recommended. 

Trustees are authorized to procure the "School Equipment," described 
as ner^swry in^ the Manual of the School Law, from any makers or 
puosiSuers, satirtaeto.-y to themselves and the ioipectur. 




and for urgent or sVeoial offiLi ? ""^ ''"'''^"* *'^"'^^tional progre^^ 
annual ismfli MsZol^Z^ tZT 'v ■''''^^'' ''^^^^^^ ^^^ ««'" ' 
Boards of School TJLtT'jKOo'ptl^n". '^ '^'^° -o.nmend.d to all 
il'n/n ^*';f '■*"'' '^y •'• B Calkin 

S:X^^iS^^!-:^:«1!-d by G. U. Hay. Sl.C^. 

Kemeutary Er,,,li.h Co,„mitL., by Svkes 

(W. J. Gage& Co) ^ "^ ' P^' ^ '' !« '"dies. .10 cents each. 


for Standard I II .„,i Vi^r u , *,^f' "8ff> ^^w York) ; Obje,-t Lessoiin 
Creen & S). ' ' ''^'^ l»^"gla.ul), by Garlick and Dexter /Longman", 

7 /'i tfilr""" ''"'^' ^'^^"^^ ^^"^^'-^ ^y «• R- MoLcod. Page, ,«6. 
^ Vi:. SKt "^ ^y- '■ !-«• ^««es 205. .4 X 7i inche. 

AlfenTco")^ ''^^■' ''""'■ "'^"^^'"'^"•y- ^^ "«'«" N- Bel!. 25 cents. (T. C. 
rif 'w ^r^B-^'i;;''';'/''''''' (^"tanot. rages 2.V». 4 V 6i inches 

OA^^L^'^^f^""''' '''•'"'■'""' '^y'^- "• Bailey. Pages XI + ««. 

n.i£';rco.;:^ ''""""""' "^ "^"'-^ ''■ ^^''"s- p'^«- -^ni + .so, (Mao. 

4x(nnches,iMlJ,'i;;ril^cM':^^^^^ by Krnost .S. Reynold,. 164 V* 


nvli'rr llf-'^. 'f-^:' to. faSiti;: -Ye nZ^o^^^-^V 
ruh" '?"' K-Jl'Ir ' "• ^'"."crnies ; 4, Beetles ; .3, Moths ; «, Freab Water 




New" Yorki^'^'"' ^^'^""'''''' ^^ ^^"'^^'^•^' PP' 367, r> x 7 (Henry Holt, 

. Hearf ?4Xt„r "'"""'"'"• '^ '^'"■'' PP- '^«' '' '^ ' '-^- ' (•^- c- 

Pracdcal Botany for Beginners, by Bower [Histology of type plants with 
microscope and reagents] (Macmillan & Co). Pages 275 ; 5 x Tenches 



(Irays Mamial, pp. 760, 84 x 6i inches, $1.80. 

lUmtrated llora (of North Eanlern ^ wenca) bv Britton & Brown 3 
volumes, each of abont 600 pages, 11 x U inches,'. *3.00(ScdbneTNew 

zoo LOG V. • 

ClSoT'sf-So' ^'''■'^'"'""'•^- '>y •'o'-'l''". pp. 37o, 8 X 5 inches (McClurg. 

5 ^ilKx^^t,*^^?;:.^^^'?;,^--'-'' '»• ^'-p-. PP- ^^0, 

m^^^lr::'x^^jj^^ ^^ ^--' P^^- ««^+. 10x7inches, 

Atauualfor the study of, by Comstock, pages 700, 9.', x 6 inches 

»3.75. (tomstock 1'i.b. Co., Ithaca, New York.) j x o incnes, 

c \?^- .J" ^^'^ Revised statutes of 1900, Chapter 52, 
bection<7(e), authority is ^Tiven for the raisinL' of funds 
tor books ior the school library by assessment. Until the 
Council has prepared and published a list of books for such 
libraries, trustees purchasing such books with school funds 
should hrstsend a list of the proposed books, their 
publishers, sizes and prices, to the Secretary of the Council 
tor its approval. 

173^ In some schools amon^ those fully L^raded, the 
prescribed Readers may be thoroughly nuistered before the 
other portions of the curse; so that additional reading 
might prohtably be undertaken by the pupils Such read 
ings are known as "supplementary," an.! may ],e authorized 
by the Council for any section making application; but 
only on the conditions: (aV that the prescribed Readers 
have hrst been thoroughly mastered, and (bi that the 
supplementary Readers authorized be the properly of 
the school section, so that no parent or pupil shall be 
retjuired to purchase any such Reader 


»f,f?*\ {''""''''''"''•7T''e function of the Normal School is the training of 
students for the profession of teaching. This object bemg constantlv kei 
}":;?;• /'-; f^r\«"- "/ "r ^■'" ^ '" «"«•' »« institution ?nfters StLl y 

\ XtT ? "'f .';'*^'' '"'""'• ''^^■^" "^ ^'■•"" »''*t "f *'•« university. lu i 
high school and the academy, the mind an.l character of the nnpd a.e nub 
jected to „, hiences an.l moulded by processes which it is ad 
often undesirablr that the teacher should reveal. Knowle.lge is ac<n ired n 

. All Alnm on flirt' a»"' •»"•' ••«Ha:'*' ' -' . . — © «i.v»|iii«cii m,nent forbids all atte.npt to aiscover the of asaimiiialiou ; 



Henry Holt< 

ches ; (D. C. 

plants, with 
■ inches. 


fe Brown, 3 
ribner. New 

IS (McClurg, 

an, pp. 420, 

I X 7 inches, 

X 6 inches, 

tipter .52, 
ot" lunds 
[Jntil the 
i for such 
3ol funds, 
cs, their 
3 Council 

ided, the 
elore the 

ich read- 
ion ; but 

that the 
perty of 
shall be 

training of 
antly kepi 
y. In the 
lil are sub- 
SBsary and 
iccpiired in 
saiy to its 
niiiiation ; 

JSl^^k*'^ '"'T ^'"'*?' ^''^ '^'8^^'' «t"d'«s are not pursued far enough to 
<l.sco e their vah,e as interpreters of the more rudimentary branche" 
«n tre and'ex^ffi "f? 't, ""'^'^ '"^l^-^' ^^^P^^tn.ents of^kno.lidge are 
Tnind Ins Jome^to r^ •'' *''' •ir''""?'^ «'''""^'^« '"^^h"^ ^^•»'i«=»' 'he adult 
'eSnment -^./w^^^^^ "' *^t «."'? °"« « its stage of mental 

SdSloLarm.frrTrK'""*'^"'**'^/^ '■^^^l^'^^ Uself into the 

ngui anil logical method of the maturcr faculties. 

i rl 1 -^ 1 ^''•'/"""g are far from identical with those according to which 
ri^er yea J ^I'l^Vhr^'h "' T?""'''^ ^no^'ledf^e is unfolded fo ule o 
tl revP^rnu. ii ^ "'herent function of the Normal School, therefore, 

.owe eilates with /^P'"'''''' "^ '*^'^''"^"«- ^^ *''« "^^''^^'^ interpreting 
power enlarges with each new experience, so the materials of new know 

ihlfd'sirc erhi'^no^ "^^ --!J".«'-' l^y the teacher in rordanceTith tL 
^n i Lrti^^ k n J T i ,f "'""''**!""; Acc.rdingly, the Normal School, 
vkw the f ' ^' °^' '"^"'°'^" '"''••^'' "'•^ intended to bring into 
iesladvYntage '"'" ''"'^"''""'^ ""'^•' "'''''•'' '' '""^^ ^'^ rein.parted fo the 

Academy and college, moreover, are institutions not intended to eduin 
young people or the practice of a profes8ion,-certainly, not fo tSe mo 
fessn.u of teaching, but rather to fit them for entering upon the stiu v o a 
calling. Consemiently, the discussion of duties of a t^eXr, of ifsres on 
s b his relations to state, church, an,l the social orgai^i.i i ,'7, "nn 

tie or no part of the curriculum of these institutions. This is distinc- Iv 

knoit 1 °" "^ "" ^"'■"" '=^''''"'''' ^''^"''*' 'Attention is fixed not solely upon 
knowledge courses of study, and methods, but mainly on the training 
teachers who will be con.petent to form the characters of our youth i/d 
tit them for the s ruggle of life. The practical bearing of the sub ects of 
the course of study will be insisted on, 'especially the applicat oi of sohr.o 
an, book knowledge to the agricultural, and other indus.fies cf o u coun 
S i ooi mr rfrr ''"'^"'"y ''^''- ^' ^^'" '"^ ^'"^ endeavour of the Nor ,?a 
Un dn^ ?hZZ i ""',"'"'' l''""i y""">^ ^'^'^^•'■•^•'•^ f'c importance of con- 
tinuing their professional study after graduation, of pursuing invest iga- 
tion.s ,„ the psycimlogy ,.f the child, of carrying o^ constantly^ co\fr«X 
general reading designed to keep them in touch with the progress of tie 

fji.:.""' .f ''.7"« V" ''^ °f "" -^^'"'^ publicspirited, sellrespect g 
'itizen, rather tiiau that of a learned recluse. i'«=«^u>ig 

175. A'ar//*Vmv.---Iiui.ldition to receiving specific instruction in p.sychology 
and pedagogical theory, the students in the Provincial Normal Sdiool S 
given opportunity to put into practice principles accjuired. To tiiis end 
Uiecomnion schools ot the town of Truro have been thrown open to the 
^ormaI School students, where the latter will have excellent facilities 
for observing the actual working of the different grades of the public 
schools an.l tor obtaining a measure of .experience in teachintt This 
arrangement, it is believed, will give the pupil-teachers a real acquaintance 
with school practice, as well with th« solution of problems of discipline, as 
wit h imparting instruction in the subjects of the curriculum. Parallel with 
the essentialy iiorma/ training, a course of study will be pursued in the 
branches of the Nova Scotia curriculum, with the aim of roudii.g out the 
scholarship of the students. .Some advanced wsrk will be reiiuired 
especially in the critical study of literature, and in laboratory and fiehl 
work in the physical and natural sciences. Special attention will be paid 
to the following subjects :— ' 

(a) Psychology, Principles of Pedagogy, Kthics, Civics. History of 
hducation. "^ 

{!>) Drawing, Vocal Music. 

(f) ralisthenics, Military Drill. 

(d) Agriculture. Natuial and Physical Science. 

{>') Manual Training and Domestic Science. 

Lessons in tlu" various grades of the common schools prepared under the 

Klirection of the faculties of the Normal School and the nubile «.,h....!« ,,( 

tile town <»f Truro, will I.e given by students under the supervision of the 

teachers of the Normal School. Written compositions and lesson scheme.-, 



omr^ o?Si 7ftr^ '^ principles of method to the subjects of ,he 

t It«'''<"''>»«l'i M»""»l Training Sohiol. 
(5.) Iha Truro Domestic Science School. 

Abstract ok coi:rsk of sti-dv. 

precept, having everTvi^w the aim Affitr •^>',™'P'« "^^ ^vell as by 

fn the^life of th^e natio" L\d of tL Jaco "'"^ ^'""^ '" ^^^^ ''' P^''^ "-^'I 

Psychology, its aim, its relation to pedagoev and to .nniflU a „ . i 

n,.„. of ?l'eVi„'r;iijx*„r.ih»r:r ■""' «"-»»"«»™ > ">»-8- 

...d'S'?l';»;,«r"'"'"'' """""""""'• '"-«l«li™of teacher to p„pil 
Sdiool aulhoritiea ; school hiws ,n,l re«ul«tioii«. 

rsT. : := ri-iS: =.-:■,.» ^r'- 
imttetl to thi'ir cliarg;.: ' =•"'' "'^ ^'=^- I-^J-"«i5 •.vcli-bemg ol pupilH com- 

bjects of t he- 
will also be 
ubject to the 

enlarged by 


!icl its other 

• vwon and 

ork of the 
fluence and 
i well as by 
ts part weil 

A general 

plication of 


ion ; duty ; 

and higher 


ie of study. 
IS ; correla- 
I ; manage- 

'v to pupil 

nination of 

, to enable 
ded in the 
the public 
character ; 
rawings as 
develop in 
olour, and 

an nature, 
ns of the 

on lo the 
the staff 

cercises in 


king, of a 

srature by 

n will he 

jnces luid 

peteiit to 
earing of 
) exei'cim} 
pilH com- 


thfSiSISgp^ji^:;;? ojts^t "•^ "^1^^" f ' '^'^' -^p« ""-^er 

itistructed in rL^ shoo n^a. w^ll f-^'''^'-,^'''' ^''^ ^'"'>' ''*'""' ''''^ ''^••« 
tion is given by^a comDetfnf In '" ™'''^'-3' exercises. This instruc- 
Fredericton ^ competent drdl master from the Military School at 

sciS-stStt cWeWrS H ^''"T-^ '^' ^«"""« .iepartments of 
mental, and^thf maSwilf iZT'^ '' essentia ly practical aud experi- 
tVon, within the don a^ o/e^eTyZ'frf L''""'*' '^"" -P---"ts ' 
to the application of scieSiHrifnowilS: , Jf ^^ "npo[tance is attached 

'^''iuhS T^r r s^idurtrreSSan^di:^""'^' '"'"^"••^ ^^""^^y' 

deductions are md^ therefrom^ «S ^',"- T^'"^'^.'*"" =^'« tabulated ; 
occurrence c^L • 1 r ' additional information as to formation 

is?3 d\n notclSrwl'^:;ru3'^""\^^ r^*"'S= "-Ithe whole 
In all «,nrt r,;„ • ,^^' ^\"'f " IbuH form elementary text-books 

.ion of ;,« ^Ind^irf'S" ofSit'" '"'"■"' '■' ""' P"«"-' «PP"- 

teaching stress wVll J l«"^*"''i '" .'^""»«^^tion with mathematical 

of literarv «t 1 f/yo',,,. A courso in grammar and composition notions 
ling will i,t spicihcd by the master, or chosen with his approval. 

nStrSl^ Sll '";;;; "' ""^' !'\ ^'y^^^^ ^-^'^--^- «f allminlstraUon 5 
and SoSpS -U" elopment. Correlation of historical 

geograpnical studies. Method of ten.;hing geography to children. 

r„..„ ,,'.'" ^^'V''/"".'/'^'' -^'o"'se« in written and spoken French n.»I 

IhosHiiJuag;: ''''''' '" ''"''' "•'" arofaniiliarwitUh^'Sne^o'f 

«n!? U' ''("■'"V"'". *'«W._The subject of Manual Training in DrawinLr 
fil T'r':'' 'r "''HS'^*"''^' '-"• all male students, but oMionarfm 
stT« nf , ""'"iV T''" '^•'^ ^'^'^ ^'°"'««*i« S^i«"«« '^""••s;. The bourse co 

ancl woodwork directly connected with it ; students beinc led to see t « 
application of nf th^i^ „,...,.;,...„ ,i'- .--• i •'^- - ^"'^ 

MechanicftI ,lrn «,;„,", i' ' t-;-,-'-'^ thcoicnuai worK in matiieriiatics. 
^ot::S!^S^:uJZ'^''' mstrumentsistHechief form of exprcs- 




(a) Oitl.ograpl.ic or light-linod piojecUoii of solids, as in plana 

elevations, sections, etc., of working drawings. 
('') Isonietiif projection and its application to practical work 
('-•) Drawing to scale. 

{(I) The dinien.;ioning and Hnishing of working drawings. 
(' ) 1 he use of the metric system of measurements. 
. The iKMuhM ork consists of a carefully graded series of exercises designed 

Tnvolv.rl'i,/'H' ' < * ••' "'t' ?/. ''i»fi^"»t3- of the tool manipulations 
™ .,7i •''"'■ ,>'''."',S' f;"8elling and planing, are followed by the 

nZ ^1 L* "^m" '"'■^T^'^ 'llustrating various principles of drawing an.l 
practical work. Tlie making of small pieces of apparatus for experimental 
woik IS encouraged, and various useful models for drawing are made. 
J he growth aiuF- structure of cone-bearing and broa.i-leaved trees is 
Illustrated by numerous specimens and lessons ; a practical ac(.uaintance 
Vi 'l'""L'„. ■ '•"'""'o"«'' woods of cmmerce is also formed. The 
meuiods ,.t telling, converting and seasoning lumber are dealt with ; tiie 
taults an.l detects commonly met with in it ; the methods of preservation 
and hnishnig and various other useful points are taken up and discussed. 

f*?(?n/. />owc-.s-'«V 6'«-e;|c-e. -This department was established in the autumn 
o 1900, since which time its branches of study has been compulsory for 
all female students of the Normal School. f ^ 

In the framing and carrying out of the course, regard is had to both 
educative and inforinative processes; so that, while eminently practical 
in Its methods, dealing in a concrete way with the most familiar and 
important of household operations, the work of the pupil nevertheless 
lacks none ot tlie essential qualities of experimental science. Indeed the 
course oi study in the domestic arts is really an application of modern 
science to the affairs of the household: and its chief aim is to enuip 
teachers with the means of inspiring pupils with an intelligent interest in 
all that pertains to the health and well-being of the home. 

Among the subjects of study will be that of the principal food products 
v'l^nf M '*""''■• ""■.'»''■** «''^lt«. ^I'gars, starches, proteids, animal and 
\egecaoie tats, special attention being given to their chemical composition 
and laurilive values, and the chemical changes which they undergo in the 
process ot cooking. There will be a systematic study of the various food 
materials in every -day use, and also practical demonstrations of the best 
and most economical methods of cooking them The Truro School of 
Domestic Science, which has been attiliated to the Provincial Normal 
School, has an excellently equipped kitchen provided with tables and 
cooking utensils for individual work, and here all pupils will be required 
to conduct, under the direction of a teacher, the culinary operations 
prescribed in the course. 

Attention wUl be paid also to hygiene, household sanitation, the care 
ot textile fabrics, the detection of adulteration in food stuffs and of 
impuruies in w ater, and to as many as possible of the thousand duties 
winch come within the sphere of the intelligent housewife. 

181. A iiii/,,-ii„rf,ii. A well-e.juipped Kindergarten, under tiie manage- 
ment ot the School Hoard of Trnro, is provided with aecommodaiion in the 
JNormal School building, and has such general altiliation with the latter 
institution tliat Normal School students have oiiportunitv of observing the 
application ot the principles and methods of Froebels' system of child- 
training. "^ 

.Students in training as kindergartners are admitted to the classes in 
psychology and history of education in the Normal School. 

I8S. //,>■ Lihmry. The library contains ai)out 1,500 volumes, selected 
cluetly tor their value as oids to students and teachers in the special work 
ot the institution. It comprises a selection of general literature and of 
pedagogical works, the latter containing (he most important treatises in 
tlie Kn-lK^h language, as well as the tiles of several educational journals 

189. The minual s.ssion of the Normal School will 
begin on tlie Hrst VVednesilay in October, nnti close on the 
last Tluuxluy in June. 



, an in plana. 
Ell work. 

cises designed 
llowed 1)3' the 
f drawing and 

ng are made. 
A'ed trees is 

ornied. The 
lit with ; the 
' preservation 
1 discussed. 

n the autumn 
inpulsory for 

had to both 
itly practical 
familiar and 
Indeed, the 
n of modern 
1 is to equip 
it interest in 

od products, 
animal and 
idergo in the 
varif)us food 
s of the l)est 
ro School of 
icial Xormal 
I tubles and 
be required 
J operations 

on, the care 
tuti's and of 
sand duties 

tiie manage- 
ilalion in the 
1 the latter 
bserving the 
m of child- 

e classes in 

les, selected 
pccial work 
ture and of 
treatises in 
I journals 

hool will 

se on the 


fh3^' ^PV ,^°*^'' ^'''" *^™'«8'on «J^ould give notice to 
the Prmcpal at least one . .onth before the beginning of 

oniTnH^'r^^r^"'^,*'^'."' ^PPJi^^^tion with a certificate 
of age and character, and with a statement of their scholar- 
ship qualifications as indicated by the grade of Provincial 
nigh School certificate held. 

i\^?} -^''^ ^F ^?^ a'Jrni.ssion may be one year less, than 
•terulht^^ '•^ ^'^^"^^' corresponding I rank to th. 

192. Four diplomas are issued by the Normal School,— 
iJiploma of Academic Rank, 
" First 
" Second 
" Third 
Pupils of the school will be classified according to the 
dip oma sought, into four divisions. A, B, G. and 1). the 
giadH of High School certificate presented determining the 
division to which the pupil will be assigned. ^ 

l»d. But as a " High School pass " certificate may be 
taken by a student with little or no knowledge of some of 
the subjects "imperative" for teachers (for the certificate 
IS awarded on an average of 50 per cent, on any ei^ht - 
papers of a grade, provided none of the eight is below 25 
per cent.), candidates must pass an examination on each 
imperative subject of the High School Course up to and 
including the Grade corresponding to the division to be 
entered, on which at least 4() per cent, had not been made 
at a Provincial examination. A candidate who is not able 
to pass in all of such subjects may be admitted provisionally 
■on the report of the faculty that such candidate is likely 
betore the termination of the course, to attain the necessary 
prohciency specified in regulation 101 preceding. 

194. Students whose homes are not less than ten miles 
■trom Iruro. are allowed travelling expenses at the rate of 
tive cents per mile, coming and goin?, 

195. Tuition is free to all who d^eclare their intention 
'to teach within the province of Nova Scotia. 

196. The regular term for those seeking a diploma of 
rAcademic rank is as follows: 

i.a) For those holding a High School certificate of 
grade A and a college degree, from the opening of • 
tlie session in October, to the last Thursday in 

{h) For those holding a grade A certificate, without a 
college degree, from the opening of the session in 
October, to the close in June. 

<c) For those holding a ^rade A certificate, and a 
Aormal School diploma of Second rank, from the 



opening of the schoo', after Christmas holidays, ta 
the close ot the session. ^ 

^'^^:/"^ c?'u^ h'.^'"^ '' ^''''^'' A certificate and a 
Normal School diploma of the First rank, from he 

'rjune' w '^ t''r'' ''''''' ^'"^^ ^' ^h« --^'n 

m June , but in the discretion of the Faculty an 
ac^idemic diploma may be awarded such candidates 
without further attendance, on satisfactory evidence 
of proficiency and s.iccessful teachincr as u first class 

CtL'Tff '° ^^ '? i"«pector.lhe evidence to 
be piesented for consideration by the Faculty at 
east two weeks before the close of the annual ses- 
sion. Successful work at a Teachers' Institute, a 
.^immer School, a School of Agriculture, a College 
etc, alter first rank graduation, will enhance the 
^fc^inding of the candidate. 
197. The term for diploma of the First rank beeins at 

o5'thT:r^ "^. '\' «--•?" '" ^^^°^-'- -d closesat tlie end 
Xo-ma sT l^^r^' >^"\'-''^"^lidates who already hold a 

1QQ V^'ednesday in March. 

on the first Wednesday ,n February, and closes at the end 
of the session in June. «-• ciu uie ena 

199. The term of diploma of the Third rank begins at 

Thnr^d?'"^' 't '^' ''''''''' ^" ^'^''^''' ^"^^ «"^i« on the la^ 
inursday in Januai-y. 

200. Diplomas of Academic, B irst. Second and Third 
ranks will be awarded to the students of the different, 
c^isses respectively, on the completion, to the satisfaction 

oni ^^^^^^y- of *^''e prescribed course 

20.. The Faculty may, at its di..cretion, refuse the 
d p.oma to a candidate whose qualifiealions are not wholly 
satisfactory ; it may avvard a diploma of a rank lower than, 
that apphed for by the candidate; or it may award an 
./» mm diploma of lower rank than that souuht. and the 
holder o such interim diplom. may, after one year'S 

or'.nro" T'""^' "^'/'^ ^"^' ^"""y '''^^'^ by an inspector 
of schools, be awarded a di.'oma of the hieher rank 
uppication for which, accompanied by the necessary 
evidence being made not later than two weeks before the 
close ot the annual session of the Normal School in June 

in general, candidates who have taken the prescribed' 
course for any rank but throu,h lack of skill in^ teaching 
have been awarded a diploma of lower rank, may, after 
three years o successful teaching, duly certified by an 
.nspector of schools, be advanced to the rank of the co^urse- 

olidays, to 

sate and a 
, from the 
the session 
^acuity an 
y evidence 
first class 
vidence to 
'acuity at 
inual ses- 
istitute, a 
a College, 
hance the 

begins at 
It the end 
iy hold a 
bo admit- 

ik begins 
b the end 

begins at 
I the last. 

id Third 

■fuse the 
t wholly 
iver than 
ivard an 
and the 
e year's 
IT rank,, 
fore the 
1 'Tune, 
escribed ' 
ly, after 
by an 
! course? 


Hnfptiod^S- rne'to'np""' ^' T""''^ '^''' attendance for 

atuute a „u«ident ..eason for wHhholtrtl. d p o"^a "'" 

decfru'n ar"observS ' '"'" "''" ^"^ °'^" ""^ 

,. ■?!?*; students who .absent themselves from anv rin.,-. 

St-'tSlpCa"': ^'''"'■»"'"'>' ^P'-^'ionrayXl-b:; 

205. Students of the Junior class (D) are reouirrnl fn 


[Ill the Tritro Kiiiteri/arteii.] 

A limited number of female students of the "A" and 'P" 
classes possessing natural aptitudes for kindergarten work 

A ^'^ P«T'**^^ *^^ ^^^'°*« themselves to this department 
under the direction of the Faculty of the Norl^ScToo ' 

specaldilmT^frrK'^?''' the prescribed cour n 
special diploma— that of Kin.lergartener-will be issued! 


[/«. fhe Mm-domid Mamml Trmnln.j School M Xom Scotia.] 
-ie^!. a. r,ang«f . .. will provide choiougii training in the principles 



and practice of educational woodwork, and the attention of 
teachers and trustees is called to the desirability of taking advan- 
tage of It. I he school is equipped in the l)est possible manner, 
with every applicanee for the complete study and practice of the 
subject, and a complete hbrary bearing on it is available for the 
use of students Ihere are no fees for tuition, but each student 
will be reciuired to attend regiilarly, to give his whole time to the 
subject anu to sit for examination at the end of each term of the 
(^ourse. In awarrhng the certificates the quality of th« work done 
during the course will be a large factor in determining the stand- 
ing of the candidates. " 

{b) The course will be divided into two parts, elemen- 
tary and advanced, of three months each. Students 
may enter either in September or January, and may 
take the elementary only, or both ; but no student 
IS eligible for an advanced course, unless he has 
previously completed the elementary course. 
Students will be required to complete the exercises 
and models of the course they are taking and to pass 
an examination at the end. No student will be 
admitted to this course under the age of 18 
Students are received on probation. The dirc<,tor may advise those 

showing little aptitude for the work, t<. discontinue the course at the end 

of the hrst month. 

(c) The work for each course will consist of (1) Draw- 
ing; (2) Bench Work; (3) Theory; (4) Observation 
and Fr;2tice. • 

(1) ^/am'^igr— Freehand and Mechanical Drawing- 
Orthographic or right-lined projection— Descriptive Snd 
practical geometry— Scale drawing— the use of metric 
system of measurement— Isometric projection and "con- 
ventional" drawing. 

(2) Bench W'orA;.— The making of exercises and models 
from working drawings prepared by the student, involving 
the use of various woods and all the principal wood- 
working tools ; glue, nails, screws, etc. The care and pre- 
paration of edge and other tools. 

(3) 7heory.— The history and practice of educational 
woodwork— the various systems— the growth and structure 
of coniferous and broad- leaved trees— the felling, seasoning- 
and conversion of timber-its faults and defects. School 
management— the arrangement of lessons— sequence of 
tool operations- nature and properties of various materials 
used. Construction and principles of various tools— the 
planning and arrangement of manual training rooms- 
demonstrations and object lessons. 

(4) Observation and Practice.~The Macdonald Town 
School will be open to the students for some hours each 
week to afford opportunities for observation, and practice 
in actual teaching. 

The examinations will consist of a paper examination in 

attention of 
taking advan- 
lible manner, 
ractice of the 
lilable for the 

each student 
le time to the 
1 term of the 
hti work done 
ng the stand- 

ts, elemen- 
^ancl may 
o student 
>s he has 
/ course. 
! exercises 
nd to pass 
t will be 

advise those 
! at the end 

(1) Draw- 

rawing — 
>tive and 
f metric 
nd "con- 

d models 
al wood- 
and pre- 

aence of 
)ols— the 
rooms — 

Id Town 

ars each 


lation in 


ies7' S^tnlT;'^ ^'".f'"r'?^'^" •" ^^''^'y' ^"^ ^ practical 
test Students will also be required to identify various 
W00U9 and name them, the examiners. ^ 

In the advanced stage more difficult drawing, more com- 
plex bench work and higher theory wilt be take™ 
Additional practice will be given in teaching and class 
management, and the student may be required to liVe « 
lesson in the examiners' presence. ^ 

The models of each course will become the property of 
the student, provided that the course be completerl and 
may be taken away at the end. "pieica, and 

(5) During the course students are required to attend 
the lectures on Psychology, the History of' Education &c 
as^determmed by the Principal of the'^Provinoial No'rmal 



[Ill fhr Triiro Schoo/ 0/ Domestic Science.] 

i'l) Tliis course has been establisiied by the Board of S,.l>n,.l r> 

IZtlir^ J^ormal .School, and the certificates of the School 
gianted on the report of a Special Board of Examir e s will W 
recognized as qualifying pro tanio tiie holder to teach the ubiect 
mthe public schools of the province earning the speciaVSi 
or a T.r V' ^''T^' l^™^''^'^'^ ^''« ^'^"'ii'l'^te ifas a cE B License 
o a Teachers Pass on the Provincial Higli School Course of 
,rade XI and is qualified under regulation 209 f.^uSg: ' "^ 
{b) Candidates for this course must be at least 18 
years of age. The course of study extends over one 
year, and includes the following-— 

to 4 hours da,ly).-Composition and nutritive value of 
toods ; fundamental principles and processes of cookery 
productions of food material., such as dairy products' 
cerea s, &e : manipulations of foods, sacb as ffour. «%«; 
^c. food adulterations; preservation of foods : cookery for 
rvt^rmetls'lT^ t.ble Lying, planning, cookii/and 
Household Chemistry and Bacteriology- CThree 
hours a weekX-This course will include the study of the 
prineipa food products, such as sugars, starches, fats pro- 
teids,salts,special attention being given to the changes which 
these bodies undergo in cooking and the tests applied to 
them: fermentation, putrefaction, and their prevention bv 
chemir-al means, sterilization, testing of milk, butter cheese 
water. &c ; corrosive action of food constituents, acids, &c' 
on utensils; chemistry of fuels and iHuminants : lecturei 
and mboratory work illustrating the nature of bacteria. 




-methods ot isolation and recognition of species and the part 
v'hich they play in nature ; bacteria of air, water, ice, milk 
^nd foods generally ; methods of sterilization and disinfec- 
tion ; relation of bacteria to disease. 

Physioloov, First Aids and Home Nursing: Lectures 
and Demonstration (12 lectures).— Anatomical and physio- 
logical outline, care of the body, bandages and bandagina 
cases oi emergencies and their immediate treatment, some Sf 
the common forms of poisoning and their antidotes, 
general care of the sick. 

Hygiexe and Home Sanitation: (Eighteen lectures) — 
General principles of hygiene, dietetics, prevention of the 
spread of contagious diseases, quarantine, &c., water supply 
disposal of waste, heating, lighting, ventilation, healthful 
lurnishings. &c. 

Laundry, Textiles, Needle- work :— (Ten lectures) — 
M ater, soap, blueing, starch, irons, &c., removal of stains 
care and laundrying of the table and wearing linen, white' 
and coloured prints, muslins, laces, woollens, nature of tex- 
tiles, needle- work. 

Household Economics, including Marketing and 
Accounts : (Five lectures),— Care of silver, glass, China 
care of lurniture, methods of housekeeping, cost of livin^^' 
buying of foods, keepi-.ig of accounts, domestic service &c°' 
Students in training will be required to spend pa.t of 
their time in observing methods of teaching, and in actual 
pmctiee as assistants in the Domestic Science Department 
ot the Truro Public Schools. ^ 

The Hoh.M,! is open free ..f cost to al! who hold a First Class License or a 
1 eaehers Pass on the Provincial High School Course of Grade XL Others 
Mill be admitted by special arrangement. "wieis 

The cost of materials in this department will Imj lK)rne by the students 
in training. An acx-ount wil be kept and a statement rendered ino, h 
I he cost per student should not exceed two dollars per month. Se 
materials . ooked will be the property of the students. 


IX mkciiank; w.iknck ani. (/») in domestic hciknck. 

Licenses for teaching Manual Training Schools referred 
to in regulation 73, etc.— in Mechanic Science and Domestic 
Science— will be awarded by the Council of Public Instruc- 
tion only after the consideration of the qualifications of the 
candidutes (individually) as reported on and recommended 
by the Principal of the Provincial Normal School who 
shall pivsent for such consideration the diplomas certiti- 
rates or other vouchers of each candidate, demonstrating 
the prohciency of each in the subject, of the respective 
courses outlined in the preceding 8///7aii for diplomas and 
indicating the general fitness of each tofcako IntGllicpnt rnd 
successful charge of such schools. 




[In the ProriHcial School of Agriculture.] 


^J^l ^7^«« necessary for the teachers of Agriculture i i 
the schools referred to in Regulation 36 precedirshan be 

ScLoU?l7;i:;,fj;r''' Announcen^ents of the Provincial 


Specifications of Plans for School Houses Nos. J » and 

3, and Outhouse. 

/iWa«ion.-.Make all the necessary excavations for 
foundation walls, piers, etc, as shewn on dmwinT il 

^Xt:t::^^ '^' ^^ '-^"^^ ^^--^ ^^-i^^ 

Masonry.~Bu\ld all walls and piers, as shown on nlan. 
vN^th good quality stone laid in l.eJt lime nortr- ^irweU 
bonded and earned up with a fair and even face' on boH 
sides, to the height shewn on drawino-s ' " ^""^'^^ 

Chimney to be built of good, hardrburned brick laid in 
bes cement mortar, and rough-plastered on the ou de 
Build in chimney as directed, a cast iron soot lor and 
frame and a 6" thimble with cover ^ 

Plastering -The outside walls of school-rooms to b« 
lathed on cleats between the studs, and rendered ^or 
counter-plasterecl) with a stout coat of 'mortar After th^s 
all walls and ceiling- are to be lathed and plastered with 

Sdiii^ii^i.;!-^ -^^- p'-e;.^^:-;:t:: 

/raming.-^ilh to be 4" x 8" ; joists, 18" on centres 
2x9, and to be well bridged rafters 9" x^" 11" ' 

in mortm ' ' °" ''''^'''- ^''^^' ^^ ^^« I'^^'d^d 

All butts, joints, etc.. throughout the external woodwork 

Jo^elirer." '""'^' with thicl^ white-lead belore bZg'^u' 

%arding and Shingling.-honvi] in the external walls 
and sloping roofs with 1" dry stock, lay on a thickm- « "' 
clry paper. an<l sh ngle with good quality sinnges laid on 

".,, , — . ~", '' 'MiMgir.-, nfc u.sea chey must benn^ 

on with galvanized nails ^ P"*^ 




Window8.--Make the window frames with 2" pine sills, 
m pulley stiles, 1 " x 5" casings with back mouldings, and 
1| moulded sashes. All sashes to be hung with 2" axle 
pullers, silver lake sash cord txnd iron weights, and titted 
with fasts and lifts. All the top sashes to have sloping 
draught-boards attached to the heads. Put zinc caps over 
heads of all window and door frames. 

Flocrs.—Vmhr floor to be of 1" dry hemlock and top 
floor of 1" narrow, mill-planed spruce, not to exceed 6" in 
width. Put stout paper between these floors and turn up 
1" on walls. 

Inside Finish.— Fat plain 1" x 5" casings to all doors 
and windows. 

The walls of all rooms to be sheathed vertically to the 
height of window-sill, with narrow, dry, matched and 
beaded spruce, or other approved wood. Finish with 8" 
base, and neat cap, which wil' form chalk tray where it 
comes under blackboard. 

Vent Cation.— An opening is to be made in ceiling of 
each room, as shewn on plans, and fitted with register, 
having a cord carried above ceiling joists and down the 
wall to plf»tform, ao that vhe teacher may regulate the 
temperature of the room. A galvanised iron duct or chute 
is to be provided fur .supplying fresh air to each stove, 
connecting with the outer air through the foundation wall 
and carried up through the floor, directly under the bottom' 
ot the stove. This chute to be Htted with a damper, havin<y 
a rod coming through the floor close to the baseboard, to 
regulate the supply of fresh air. 

Each stove is to be fitted with a sheet iron or galvanized 
iron jacket, leaving a space of 6" on all sides between it 
and the stove, except at the door and draught, where it is 
to be turned in against the stove, all round. The 
jacket is to fit tight to the floor, and to be open at tiie top. 
Painti7ig—ThQ whole exterior of building to be nainted 
with two (or three) coats best white-lead paint. The 
internal woodwork to be stained or painted, as desired. 
Glaze all sashes with IG oz, irlass. 


1. Nos. 1 and/2 show single .seats and desks. When 
double seats and deoks are used the room may be a few 
feet narrower, for it is better to have the pupils seated in 
the form of a rectangle deoper than its breadth facing the 
teacher. Were it broader than its depth the pupils would 
not so readily fail under the eye of the teacher. (See Rec 
4(). page 72.) '^' 

2" pine sills, 
ildings, and 
'ith 2" axle 
and titted 
ave sloping 
c caps over 

ck and top 
xceed 6" in 
nd turn up 

o all doors 

ally to the 
itched and 
3h with 8" 
y where it 

ceiling of 
;h register, 

down the 
igulate the 
ct or chute 
3ach stove, 
ation wall, 
bhe bottom 
)er, having 
ieboard, to 

)etween it 
vhere it is 
und. The 
at the top. 
be painted 
lint. The 

H. When 
be a fevr 
seated in 
aci ng the 
^ils would 
(See Reg. 


pa^e7Wr- ""^'^' '^P'^^'^^ in Regulation 49, 

3. The heating may be better done by means of a cmnc] 

furnace, for good cheap jacketed stoves with the propefair 

connections do not appear to be on the markpf Vu^? f 

4. Ihe fuel shed is not placed at the end of the school 

5. other classrooms can with the lep-^t expense bp 
carried along the same sir^e, thus aiding the propeStin^ 
ot the school room and mesprvi'nfT n... ,1 "ft""."ff 
appearance of the building^ ^"^ ^^'" ^°"'^ "^^^"^^ 

f«,®;. Yf" "" classroom is made, it will serve verv well 

ind a' do '"^ ^J''f " ''' T^''' f"^"^ ^""«t have .^,d ves' 
and ^a door with lock and key. (8ee Reg. 51. page 76 


some schools n„ght be desirable. Others object oth^ for 
the doube reason that the doors would take the best olaoP 

lust vUlf r f ^''V'^?-'^'-^' '^-^ ''-^' ^'^-i'^H an C 
ust V. ould be brought into the classroom. They wouTd 
preter the opening into the workroom to be from the Tuel 
Iws t T ;^1'"" T-^'"'^' ^--^^-^ ^"""w their ow 

. t f ' ''I ^''*' '^^'■^' ^«^'^*'^ i» a rural school is 
expected to be as foll,,ws : There are always n ny cl^Ln 
who cannot go hou.ejor dinners at noon. Ky must ' 
lecessanly renuun about the school room. While nai y of 
these would prefer amu.sement in other ways, there wm, 

tZT TuT ^''" :•'"•'' r^"' ^V'"^>' thJ^ir ham at too 
v^o,k Ihe teacher (a graduate of the Normal School 
could start one of the most responsible boy, at tl {.rt-^T 
and he coul.l soon trust him to take eliarge of the mom 
with perhaps one or two other br,v« at -. it-^ ,1,. '• : "u" 
oon hour. Fi.e sets of two boys'coul.l tUu^U^Z 




dated for one day each week, the teacher utilizing the 

services of the most responsible boy to take charge of the 

room in his absence. This charge of the work room would 

be a high compliment and stimulation to further exertion 

and good behavior in the case of each boy so honored. 

With a little preliminary direction for a few minutes every 

day, the teacher could thus in most school sections set a 

boy to improve himself and others in manual work which 

might be used to a considerable extent in supplying the 

school with home-made apparatus. It might save a pupil 

from the ennui of an hour in which he could not otherwise 

profitably amuse himself. It may save him from mischief 

and from being a torment to the .school and the teacher; 

for it often happens that the boy with no literary tastes 

may be a most deft genius as a workman or an artist, and 

this side of his school life may help to put him in harmony 

with the other side. The list of tools given in Regulation 

53, page 79, is the full set. A home-made bench and a 

portion of the tools — the most useful — would be a very 

satisfactory equipment for most schools. It is believed 

that under a good teacher, such a room would soon pay the 

cost of it to the trustees, in the repairs which the boys 

could effect while amusing and training themselves. 

9. The books in the school library could be used very 
eftectivelj^ as supplementary readers. A pupil doing 
advanced work in a common school could repay the extra 
attention which the teacher might be giving him by 
taking a class into the class-room, and selecting an interest- 
ing and classical story, a paragraph of which might be 
read in succession by each pupil in the class from the one 
book, those without the book following the reader intently 
to get the whole story. This same exercise could be turned 
into a good exercise in English composition by requiring 
each pupil to write his own account of the story as he 
understood it. Such exercises taken regularly would soon 
give a fluency of expression in writing to pupils who 
otherwise might ac(juire it only after many years. 

itilizing the 
large of the 
room would 
lier exertion 
so honored, 
nutes every 
actions set a 
ivork which 
pplying the 
iave a jjupil 
3t otherwise 
)m mischief 
he teacher; 
srary tastes 
I artist, and 
in harmony 

ench and a 

be a very 
is believed 
)on pay the 
h the boys 

B used very 
upil doing 
y the extra 
g him by 
an interest- 
i might be 
om the one 
ler intently 
i be turned 
7 requiring 
itory as he 
would soon 
)upils who 



Rural School House No. 1. 



■3 ^ o I • 


\%. -u I I) t> » "^ '® Bedford "Row v 

•M:i^^S!^<L, \fL.^^^1t,-ti '/<;, 



Rural School House, No. 2. 



FV» I, TZ 1. 

a 'Worn K 

Tim .M,»,i 
.,,1.. ti.-.'. 



li^ Rrt RY 

ICl,A3.1 R. 

3 » o « 5 !, o 










X F- » R M 

B o V = 
C»AT Rum 

r R cM^ 

G I R L s' 

C 6 ^T "R ^ 

a y o 


- fiarhert E.. Gates, - 

» FLe»R ■ Pla/< ^.-A:R CrtlTfcCX - 

Uft i -" B«d|oriJ Row - 




Gates, • 
I Tfc ex - 

■ofd Pour ^ 
^ » X n t St 


3 W 

-J « - 

















• « 




I t 

• « 


-^ J « 



» , ? 

• H • - 

, To.P^C 

:^ «5 *l •» - 

s r t K 

a 1 1 1 ■ 

1 ;> 1: &..• 

■ *! 



M ^"'^ 

r ii!i 


-J -n 




' H 




H "^ 



^V -«[ 









1 "1 



n 1 

1 . 

■ J 

I c 













: r.c 


1 — n 








".a -t«»D «i-'o 

=?; ■ 




_i_ " n 



J r n 

fV. - - 

. JET 


— rt r( 


It ' 




■ ■» 


> )r- 








•c ) 







o : 














■a K^ 









; its" I 

I ^^ : i 
S* i I 

1° : 5 

S"§ : a- 

i« : a: 

o ■ *a 

9tlU90n JO MD|0 






















I— I 





»■ - -" f c « «' 


jspuii aaj 




a ^ 



< - 










panddfi spwo 

I 5 


OJ > -, iC 2 

: o es 2 ao® s> 
. c •" o; « >, 

• • »• w , 

. ■ no S*-t> . « 

. . S n aOT'- 

• • i^^P • 

• • « i' A Oi =^ 

: :5 2 3 .;:• 
: :or"a« 
: i-gSa.^ 

: et £ = S t 


: :|^2ir« 

■ • x: o c^ 

. — ^ ■«-> o 

■ • • * S^i 

' • ' fe °=2 - 

• f— CI "O ' 

•^i! « c •> 

-■ffl ;c g 
o « -S g 


u *"■ 

4) — 

C C 
— o 

~ 'D.S 

* as 
ft 2 « 

eta X 



c S « >- 






P 3 ■" — — , 

a" H J = 

-•" *T3 2 
•r o 08 £ c 
^ = « 8 ' 

a . ** ■— 

~e s "^ c 

■< H--5 2. «*3 



id El 

l^'S (U.S. 
c> o . •> 


^ O w J) 

* -S S " 

ert b H V 

^ u 5 o 

K A r- *" 



I. 4> 




(Passed 4th day of April, 1901 ) 

folfowl*— ^^^^"^ ^^ ^^^ Governor, Council and Assembly, as 

.u^' ''I'^u^/*^^ °^ Halifax shall be one school section, and 
there shall be twelve Commissioners of Schools for such 
City appointed, SIX by the Governor-in-Council, and six by 
the City Council as in this Act provided; and the twelve 
Commisnoners thus appointed shall constitute a Board of 
School Commissioners for the City of Halifax, and such 
Joard shall be a body corporate under the name of the 
Koard ot School Commissioners for the City of Halifax 
and subject to the provisions of this Act shall have all the' 
powers and perform all the duties conferred and imposed 
upon Irustees and Commissioners of Schools by the 
Mucation Act, Chapter 52, the Revised Statutes. 1900. 

2. The six Commissioners appointed by the Governor- 
m-Council shall hold office during the period of three 
years, the two senior Commissioners retiring on the first 
day ot November of each and every year; and the 
Uovernor-in-Council shall appoint two persons to fill the 
p^ces of the two retiring Commissioners, who shall hold 
office tor three years. 

. ^;, .?'^®.^°'"™'^'^«'0"ejs appointed by the City Council 
shall likewise hold office during the period of three years 
the two senior Commissioners retiring on the first day of 
November in each and every ye.r; and the City Council 
on the hrst day of November of each year, or as soon there- 
after as conveniently may be, shall appoint two persons to 
fiold office tor three years, to fill the places of the two 
retiring Commissioners. 

4. Any such Commissioner, whether appointed by the 
Governor-in-Council or the City Council shall be eligible 
tor re-appointnient to the Board for a second term of three 
years, but not for a third term until the expiration of 
twelve monthn from the time of his going out of office. 

5. Any extraordinary vacancy in the Board caused by 
death, resignation, removal from the city, refusal or 
inability to act, or other causes, shall be filled by a person 
appointed by the body or authority who .-hail have 
appointed the pe.son causing the vacancy to hold office for 
the unexpired term of the person so causing such vacancy. 

O If fr< m any cause all or any of the persons to be 



appointed, either by the Governor-in-Council ov by the 
City Council under the prorisions of this Chapter shall not 

Swf^;! fnf H^ ^T appointed shall not act, it shall be 
lawtul for the Commissioners who may have been 
appointed and consented to act, to act until the vacancTe" 
so existing shall be filled up. vacancies 

oul* ^* ^'ir ^'^^ ,meeting of the Board in November in 

whoiT-f^7'^''" ^^'''^ ^^'^'■^^^" ^"^1 vice-chairman 
who shall, if they continue to be members of such Board 

remain ,n office until their successors are appointed. ' 

.nf^f ?^u "" ^''^^ appointment of the Commissioners 
Z P. '"^ T'"*^ appointments shall be published in 
sue\''a^;o^i„t:Jl^^ "^" ''' conveniently may be after 

9 The Board of Commi.^sioners shall have rower bv 
resolution or otherwise, to apportion to each Ld ex'erv 
school or department, an area from which the pupils 
residing within such area may attend such school ^or 
department: and such Board shall take all the necelsa^y 
Jteps to provide sufficient school accommodHtion, and .shall 

renorf.f'.?"'"^ '' f^' Superintendent of Education a 
report o their proceedings under this Act; also returns of 
all schools subjer-t to their control, and a .statement of the 
appropriation of all moneys received and expended by them 
under the provisions of this Act and the Education Act. 
nniu'f ^'\tVr Commissioners are authorized to co- 

ten^s LTo H ^r'^"'?'"i!T ^"^^ ^^■'^">' ^'ty school on such 
terms as to the Board shall seem rioht and proper, so that 
the benehs of such school may be as general as circum- 
stances will permit; and the Board may make such 
allowance to any .such school out of the fun<i; under their 
con rol as shall be deemed just and equitable; but no 
pubhc funds shall be granted by them in 'support of any 
school unless he same be a free school und^r the pro^ 
visions of the Hducation Act ^ 

ll.--(l, On request of the Board of Commi.ssionerg 
specifying the amount re(iuire.l in addition to the sums 
provided trom the provincial treasury for the yearly sun- 
port and maintenance of the schools under their charge, the 
City Council shal be authorized, and are hereby required 
to add a sum sufficient, after de.luoting costs of' collection 
and probable loss, to yield the amount so specified by 
the Board to the amount to be rated upon the city to be 
levied and collected from the ratepayers thereof 

(2) The amount so specified by the Commissionprs shall 
not exceed 90.000 dollars in any L. year, unles.sT detailed 
and Itemized e.stimate showing the amount so spoeified and 



required for the various services has been first submitted 
to and approved by the Governor-in-Council. The 
Governor- m-Council before approving said estimate shall 
notify the Mayor of the time and place they will consider 
said estimate and the City Council may appear before them 
and oppose said estimate or any item thereof, and after said 
estimate has been approved by the Governor-in-Council a 
certificate of such approval shall be forwarded to the 
Mayor, and the amount so approved shall be rated upon 
/of °S^7*''^ Z **''* ratepayers as provided in this section. 
(.5) Ihe city treasurer shall on the first day of each 
month pay to the Board of Commissioners an instalment of 
one-tenth of the amount so specified as required for school 
purposes, and m case a sufl^cient sum is not collected from 
tlie school rates to pay such instalment, the mayor shall 
borrow the difference from any bank, and the amount so 
borrowed shall be paid by the city treasurer from the 
uncollected taxen, and the interest paid, if any, on said loan 
shall be rated each year upon the property of tlie rate- 
payers and collected in the same manner and with the 
same rights, remedies and liens as the ordinary rates and 
taxes ot the city of Halifax. 

12. The objects to be provided for by the Board of 
commissioners out of the sum so assessed shall be the 
salaries of teachers and assistants, and of the secretary of 
the board, the leasing of lands and buildings for school 
purposes, the repairing and improving of grounds and 
buildings the cleaning, fuel and insurance of school houses 
the purchase of prescribed school books and of library 
books, the interest payable on debentures- issued by the 
Board, the cost of supervision of schools, of enforcing the 
City C ompulsory School Act, special instruction to teachers 
school a{)paratus and stationery, and all other expenses 
required in the due execution of the ditterent powers, duties 
and trusts vested in the Board. 

13. Th.. Board of Commissioners shall have power to 
select and i)urchase sites for school buildings, and shall 
nave power to borrow money for the purchase of the same • 
as also tor the i.iirchase or erection of school buildings, the 
improvement of school grounds, and the purchase of suit- 
able furniture and apparatus for the schools under their 
control, and for the redemption from time to time of the 
debentures in the next section mentioned, as they mature ; 
but the Commissioners shall not enter into any contract 
tor the purchase of any land nor for the erection of any 
schoo buil.ling until such contact has been submitted to 
and obtaiPe.1 the approval of the Covenior-in(>)uncil. The 
iJoard shall also have power to renew existing leases 


14. To enable the commissioners to borrow monr thev 
may issue debentures in such form and for such sums as 
they decide upon, payable with interest in twentv-five 
years from the date thereof, free from taxation; such 
debentures to be a charge on the city of Halifax, and the 
interest thereon to be paid every six month.s, and to be 
included in the sum specified and required to he rat -d upon 
the inhabitants of the city as aforesaid. The .lebentures 
sha be sealed with the Corporate seal of the Boar<l, and 
shall be signed by the chairman and countersigned bv the 
secretary. * jf ^ ^^ 

15. The Board of Commissioners are hereby invested 
with the title to all public school property, real and 
personal, within the city, and may sell and dispose of the 
same or any part thereof, and with the proceeds may 
subject to the provisions of this Act, purchase new school 
house sites and erect new school houses in such place and 
at such times as they deem expedient. 

16. The Commissioners shall appoint their own secre- 
taiy and tix his salary. 

17. The Superintendent of Education shall be' em- 
powered to pay to th(! Board of Commissioners the urants 
provided by law for teachers and assistants emploved in 
the city. '■ '' 

18. The Board of Commissioners for the city shall be 
empowered to dispose of debentures authorized under this 
Chapter at current rates. 

19. The Board of Commissioners shall be entitled to 
receive a mm, in no case to exceed a thousand dollars 
annually, as remuneration for theii- services ; such 
remuneration to be ajpportioned according to the i)rompt- 
ness and regularity of the attendance of the members of 
the Board, and the amount of labor perfoi-med by .,-ach as 
the Board may decide. ' 

20. The Commissioners of Schools for the city of 
Halifax are authorized to effect insurance on school houses 

21. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to affect the 
provisions of sections 75) and HO of the Kducation Act 
Chapter 52, of tho Revised Statutes, 1 000. 

2a.— (1) In order to provicte a sinking fund for the 
payment of debentures now issued, or hereafter to be 
issued, under the provisions of the school Uiw, the Board 
of School Commissioners shall annually include in the 
estimates of the sums recpiiivd for the purposes of the 
Board, such sum us may by resolution be determined by 
the Board, not however to bo |(»h,s than ont^ per cent, of the 
entire debenture indebtedness of the lioard, and such sum 
shall be rated and collected in the same manner and with 



the same remedies as other rates and taxes in said city of 
Hahfax are rated and collected. 

(2) Such sum, when paid to the Board, shall be deposited 
in some chartered bank in the city of Halifax to the credit 
ot an account to be called ' The Halifax School Board 
Sinking Fund Account,"' on deposit, bearing interest, and 
such sum shall be used for payment of the debentures nov/ 
issued, or hereafter to be issued, under the provisions of the 
school law and for no other purpose. 

(3) Any member of the said Board who shall move, 
second, put or support by his vote any motion, resolution, 
or proposal under or in pursuance of which any portion, or 
the whole of the moneys directed by this Act to be held as 
a sinking fund, shall be diverted to any other object, shall 
forfeit his seat at the Board, and shall be liable to a 
penalty of four hundred dollars to be collected at the 
instance of any ratepayer who may sue therefor, and one- 
half of said penalty shall be for the benefit of the person 
so prosecuting, and the other half shall be placed to tlie 
credit of the said sinkinsr fund. 





(Pages 3 to 55 and 158 to 162, contain the Statutes.) 




Act relating to City of Halifax igg 

Admission of Pupilfj from outside sections. , 14 

Agreement with Teachers - 

Agriculture, Lecturer on 

Prizes '■'.^'.'.'.I'.'.'.'.'.'.'.l'.'.'.]'.]'.] 

" Local Schools 19 

Teachers of m 

Alcohol, Instruction in nature and effect ot.... 4 

Alterations in School Section boundaries s 

Alternative Common School Course of drawing I'M 

Appendix * ; ; ^%* 

Application for admission to Normal School 139 

Application for Teacher's License, form of '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 96 

... " High School Examination B7 

Arbitration, School Site ,k 

Arbor Day '.'.'.'..'.'.'.'. ini 

Assessment 21 26 

by District Boards ' ofl 

Association, Provincial Educational ini 

Auditors " ' 

Blind, Education of S7 59 

Bond of Secretary to Trustees 62 

Border Sections, Supplementary Returns . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . ,,..."" 17 

" formation of ko 

Borrowing Powers j a 


Certificate, High School on 

I' M.P.Q y.y.y..'.v.y.v.\'.'.'.'.'.'.:'.' ::'.:'.:[[::' SS 

" Normal School qualification ' gg 

Tonic Sol-fa and others qA 

Change of Section boundaries a kr rt 

Cla88"A" Teachois ' ' «J 

Collector's Roll .[]][[ 05 

Comments on plans of School-hc-i.c-s ...'.'.'.". ur 

Commission of Secretary Qfi M 

Compulsory Attflndance ' " ' qn 

Towns '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 40 

Condensed Common School Course of Study i lu 

Council of PHl)lic Instruction .■..'.'.'.'.".'.'.'.'.'.','.'.'.'.]'.'..'. 4 



County Academies qo on 

Examination '. . '. ".' ' ' ".".■.■■■■■■■ ' gV 

** Equipment H3 

" Provincial Grant on o.. 

Course for Teacher's Agricultural Diploma i d^ 

Course of Study _ '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 109 

" Condensed Common School | ig 

" with four Teachers ng 

;: three " :.■:.■:.■:::,■: 120 

t^« :: 121 

one " 122 

General Prescriptions | k") 

" Special " '.'.'... iifi 

" Conspectus of 115 


Deaf Mutes, Education of oc -n 

Debentures /" ' '^J' ijj 

Devotional Excrcibes fii 

District Commissioners of Schools . ........ ..." '..'."." ".'.'.'." '. g gi 

I' may appoint Trustees i;^' (iO 

Meeting of " " ' ^j 

_ '* Powers of 7 

Domestic Science " ' ' ' 

Drawing, Alternative Com. Scliooi Course of !'!..!!.'!!!!!/.'. l'.. i". 124 

Education of Deaf Mutes . . . 

Blind '".'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' 

Educational Association and Institutes ...... . 

I,, . r> " " General. 

Kmpire Day 

Evening Schools , 

Examination, County Academy. . 
'* High School Stutlen 

M. 1>. Q. 
Optional in M usic . 
Rules. . . . . 

Stations . 


Exemption from Sectional School iVate s " -M "•>'<; 

Expulsion of Pupils. . '.'.'./.'.'.'. ''.-'*, -o, 




General Prescriptions—Course of Study i m 

Government Night Schools ..o ,A, 

Grants to be withheld ".'.".'.".'.'.".' ".'.'.'.'.'."."'.'.'.'. 30 

Halifax, Act relaring to City of . . . ,r.u 

Health ... ' '-^^ 

High School Pass ■••.".".".'.".".','.".'.■.■..,■.'.■.■.■.■. gg 9? 

IT.',' C'oursc of Study- Special Prcscripticma .. 1^7 

Holidays and Vacations " " yA 

Inspectorial Divisions < P„ 

Inspectors of Schools .,, • "'" 

'l"*'^^ «f 27, 28, 58, /,9 

32, 80 
. 81 
. 83 
32, 33 
. 145 
. 109 
. 118 
. 119 
. 120 
. 121 
. 122 
. 110 
. 116 
. 115 

36, o9 

IS, 3+ 

. 61 

6, 56 

13, CO 


.. 7 

. . 84 

. . 124 

.... 36 

. . . . 37 

. .. 101 

. ... 103 

. ... 106 

. . . . 106 

. . 5, 81 

. . . . 86 

. . . . 99 

. . . . 94 

, . . 90 

. . . . 86 
i, 25, 2« 

. .. 16 

.. 158 
.. 16 
89, 9.^^ 
.. 127 
.. 99 



Institutes, Divisional . . 
Interpretation of Terms 

Journal of Education 

Libraries, School 

License, Application Form . 

" Conditions of . . . . 

" Temporary 

Licensing of Teacliers 


Manual Training 

Halifax and Truro 

. ** I*!iA ment for Instruction in 

Matriculation, University 
Mechanic Science 

Miscellaneous School, Course of Study 
Time Table 

Mode of Support of Schools 

ivi. P. Q. Examination and Certificates 

Municipal School Fund 


apportionment of 
Music, Optional Kxamination 


Night Schools . 
Normal School 


Abstract of Course of Study 


Domestic Science Diploma . . 

<i I ud nation 


Functions of 

Kindergarten Diploma, . . . . 
Mechanic Science Diplouia . . 













1 -'2 

I --'3 








Pass, High School ,,„ - 

" Teacher's JJ' J? 

Penalty, refusal to act as Trustee . . . . " i -i 

Plans of Sciiool-liouses . 14- 

Poll-tax payers (lualified to vote Tjl 

Poor Sections, Special Aid o ' S '> --,7 

I'rcacriptions, (General, Course of Study . " ' *, ,n 

vSpecial, '« V..: 2 

rnncipal of f,choo!8 an ,•1 «o 

Provincial Aid ^"' ,' ,' «« 

" Class A Teachers '. '. ". ". '. ■'.■.'..'.■.■.■.■.■,■.'.;■.. ' ,^^ 

" Kxamination HiKh School Students u« 

Examiniition Rules ', \ go 

Examiners <? 

Normal School \Q± 





Rates, Sectional „. 

Religious Exercises z: 

Report, Trustees' Annual ...........'.'.".'.'.''. , i 

" Superintendent 1 

Returns, Trustees ,7 

" in Border Bcclion " .1 

Rural Schools, Course of Study ' ,„„ 

TimeTabie... ^ ! ^ ! ' ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ] ! ! ! ] ! ! I2I 


Schedule "A" 

«< ic -n't 145 

Schedule Second oq 'qI 

School Accommodation .......'.*.'.*."." 71 

" Rural or Misce'laneous ... ,00 

" BoundaVies . . o' 00 -^ 

" Equipment. ... », ^8, o7 

" Grounds .'.'.'.'.'.'."!.'!.'.'.'.'..'.".' .' ?o 

" Houses Z;' 

'• " plans of....' ;!;■;!;.■ ,'t 

" Libraries H^, 

" Lighting :...'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. ^^l 

" Seating '^ 

" Sections ^ l^ 

" Union of '.■.'. ^'""l 

" Ventilation ' „° 

" Work-bench .. H 

" Year ',','] • '^ 

School Meeting, Annual ..........!.... q 

Business of q „^ 

"^ March, Annual ........ ..[\ 9' «u 

" Minutes forwarded to Inspector. ' «q 

Special ^ '7 

Schools, Evening . . " 

" to be free .'.'.'.'.'.■.■■.■ '^J 

Secretary of Trustees , , 

" Bond ;.:;;:: n 

«« (I f, . . o2 

Lomnussion ok 

„ ." , " Dutiesof .'.■; t2 

Sectional school rates ... '.,■, 1„ 

Shorthand .... 21, 26 

Site of School House .'.'.'.'..'. ,_ '_^'^ 

, " " Arbitration .....■.■.■■.■.■.■.■.■ ^' \\ 

Special aid poor sections r ' L" 01 r^ 

Study-Public School Course of ... "^ ' " 'inn 

Superintendent of Education '!-" 

Superior Schools " "• ;^" 

Supplementary Readers " ' ' ,Z? 

Syllabus M. P. Q. Kxaminalion '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'.',',[',] 99 


Taxation, Property of Non-Residents .^, 

" Schedule Second 00 ft 

'• Other Property ' ■.■.•.■.■.•.■.".■.■.■.■.■. ~^' 'it 

Teachers ~'^ 

" Agreement f^ 

" Class "A".. "•* 

" Collegiate .... f!^ 

•• Dutiesof '.'.'.'. .'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'.'.. .'.'.'.'. OQ 













. . . 23, 34 



8, 28, 57 








. . 8, 57 

.... 74 
. . . . 79 



... 9, 67 
. . . 9, 68 


.... 11 
.... 10(i 
.... 3 
. . . . 17 
... 62 
.. . 25 
.... 18 
. 21, 26 
.. . 115 
. 15, 71 
.... 15 
. ... 109 

. 5, 56 
. . . . 78 
.... 134 
. . . . 99 

.. 22 
23, 34 

., 23 

.. 28 

.. 64 

.. 65 

.. 66 

.. 29 



Teachers License.<; . 

" of Agriculture ' 

" Opening notice 

" Pass 8q 

" Principal /,,' 

" Salaries '■'■'.'.'.'.'.'..'..'.'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".'." 

" Suspension or DismiesiH.! of 

Temporary license 

Text-books, Prescription of . 4 1 

Time-table, Examination ...... ' 

Town Clerk, Duties of 

Towns' Incorporation Act ] ] 1 1 


Appointed by District Board 

Dismissal of Teacher 

Duties of 

Election of 

Qualifications of 

Refusal to act 

Kegular Meetings of 

Resignation of 



. 24 
. 51 
12, fiO 
. 13 
. 14 
. 16 
. 12 
. 12 
. 13 
. 60 
. 13 
. 17 


Union of School Sections. 


University Matriculation '131 


Vacation and Holidays 
Visitors of Schools 



Withholding of Grants n« 

Work-bend. Equipment ....,'. 79